Home

v2.61 - 10.5MB - ERLPhase Power Technologies Ltd.

1. Show or hide tree view channel list Scale Secondary A Figure 11 19 Show Channel List Hide or show the channel list displayed in the tree view View gt Line IE x Add f gt 0142 TS N dy zu l lut WA 1 p 7 M gt m m ej sj l gele wl 43 A A N He ae e Rename Tab sample TPR Titles Copy to Clipboard m la Restraint m a Operating Save as Meta File lb Restraint Ib Operating m Ic Restraint m Ic Operati v Show Channel List ae EE k 1O p u v Line 20 v Toolbar 47 T 10 00 IR p u IR p u i FOG u i i i 10 0 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 Time Window s 4 gt Width s 1 9979 alv 0 1667s 1 8312s Position s 0 1667 Te Set Clear a line on the graph Scale Secondary A Figure 11 20 Line Place a reference line on the graph for Impedance and Differential views on ly Use Line in conjunction with the CrossHair measurement for quick read outs When you choose this option free form zooming is disabled Clear the line to enable free form zooming View gt Tool Bar Show or hide tool bar from the main window TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 13 11 Graphing Records G
2. Wi RecordGraph B Bl x File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help ajz Zoom X Axis v5 nn lA z P me for om As gt alal Ela x eelle Bl tle a N m e EC bank 8r19851 9911 Zoom v Axis Ctrl bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr High Speed Channels Zoom Y Axis Ctrl 425 zi E Analog 1 y PIM Undo Zoom V PT1 V2 Reset Zoom Ctrl R bo 47 781441 PT1N3 100 75 50 l 25 50 75 100 125 pp 7 Seconds 0 20 0 00 0 20 0 40 0 60 0 80 1 00 1 20 4 Timeline Change Y axis to a desired minimum and maximum value Scale Secondary Ui Figure 11 42 Change Scale Y Axis Change Y axis to a desired minimum and maximum value using the dialog box to set the new values If the manual scale option is checked the y axis is not rescaled to new data values the trace is displayed within the selected range You can set the desired scaling save the options in the template and recall the template for other recordings see Templates on page 11 56 TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 25 11 Graphing Records Options Menus 11 26 Options gt Calculate Derived Channels Now Use this option to calculate the derived channels and append to the record as virtual channels
3. EE bar Add Digital Graph Ctrl Ins bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr Bg Hig Delete Graph Del 425 zl T Move Bil 100 D1 04 59 47 781441 Paste Trace Ctrl V 75 Delete Trace Ctrl Del 50 Delete All Traces Alt A Copy Trace Data to Clipboard Ctrl D 25 Change Trace Color Alt R 0 Active Trace Information am 25 y CT31ALS y CT31B LS CT31CLS 75 Mg CT41ALS A CTATBLS 100 V CT41CLS 125 Ay CT51ATS i A CT5IB TS 090 y CTSICTS 080 Copies this trace y la Operating 0704 i 0 60 4 Ib Operating 050 y Ic Operating 0 40 4 la Restraint 0 30 4 v B 0 20 4 Ib Restraint 010 y Ic Restraint 0 00 E External _ 0 10 4 Fast Gas Relay res Event input 2 0404 Event input 3 0 50 4 Event Input 4 0 60 4 u 0704 Event Input 5 ETE Event Input 6 090 4 a Event Input 7 1 00 4 1 Ms Event Input 8 Seconds 000 010 020 030 040 050 O80 070 080 090 1 00 Event Input 9 JL Dev 87 Trip a JL Dev 87 Restraint ns X Timeline gt Copy a trace from selected graph use paste option to paste it onto any of the selected graph Scale Secondary A Figure 11 26 Copy Trace Copy an active trace from the selected graph Use this option in conjunction with the paste trace option You need at least one channel on a graph to use the copy operation TESLA 3000
4. Fault Distance 42140 10 Fault Time 42141 42144 Power Factor Function 1 Level 42305 0 0 to 1 0 100 Power Factor Function 2 Level 42306 0 0 to 1 0 100 Power Factor Function 3 Level 42307 0 0 to 1 0 100 Power Factor Function 4 Level 42308 0 0 to 1 0 100 Power Factor Function 5 Level 42309 0 0 to 1 0 100 Power Factor Function 6 Level 42310 0 0 to 1 0 100 Power Factor Function 7 Level 42311 0 0 to 1 0 100 Power Factor Function 8 Level 42312 0 0 to 1 0 100 Power Factor Function 9 Level 42313 0 0 to 1 0 100 Power Factor Function 10 Level 42314 0 0 to 1 0 100 Power Factor Function 11 Level 42315 0 0 to 1 0 100 Power Factor Function 12 Level 42316 0 0 to 1 0 100 Power Factor Function 13 Level 42317 0 0 to 1 0 100 Power Factor Function 14 Level 42318 0 0 to 1 0 100 Power Factor Function 15 Level 42319 0 0 to 1 0 100 Power Factor Function 16 Level 42320 0 0 to 1 0 100 Power Factor Function 17 Level 42321 0 0 to 1 0 100 Power Factor Function 18 Level 42322 0 0 to 1 0 100 High low speed recording space used 42561 0 0 to 100 0 10 Trend Recording Days Accumulated 42817 0 to 90 1 Read Input Register Function Code 04 No input registers supported Response from IED indicates ILLEGAL FUNCTION Force Single Coil Function Code 05 Only the hold readings coil can be forced When active this coil locks all coil input and holding register readings simul taneously at
5. 2 65 67 2 mm Model 401006 S N Power Technologies Ltd TESLA Input Module AC 3 Channel Isolated Voltage Input Module Nominal 69 Vrms Ratio 1KW load 138 Vrms 1 675 Vrms AN Max 138 Vrms continuous 207 Vrms for 10 seconds REPRODUCTION IN PART OR WHOLE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF ERLPHASE IS PROHIBITED iv Z E c DS a uv P T z a wu z z o V amp eG o 2 z Ww T E IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF ERLPHASE ANY www erlphase com Oooo O do Figure F 1 AC Voltage Input Module Appendix F 2 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Appendix F Input Modules F 2 AC Current Input Module The AC Current Input Module provides 4 channels of isolation and scaling for standard secondary current signals Inputs are ac coupled through transform ers The module is available in 1A nominal Model 401020 and 5A nominal Model 401014 versions and has a dynamic range of 20x nominal The mod ule can withstand 20 A continuously and 100 A for 1 second Output from the module is scaled to connect directly to the TESLA s analog input terminals Due to impedance matching requirements module channels cannot be connected to more than one TESLA input channel Modules can be located up to 1220 meters 4000 feet from the recorder Shield ed wire e g Belden 9728 or 9730 is recommended for connection to the re corder
6. Direction Signal Name DCD Pin on the Modem Modem lt gt ED Adapter RxD TxD DTR Common DSR RTS CTS No connection Notes ED with modem adapter is DTE modem is DCE e Pins 1 and 6 are tied together internal to the IED 4 14 TESLA 3000 User Manua D01721R02 61 5 Working with TESLA Control Panel Recorder Workspace Selecting A Recorder Workspace D01721R02 61 TESLA Control Panel supports multiple recorders Each recorder has its own workspace within Control Panel that stores its communications parameters re cords and configuration files Workspaces for both TESLA 2000 and TESLA 3000 recorders can be maintained A separate workspace should be created for each recorder on your system to store its configuration files and records When first installed TESLA Control Panel includes a workspace for a recorder called TESLA 3000 Demo Unit It contains sample records and configuration files and is configured for network connection with an evaluation unit To work with a particular recorder select it from the Select IED box on the Main Menu tab If you are already connected to an IED you will not be able to select a different IED until you disconnect Select IED TESLA Demo Unit Ne TESLA 3000 Control Panel Main Menu SELE Connect connect to a recorder Edit change recorder information H Delete delete
7. TESLA 3000 Control Panel Current IED NERC116 Connected Figure 10 2 Configuring Continuous Disturbance Recording Select channels from the tree view by dragging the channel name and dropping it on the selected channels grid view on the right hand side or by selecting a channel from the list in the grid view a maximum of 36 channels can be se lected Select the continuous disturbance recording rate from the Sample Rate list box Depending on the system frequency the list box is filled with available sample rates Selecting channels based on the current Sample Rate displays available data retention period in the read only Estimated retention period days display box The following table shows the available sampling rates at the corresponding system frequency System Continuous disturbance recording sample rates RMS records Frequency second channel 60 Hz 6 10 12 15 20 30 60 50 Hz 5 10 25 50 The number of continuous disturbance recording channels is user configurable and limited only by the number of analog inputs available at any given time ac cording to the analog input sampling rate as shown above Only analog input data and frequency channels are stored use RecordGraph software for derived channels such as watts vars etc A 4 gigabyte flash drive is required for continuous disturbance recording to work If TESLA 3000 firmware with continuous disturbance recording sup
8. A El Spare 8 A El Spare 9 Alnp1 50LS 1 High amp lnp1 50LS 2 High A lnp3 SOBF 1 Trip m A lnp1 SOBF 2 Trip amp A np3 50BF 2 Trip amp Anp3 50 Trip A lnp3 51 Alarm amp lnp3 51 Trip A lnp4 50LS 1 High amp A Inp4 50LS 2 High A lnp4 50BF 1 Trip Anp4 50BF 2 Trip 4 lnpd 50 Trip E Alnp4 51 Alarm vi Zh Timetine JL dnp1 50BF 1 Trip JL s A lnp1 50 Trip amp lnp1 51 Alarm A lnpi 51 Trip A Inp2 50LS 1 High amp A Inp2 50LS 2 High amp lnp2 50BF 1 Trip A lnp2 50BF 2 Trip A lnp2 50 Trip amp A np2 51 Alarm Lal Seconds 0 20 010 0 00 0 10 0 20 0 30 0 40 Scale Secondary 7A Figure 11 105 Digital Channel Status Indicator D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 75 11 Graphing Records IRIG B Input Status Display IRIG B input status synchronized unsynchronized or not available is dis played in the tool tip window when you place the mouse on the channel name or use Active Trace Information 101 xl File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help mjesjej gt 4 tj of sje S x sjesejej ata af n s ale sa RELAYID 2002 04 19 15 54 02 4 High Speed Channels Analog External amp EI Spare 1 ACEI Spare 2 AEI Spare 3 AEI Spare 4 AEI Spare 5 6 7 AEI Spare 6 BPRO 8701 000000 02 RELAYID 2002 04 19 15 54 02 025 BPR
9. Circle Radius sec ohms Minimum Change sec ohms Maximum Change 10 sec ohms uns Definite Delay 0 01667 SEC Detector Actions Scale 1 Pr ahms 5 ec ohms seme ron semo too nony rise ror cov E a mo pp Figure 8 17 Impedance Channel Configuration Screen TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 8 Configuring the Recorder Impedance Channel Settings Element Identifies the group to which this channel belongs The Element forms the first part of the channel name The Element is selected when the channel is created and is fixed once assigned when you are working in the Element Tree view Description Optional field 12 characters Provides an additional description of the channel that forms part of the channel name Use if Element Name and channel Type do not sufficiently identify the channel Channel Grouping and Naming on page 8 8 Impedance Index Identifies the Impedance channel Unlike the analog and external input channels this is not associated with a hardware input but sim ply identifies which of the internal virtual impedance channels will be used You can select any available channel without restriction If the only option is undefined you have already used all available channels Voltage Input Cur rent Input Identifies the channels to be used to create the impedance If you select analog or summation channels as inputs the impedance chan nel calcula
10. Figure 11 89 Graph Title Options D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 63 11 Graphing Records Readouts and Measurements Markers Primary Secondary 11 64 The Measure menu consists of the following Markers Primary Secondary Time Alignment Absolute Time Fundamental RMS e True RMS e Harmonics e Symmetrical Components Time Alignment TR cord ragh pP iln x Bie we Graph Mesure dese tre me TA 4 Je JENIN Els gt walle 2 xe oon s sje e EST Fr 1858334925 10 24 X dl Dg B RGU Dd input Tripped pce ay m VI MN IE zi li VI Tres Absolute Time i eig e j BENENE a ies 3 lon Pars I as eae ae NAMNAAA Vs erent Fundamental RMS H i L i 1 i MAT p 1 ig Mars Tr A V V V Y M V n Apa 776 a iil 1 id 180 ae Beans 10 24 24 4040 VARA i A f vi pear True RMS ENIM T i xh D A at A n P A P hn i FJ ATI 1 Y 4 l jf l 18 24 75 aa V Uu j A f y Y hi Ti U i vi MATRIS STR Js Hd 1 Pamani wlania a A AARI 29 20180 x mn 0 100 RE I 0020 m 0 150 iao S000 Harmonics El fr jern Ly Anabogt Teik aient y Trigger Markers Figure 11 90 Readouts and Measurements Selecting Measure Markers or using the tool bar button places the X and O markers on the graph as well as automatically placing markers on all new graphs If the markers are out of vie
11. ST VITAL 19898 Nov 01 04 59 47 781441 Absolute Time SUB EAST 100 Fundamental RMS f Set scale to secondary depending on the scale factor values for the active view Scale Secondary Figure 11 35 Secondary Set scale to secondary values depending on the scale factor of CT PT ratios on all the graphs in the currently active view The current choice primary or secondary is displayed on the status bar Measure gt Time Alignment Offset X axis trigger time alignment for the currently active trace on the graph see Readouts and Measurements on page 11 64 Measure gt Absolute Time Display absolute time actual recorded time measurements for the active trace of the graph see Readouts and Measurements on page 11 64 Measure gt Fundamental RMS Display fundamental RMS measurement for the active trace of the graph see Readouts and Measurements on page 11 64 Measure gt True RMS Display true RMS measurement for the active trace of the graph see Read outs and Measurements on page 11 64 Measure gt Harmonics Display harmonics measurement up to 5th order and THD expressed in per cent with reference to the fundamental the highest order harmonic included in THD depends on the sample rate See table 7 1 and 7 2 on page 7 6 for the active trace of the graph see Readouts and Measurements on page 11 64 Measure gt Symmetri
12. Zoom X Axis Enlarges the trace range on X axis Zoom X Axis Reduces the trace range on X axis Zoom Y Axis Enlarges the trace range on Y axis Zoom Y Axis Reduces the trace range on Y axis Reset Zoom Resets zoom control Move Graph Up Vertically moves graph upwards Move Graph Down Vertically moves graph downwards Time Alignment Offset X axis time value Change Scale Y Axis Scale Y axis minimum and maximum range CrossHair Displays X and Y coordinate values Line Available only for impedance view draws a ref erence line Copy Trace Copies a trace to another location Paste Trace Pastes a trace Show Hide Legends Displays hides legends the traces Trace Information Displays hides channel information Date Sta tion Name RecordName Channel Name Show Hide Tree View Channel List Expands and minimizes RHS of the screen Decrease Left Margin Decreases left margin Decrease Right Margin Decreases right margin D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 31 11 Graphing Records Views Add a View Delete a View 11 32 The view screen graphically displays information from the record A view is associated with a tab at the bottom of the screen which can be renamed using the Rename tab You can create a maximum of 30 view tabs Add new view to layout 1 Select the View gt Add
13. 4 Use this option to select user defined colors for A B and C phase voltages and currents When the colors are selected the channels are automatically identi fied based on the color The default values for A B and C phase quantities are red blue and green respectively Options gt Set Precision if RecordGraph _ 18 8 x File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help aalala lt Defaut gt Calculate Derived Channels Now 3 Fa x 2 amp ie 5 A t ad al N Bin e recordemol tlr Show Grid E High Speed Channels Show X AxisTicks E Analog Show Legends X 9 4678KV u TRACD XVac Vat Show Trigger Marker O 42 8827KV A IROKI Lock Markers A BITSIKY Alc H H 1 TR4CD X Ib TR4CD X la Set Phase Colors TRACD Y Vac Val TRACD Y In TRACD Y lc TRACD Y Ib TRACD Y la TR44B X Vac Vab A TRAABXIn A TRAABX Ic TR4AB X Ib TRAAB Xa y Misc In TRI8CD X In m Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb y Misc In TRT7ABX In Misc In TRT7AB Y In TR4A4B Y Vac Vab A TRA4AB Y In A TRAAB Y Ic TRA4AB Y Ib b TRAAB Y la y Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Vb LInit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 Vc A Unit 4la Unit 4 la Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 Ib A Unit 4Ic Unit 4 lc Misc In TRT8CD Y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc A Mise Vac Bus 4F Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbc v Misc Vac Bus 4J Vbc Seconds 0 040 0 030 0 020 olo 0 000 0010 0020 eee A Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Vn s A0
14. High Speed Analog and external digital input channels sam pled at the high speed transient data rate High Speed 480 sec Analog and internal logic channels pro duced 8 times per cycle Low Speed 60 sec Analog input channels sampled at the low speed swing data rate Select the desired channel from the list with a left click Multiple channels can be selected using standard Windows selection actions click Ctrl or Shift keys Place selected channels in the Exported Channels list box Place all channels into the Exported Channels list box Delete a channel from the Exported Channel list box Delete all channels from the Exported Channel list box Offset negative start times When checked this option shifts the negative time to start from to begin at zero zero 12 8 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 13 Cooperative Recorder Group A cooperative recorder group consists of up to four TESLA 3000 recorders working together to form a larger virtual recorder The recorders are connected through an Ethernet LAN and are accessed as a single Cooperative Group from Control Panel With a cooperative recorder group you can e Automatically trigger synchronous recordings on all group members when ever any member recorder is triggered Transfer the resulting records from all group members to Control Panel and combine them into a single record Recorder group members also function as individual re
15. Summation 00 A AA A AA Ai i vi E Yars M M VON vm Watts HM i i H 2 0K In Yoa Line 1 ZeroSeq Y X 13320kV H O 15 903KV 2000 Mav 31 16 31 25 366667 2582kV r 7 i Seconds 0 200 0 150 0 100 joss 0 000 oso X 0 067 O 0 044 EI oy A011 F TU Timeline Display stored template list Scale Primary Ai Figure 11 85 Template Tool Tip Information Displays e ED name e User defined default template associated with that IED e Serial number of the IED which is used as the unique feature to match the templates 1 Open a record from the desired IED B PRO F PRO L PRO T PRO or TESLA Create or modify the existing layout information 3 Use Save Template as option to save the new layout information with a desired template name TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records A single IED Template is saved matched based on its serial number Any record from the IED with the same serial number can use or share the template layout information A single IED template is saved matched based on the product not on the serial number and hence once the template file is created for one of the IED it can be shared by all the IEDs irrespective of whether they have the same or different serial number or from different recordings Template Multiple IED 10 x Record Filter IV Get Remote Summaries
16. Unit Identification on page 7 2 Comments User defined for your reference only Location User defined for your reference only IED Serial Number Enter the IED Serial Number to match the serial number of the actual recorder Model TESLA 2000 or 3000 18 or 36 channel or TESLA 3000 Cooperative IED IP Address IP address of the recorder The recorder s default factory IP address is 192 168 1 100 It is changed through the recorder s Maintenance Menu Maintenance Menu on page 14 1 Get Information from IED Connects to the recorder and retrieves its configured name location and serial number The corresponding fields in the IED Definitions are overwritten Communication Direct Serial Link Connect to this recorder through a serial cable Modem Link Connect to this recorder via a telephone link Phone Number Recorder s telephone number Can contain numbers plus standard modem dial characters e g comma represents a pause Network Link Connect to this recorder via a TCP IP network Connect Through Connect to this recorder through another recorder that is providing a IED modem Lan gateway An IED Definition for the selected recorder must already exist For details on setting up a modem Lan Gateway Modem LAN Gateway on page 4 8 Folder Placement The Default Folder directory applied to new IED definitions can be modified with the File gt Data Locations command fr
17. 40272 180 to 180 10 AI9 Magnitude 40273 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI9 Angle 40274 180 to 180 10 AI10 Magnitude 40275 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI10 Angle 40276 180 to 180 10 Al11 Magnitude 40277 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI11 Angle 40278 180 to 180 10 Al12 Magnitude 40279 0 to 3276 7 units Appendix D 6 TESLA 3000 User Manual 10 D01721R02 61 D01721R02 61 Appendix D Modbus Functions A112 Angle 40280 180 to 180 10 Al13 Magnitude 40281 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al13 Angle 40282 180 to 180 10 Al14 Magnitude 40283 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al14 Angle 40284 180 to 180 10 Al15 Magnitude 40285 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al15 Angle 40286 180 to 180 10 Al16 Magnitude 40287 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al16 Angle 40288 180 to 180 10 Al17 Magnitude 40289 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al17 Angle 40290 180 to 180 10 Al18 Magnitude 40291 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al18 Angle 40292 180 to 180 10 Al19 Magnitude 40293 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI19 Angle 40294 180 to 180 10 AI20 Magnitude 40295 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI20 Angle 40296 180 to 180 10 Al21 Magnitude 40297 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al21 Angle 40298 180 to 180 10 A122 Magnitude 40299 0 to 3276 7 units 10 A122 Angle 40300 180 to 180 10 AI23 Magnitude 40301 0 to 3276 7 units
18. AEI Spare A lnp2 50BF 2 Trip ACEI Spare 8 Offsel 0 000 s AE Spare 3 204 A lnp1 50LS 1 High A lnp1 50LS 2 High JL A lnp1 50BF 1 Trip JL Alnp1 50BF 2 Trip A lnp1 50 Trip Alnp1 51 Alarm m Anpi SOBF 1 Trip Sample rate 400 7s IRIG B Input Unsynchronized A lnp2 50LS 1 High A lnp2 50LS 2 High A lnp2 50BF 1 Trip Ajlnp2 50BF 2 Trip A lnp2 50 Trip A lnp2 51 Alarm A lnp2 51 Trip A Inp3 50LS 1 High A Inp3 50LS 2 High Aj lnp3 50BF 1 Trip A Inp3 50BF 2 Trip A lnp3 50 Trip A lnp3 51 Alarm amp np3 51 Trip A Inp4 50LS 1 High amp np4 50LS 2 High A lnp4 50BF 1 Trip amp np4 50BF 2 Trip A lnp4 50 Trip A lInp4 51 Alarm Scale Secondary Figure 11 106 IRIG B Input Status Indicator Derived Digital Swing Channels for TESLA Swing Recordings TESLA recordings do not record External Input channels for the swing re cords A facility to view these channels in the RecordGraph is provided Re cordGraph automatically displays these channels 1f configured under low speed channel group Events with the same element are grouped together to form a channel This facility is backward compatible Derived Channels for L PRO F PRO High Speed Recordings 11 76 For L PRO and F PRO high speed records Main and Aux individual phase summation channels are added to the existing derived summation channels This facility i
19. e alal x eee wl tt af me E r Rename Tab sample TPR Titles voltage A 1155 Copy to Clipboard COYOTE SUB Save as Meta File 2000 NovA 5 13 06 47 000000 Beulah ND v Show Channel List Line v Toolbar IC2 HV 5715 NW 1 3 Ly 5603 A IB3 LV 5503 y IC3 LV 5603 lA4 LV 5604 IB4 LV 5604 IC4 LY 5604 A ITV T IBE TVT A IESTVE y la Operating y Ib Operating y Ic Operating la Restraint y Ib Restraint y Ic Restraint H External E Summation Seconds f X Timeline Delete an active view from the layout Scale Secondary h Figure 11 16 Delete Delete an active view from the layout When you select this option a dialog box appears to confirm the deletion of the view If accepted the current view is deleted from the layout View gt Rename Tab ioi xd Ele view Graph Measure Scale Options Help 7 za n m DN i le Rae m i le 7 e alal Ela x elele wl ta a N mle sample TPR Titles voltage 4 115B Copy to Clipboard COYOTE SUB Sava as Feta PIET 2000 Nov 15 13 06 47 000000 Beulah ND v Show Channel List Line v Toolbar IC2H 5715 IA3 LV 5603 1B3 LV 5603 y 1C3 LV 5603 Ay 1A4 LV 56
20. 0 90 Pa 0 80 De 0 70 Copy Tra 0 60 me 0 50 7 0 40 amp 3 L V 5603 B3 L 5603 0 30 C3 L 5603 020 amp 4 L V 5604 i B4 L 5604 0 10 C4 LV 5604 v IASTVT 0 00 o IBETV T 046 Ay IC5 TVt y la Operating 0 20 Ib Operating y Ic Operating 0 30 la Restraint 0 40 Ib Restraint Ay Ic Restraint 0 50 B External 0 60 E Summation 0 70 0 80 0 90 1 00 p e j 0 00 0 10 0 20 0 30 0 40 0 50 0 60 0 70 0 80 0 90 1 00 mln TU Timeline Add an anlog graph to the existing view Scale Secondary A Figure 11 22 Add Analog Graph Add an analog graph to the existing view or use the nsert key 11 14 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records Graph gt Add Digital Graph TcD M uumiag File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help per i zu I i Set Graphs Per Page Er rar TET x _ Add Analog Graph Ins j FY 2 alal Ea x Lese wl tt a HV Solel 5 e e Add Digital Graph bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr Delete Graph Del A Move Copy Trace Ctrl C Paste Trace Ctrl Delete Trace Ctrl Del Delete All Traces Alt A Copy Trace Data to Clipboard Ctrl D Change Trace Color Alt R Active Trace Information Trip Event Input 9 JL Dev 87 Trip JL Dev 87 Restraint JL Dev 87 in Trip Zone Dev 51 Trip JL Dev 51 Alarm Dev 67 Trip Dev 67 Alarm Dev 59FT Trip Dev 59FT Alarm
21. 4 45 112 THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWING REPRODUCTION IN PART ORWHOLE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF ERLPHASE IS PROHIBITED IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF ERLPHASE ANY E S g gd E S a S Oooo O A A j Figure F 6 AC Low Voltage Input Module D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix F 7 Appendix F Input Modules F 6 DC Input Module Input and Haa ha Configuration Appendix F 8 The DC Input Module Model 401016 provides DC coupled isolation and scaling for four independent dc or ac voltage or current channels Dc module channels have a dc to 2 kHz bandwidth but the bandwidth may be limited by the recorder s input filters depending on the sample rate Externally mounted resistors set the input type and full scale range Output from the module is scaled to connect directly to the TESLA s analog input terminals Due to impedance matching requirements module channels cannot be connected to more than one TESLA input channel Modules can be located up to 1220 meters 4000 feet from the recorder Shield ed wire e g Belden 9728 or 9730 is recommended for connection to the re corder s inputs The ground cable should be attached only at the recorder end Resistors mounted on each channels input connector set the channel s input range Up to three resistors are used depending on the type and level of the sig nal to be applied The input signal is applied to low or high range terminals
22. Channel Grouping and Naming on page 8 8 Sequence Index Identifies the Sequence Component channel Unlike the analog and external input channels this is not associated with a hardware input but simply identifies which of the internal virtual summation channels will be used You can select any available channel without restriction If the only option is undefined you have already used all available channels Phase A Phase B Phase C Identifies the channels used to create the sequence set The list is limited to channels of the correct type voltage or current and includes analog input or summation channels which have already been defined The list grows automatically as you define new chan nels Trigger Settings Rate of Change Interval Specifies the period of time over which both positive and negative rate of change is measured 0 5 to 8 0 cycles Limit Specifies the trigger levels for the magnitude triggers and the magni tude portion of the rate for the rate of change triggers The period por tion of the rate is specified by the Rate of Change Interval Delay Specifies how long the trigger condition must be present before a trig ger is declared 0 to 1 200 seconds in half cycle increments Trigger Actions Enable Enables or disables the associated trigger A trigger can be disabled without altering the rest of its settings Fault Initiates a fault high speed recording when
23. Dev 59FI Trip m Dev 87 Restraint Dev 60 Alarm THD Alarm Ausillary Alarm Ambient Alarm Top Oil Alarm E Summation m Dev 87 in Trip Zone m Fast Gas Relay r Y r r r i Seconds 0 20 0 00 0 20 0 40 0 60 0 80 1 00 1 20 bl y Timeline Add a digital graph to the active view Scale Secondary h Figure 11 23 Add Digital Graph Add a digital graph to the existing view This graph shows the digital status in formation in the form of thick or thin stacked traces You can plot up to 32 trac es in a single graph Graph gt Delete Graph j T File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help pij eee o E m T e dess x eleele x to af 5 N e ael 8 Add Digital Graph Ctrl Ins bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr 1 00 A Event Input 9 JL Dev 87 Trip 0 30 JL Dev 87 Restraint JL Dev 87 in Trip Zone De Dev 51 Trip 0 10 IL Dev 51 Alarm Dev 67 Trip 0 00 Dev 67 Alarm 040 Dev 59FT Trip Dev 59FT Alarm 0 20 Dev 59FI Trip Dev 60 Alarm 0 30 THD Alarm 0 40 Ausillary Alarm Ambient Alarm 0 50 Top Oil Alarm 5 F 0 60 E Summation 0 70 0 80 0 90 1 00 v Seconds 000 040 020 030 040 oso 060 070 080 030 100 Ell x i X Timeline I oa Delete a graph from the existing view Scale Secondary A Figure 11 24 Delete Graph Delete an active graph
24. Logic Detector 16 00784 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 17 00785 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 18 00786 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 19 00787 Off inactive On active D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix D 1 Appendix D Modbus Functions Appendix D 2 Logic Detector 20 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 21 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 22 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 23 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 24 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 25 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 26 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 27 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 28 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 29 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 30 Off inactive On active High low speed recording active Off inactive On active High low speed recording space nearly full alarm Off inactive On active Trend Recording Active Off inactive On active Trend Recording Accumula tion Alarm Off inactive Read Input Status Function Code 02 1X References On active Channel Address Value Extern
25. Main Menu Config Edit ESLA 3000 Control Panel Current IED TESLA 3000 Demo Disconnected Figure 8 6 Element Overview Screen An overview ofthe configured elements is available by selecting an element or the channel group heading in the Navigation tree The last row of the display shows the channels and functions that are unassigned and available Phase Angle Reference Channel The Element Overview screen displayed by selecting Channel Group 1 in the Navigation tree is where you select the analog input channel to be used as the reference channel for angle measure ments All channels use the same reference to provide relative angle calculations Typically a phase A voltage channel is used as the ref erence D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 8 11 8 Configuring the Recorder Channel Overview An overview of the configured channels is available by selecting the associated channel type heading from the Navigation tree For example selecting Analog Inputs displays a table of all defined analog channels Identification Element Li Li Line 1 Line 1 Line 1 Line 2 El Channel Group 1 Yc la le la El Line 1 El Analog Inputs 3 14 15 T 401003 69Vac 401002 S4ac 401002 5 amp ac 401002 5 amp ac 401002 54 kv Ja A A A 2kWwiN 400 AJA 400 AYA 1400 AVA 400 AIA Angle Offset n lo 0 lo 0 Rate of Change Interval 1 0 J J 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 Harmonic Number 3 3 3 3 3 El External Inputs 63 EI
26. Number of Channels Types Notes Settings 8 28 Impedance Channels calculate impedance from voltage and current inputs The channel can produce either single phase or three phase values Triggering is based on the rate of impedance within a defined impedance circle centered around the origin Analog Input Channels Summation Channels or Sequence Component chan nel can be used as inputs to an Impedance Channel Using Sequence Compo nent as an input results in a three phase impedance The impedance calculation continuously recalculates the apparent impedance from the selected voltage and current signals then subtracts an earlier calculat ed value determined by the Rate of Change Interval setting The impedance trigger operates if the difference is between the Minimum Change and Maximum Change settings and the calculated impedance is within Circle Radius of the origin Rate of impedance within a defined impedance circle Low Speed Impedance magnitude at a rate of one value per cycle 18 Impedance Channels are available Zl impedance The impedance magnitude and angle readings are also available to the meter ing display SCADA and the long term trending function TESLA Impedance Function Configuration Element Tvpe Description Impedance Index Elementi gra tatz 1 1 voltage Input Elementi watst val 1 Current Input Element l tst lat 1 Rate of Change Interval 11 0 Cycle s EN
27. Records 0 x File Trigger View Help Record Filter JV Get Remote Summaries Record Summary Latest 25 Records Y V Get Remote Events Record Name DV 36 channel 2003 01 27 09 06 01 890 tIr F Autopol Autoprint Record Type Fault and Swing Record Version 10 Record Priority 1 Unit ID DV 36 channel E DV 36 channel 2003 01 27 09 06 01 PUES Trigger Time Local Mon Jan 27 2003 09 06 01 890 DY 36 channel 2003 01 27 09 05 42 grap Lee E DV 36 channel 2003 01 27 09 04 02 d 00 2003 01 27 09 05 33 207 Element 1 PF Ind Level ll DV 36 channel 2003 01 27 03 03 34 ERN 01 2003 01 27 09 05 40 790 Element 1 PF Ind Level Eg DV 36 channel 2003 01 27 09 03 28 ERN 02 2003 01 27 09 05 42 473 Element 1 PF Ind Level DV 36 channel 2003 01 27 09 01 36 dues 03 2003 01 27 09 06 01 890 Element 1 PF Ind Level z DV 36 channel 2003 01 27 09 01 28 TomlED 04 2003 01 27 09 06 02 440 Element 1 PF Ind Level E DV 36 channel 2003 01 27 09 01 23 05 2003 01 27 09 06 10 798 Element 1 PF Ind Level DV 36 channel 2003 01 27 08 59 32 06 2003 01 27 09 06 12 207 Element 1 PF Ind Level DV 36 channel 2003 01 27 08 59 17 DV 36 channel 2003 01 27 08 59 12 z DV 36 channel 2003 01 27 08 57 20 Ee DV 36 channel 2003 01 27 08 57 09 z DV 36 channel 2003 01 27 08 56 58 DV 36 channel 2003 01 27 08 54 52 tename Ee DV 36 channel 2003 01 27 08 54 40 g
28. STF XX S00 XXX rx LO F XX NOLLVIMddV SNOISIA3H NO dasn ASSV LX3N G3AO8ddv ava NOl1dlH2S3G nas LF 23800N so F xX Tava STVAOHdd SaTONY SWD3a uv S3ONVHTIOL Addn ATTYNNYN LON OG S3HONI NI 38V SNOISN3WIG ONIMVYG GILVYINID AVD 03141934S ISIMHIHLO SSIINN us JONVE oy SONY HS Oo MoT ON Kom us SONYN oy 3ONVN HSy O9 mor ON uoi E lt I I ec E lt Jeunuov Aiddng amod E lt T M O77 EA0Z I PPAOST BY lt lt LTL 9z amp STL VIL ETL Tal Lil Oz lt LO Gluw 27 9 LL MH ose 8 ull 9 EG Appendix F 9 G3LI9IHOUd SI 3SVHd TH3 dO NOISSINYId N3 LLIHM AHL LAOHLIM 3 10HM HO 18 Vd NI NOLLDINAOYdIY ANV 3SVHd1H3 40 ALYIdOUd 3108 3HL SI ODNIMVYG SIHL NI GANIVLNOD NOLLVWHOHNI FHL Model 401016 luu e zLL Gov v TESLA 3000 User Manual Power Technologies Ltd TESLA Input Module High Range 1000Vdc 700Vac continuous O DC 4 Channel Isolated Input Module A Max Low Range 350Vdc 250Vac continuous ww Z 290 592 Figure F 7 DC Input Module D01721R02 61 Appendix F Input Modules DC Voltage Input Full Scale V dc Shunt Resistance Rsu Input Resistance Rin Q Feedback Resistance Rep 9 Input Impedance Q 410 Low Range 0 1 V to 200 Vdc FS 332 Q open 10 ko 00
29. Send the active view directly to the default printer When this option is chosen the standard print dialog box is not displayed The active view is sent directly to the default printer for printing but you can cancel the printing if the print status dialog box is displayed File gt Print All x File View raph Measure Scale Help meer me SA alalle sa ta ag H mien ael r8 E di sere i recordemo1 tlr 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in E 86U2 Ext Input Tripped igh Speed Channels E Analog SUN Ay TRACD XVac Vab Ay TRACD X In Ay TRACDX c TRACD X Ib z P j TRACDXla m TRACD X Vac Vab TRACD Y Vac Vab A TRACD Y In A TRACD Y Ic TRACD Y Ib A TRACD Y la A BKV re TRAABXIn TR4AB XIC Printing y TRAABXIb Untitled Ay TR4AB XIa on the N Mes Moses m TRACD X In APT_WPG1 Xerox Document Centre Isc In n A MiscIn TRIZAB Y In AES TR4AB Y Vac V ab TRAAB Y In Cancel A TRAAB Y Ic TRAAB Y Ib A TRAAB Y la T Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Va av Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb A Unit 4Vc Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 la Unit 4 la m TRACD Y Vac Vab Multiple views 4 i j i Unit 4 1b Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 lc Unit 4 Ic Misc In TR18CD Y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbe Misc Vac Bus 4J Vbc econds Ay Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Vn y Analog Input36 al ER n f X Timeline A Symcom JET RX
30. Spin control to quickly vary the offset value De Yew Gar Mesure oe Opor Hee BIDS o mi 2 218 LS xj sl 3 Vaile n 15 mim AB pa r recordemo th Al T2771 1 E amp ap rou Trepes 3 High Seeed Channel i Anada VVVVVTYTYWVY Offset Value 0 000 umo M ansett Ve lett Cannot ba ne AU Tamen Scie Primary Edit box to change the offset value Note Double click here to change the offset value and the offset scale increment Figure 11 91 Time Alignment TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 65 11 Graphing Records Absolute Time This option displays the absolute time the actual time of the recorded chan nels I A trace channel must first exist on the graph Click the graph that you want to show absolute time measurement 2 Select the Measure gt Markers menu option or the Markers button on the tool bar to place the markers on the graph Markers are automatically placed if not selected 3 Select Measure gt Absolute Time menu option 4 Readout corresponding to the markers is displayed on the right hand side of the graph including Year Month Day of the recording yyyy mm dd Absolute Time corresponding to marker X Absolute Time corresponding to markers O Difference in the Absolute Time between marker X and marker O Absolute Time mn pf ijs rtig Cree ba Humen D Timeline Scale Presare Figure 11 92 Absolute Time 11 66 TESLA 3000 User Manual
31. User selectable sample rates for transient fault recording 32 64 96 128 256 and 384 samples per cycle 60 samples second 1 sample cycle dynamic swing recordings Continuous trend logging at sample intervals from 10 seconds to one hour Continuous disturbance recording at rates from 6 samples second to 60 sam ples second Calculated channels summations watts vars power factor positive nega tive and zero sequence components impedance THD frequency and har monics Transmits 12 user selectable phasors as individual phase quantities or three phase positive negative or zero sequence phasors or summated phasors Transmits up to 12 analog quantities of Watts VARS and VA TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Triggers Records Cooperative Group Logging Fault Location User Interface Analysis Tools D01721R02 61 1 Overview Transmits up to 64 digital Status values Rates and level triggering on all input and calculated channels with individual controls for delay logging record initiation and alarm contact activation Configurable logic can be applied to digital inputs and internal trigger states User assigned trigger priorities help identify critical events and records Centralized cross triggering of dynamic swing recordings through Record Base Central Station Transient fault records from 0 2 to 15 0 seconds with automatic record exten sion up to 30 0 seconds under multiple trig
32. f Trending Long Term Event Log alarm activated 2012Jun13 10 Connected to RecordBase on attempt 1 2012Jun13 10 3 Received RecordBase swing trigger for 10 09 42 2012Junl3 10 Swing cross trigger via RecordBase 2012May31 14 Connected to RecordBase on attempt 1 2012May31 14 Received RecordBase swing trigger for 14 23 28 2012May31 14 Swing cross trigger via RecordBase 2012May15 23 Connected to RecordBase on attempt 2012May15 23 00 TestIP94 Va Val High Mag 2012May09 13 Connected to RecordBase on attempt 2012May09 13 TestIP94 Va Val High Mag 2012May09 10 Connected to RecordBase on attempt 2012May09 10 25 58 TestIP94 Va Val High Mag 2012May08 16 Connected to RecordBase on attempt 2012May08 16 TestIP94 Va Val High Mag 2012May08 16 Connected to RecordBase on attempt 2012May08 16 j TestIP94 Va Val High Mag 2012May08 13 4 Connected to RecordBase on attempt 2012May08 13 f TestIP94 Va Val High Mag 2012May0 11 s Connected to RecordBase on attempt 2012May07 11 TestIP94 Va Val High Mag 2012May05 12 Connected to RecordBase on attempt 2012May05 12 TestIP94 Va Val High Mag 2012May04 13 Connected to RecordBase on attempt 2012May04 13 Test IP94 Va Val High Mag 2012May03 15 Connected to RecordBase on attempt 2012May03 15 TestIP94 Va Val High Mag 2012May01 15 Connected to RecordBase on attempt 2012May01 15 s TestIP94 Va Va
33. from the top menu bar or the Add button from the tool bar 2 Select the desired view from the shortcut menu 3 Click OK Select View gt Add or Select desired view click the Add button and select OK to create a view type Inm E alni xj De wee Gah Mesure Sole Qoa Heb re 07 3 x9 fale mix K sa x 3 5 af n 1 je aa E C R20793 2000404 30 00 01 54 Huh Speed hyrre r tage re Vobtsge E re Valse mpedance Pre CRIED click OK to create a new view Current 2 b Me 0300 A b a 6 348 A 1 P AE V Mu i i J 1 Cancel PTR s Dev 20 Zone 3 Ame Lo Dev 2 Lore 4 Av e L Dev 2 N Zone Aar v 0 Dev 2 N Zone 4 Arm SS i r T Ay Summry seem l Harmonies View Tabs Figure 11 52 Add a View The Add View option lists Impedance View only if the selected record is from an L PRO TESLA or COMTRADE record Clears active view from layout Select the View gt Delete from top menu bar A shortcut menu asks you to confirm the deletion 2 Click OK to confirm Click Cancel to stop deletion TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Rename a View Show Channel List Toolbar D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records Use this option to rename the active tab which is displayed at the bottom of the view 1 Select the View Rename Tab from top menu bar or right click on the graph to bring up the context menu and select Rename Ta
34. 2 16 bit Analog Input 2 Analog Input Change 16 bit without Time default 3 32 bit Analog Input without flag 3 Analog Input Change 32 bit with Time 4 16 bit Analog Input without flag default 4 Analog Input Change 16 bit with Time Class 0 2 Change Event Buffer Size Change Event Point Index Class Analog Input 1 Magnitude Analog Input 1 Angle degrees Analog Input 1 THD Analog Input 1 SHL Analog Input 1 DC D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix E 7 Appendix E DNP3 Reference Change Event Name Point Index Units Scale Class Analog Input 2 Magnitude Analog Input 2 Angle degrees Analog Input 2 THD Analog Input 2 SHL Analog Input 2 DC Analog Input 3 Magnitude Analog Input 3 Angle degrees Analog Input 3 THD Analog Input 3 SHL Analog Input 3 DC Analog Input 4 Magnitude Analog Input 4 Angle degrees Analog Input 4 THD Analog Input 4 SHL Analog Input 4 DC Analog Input 5 Magnitude Analog Input 5 Angle degrees Analog Input 5 THD Analog Input 5 SHL Analog Input 5 DC Analog Input 6 Magnitude Analog Input 6 Angle degrees Analog Input 6 THD Analog Input 6 SHL Analog Input 6 DC Analog Input 7 Magnitude Analog Input 7 Angle degrees Analog Input 7 THD Analog Input 7 SHL Analog Input 7 DC Analog
35. 6 7 or 8 on a 36 channel model and 2 or 3 on an 18 channel model Contacts 1 and 4 are reserved for Recorder Functional and Cross Trigger respectively Contacts assigned for stor age alarms Storage Alarms on page 8 7 will not be available for use here TESLA 3000 User Manual 8 21 8 Configuring the Recorder Summation Channel Description Input Calculation Triggers Recording Number of Channels Types Notes 8 22 Summation Channels combine up to three analog inputs to create a summed channel Each input can be scaled and rotated before it is summed Previously combined summation channels can be used as an input to a new summation channel Note Summation Channels are handled as phasor sums for trigger ing metering low speed recording and trending Both the Scale Fac tor and Angle Offset settings are applied for these uses For high speed recording Summation Channels are displayed as the sum of the individual data samples with only the Scale Factor set ting applied High speed Summation channels are not recorded if a non zero Angle Offset has been specified Analog Input Channels or other Summation Channels can be used as inputs to a summation Channel The summation can have two or three inputs If a Sum mation Channel is used as an input it must have a lower Summation Index Each input is converted to a phasor using a DFT function and 1s scaled and ro tated using the Scale Factor and Angle Of
36. JUsIIND peyejos jeuueu2 p OV g suan VLOLOV Sul DRESSER E 8 XX 12345678 VI Buroeds dijs jeutwa G e 0 T L9Gg8rvtcl iris BARNS KKK 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 XXXI X SISSIES KO 0 00 4 004 094 09 4 09 4 94 9 4 0 DUOC Y X 9Iqeo 1ojonpuoo z 9 DORR SPSS maa wonog Dm 07020 020 020 020020020020 0 A SSE a RSV VV KXXXXKKK KKM KARAM MAMA imn III RR RR II II III IIIT aInpoN 1ndu eBeyoA paos leuueu e OV 900LOt 12345678 aJIM popueJs eb gz zi pe RE 1deooe sy90 q eure Buloeds dus jeuiuue 87 0 BL9OGrTECI 1S 91 9 GLSINS Xi ueoud pue CEERI V 1S3 uo Ajuo pepunoJ6 5C ESEHESESEH EHE Wooq WO MOI puz eq pinoys pjelys pasn jJ E sjndu Bojeuv oju sSbnid pnis PUD OLH 0 ZE L uZ 6 Bua dus WGZZ JejeUWe p uone nsut XVIN seDeyoA S EuiuJ8 1 HCOH9 C I Nd YNPUEd esf sng SM9J09S 9 IA 8A VA se npo N 1ndu OV Buisn NI Ol AI VI OA GA WA Bulpsooey iagram D lon TESLA 3000 AC Input Module Connect Figure 1 3 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Appendix l 4 134 00 LO POOLOG me HSINH Noaasn ASSY DN G3Aouidav ava NOLLdIYS3G ES Vid3lviw CALISIHOUd SI ISYVHdTH3 40 NOISSIWH3d NALLIYM wosreseudye MAN JHL LNOHLIM FIOHM 4O LYYd NI NOLL2nGOUd3H ANY 3SVHd 183 40 ALHIdOUd 310S 3H SI I I ONIMVUG SIHL NI G3NIVLNOD NOLLVNHOSINI 3H LL ejnpow andu DA 000E VISIL osoro X S00 F XXX
37. Logic 15 Logic 16 Logic 17 Logic 18 Logic 19 Logic 20 Logic 21 Logic 22 Logic 23 Logic 24 Logic 25 Logic 26 Logic 27 Logic 28 Logic 29 Logic 30 Output Contact 2 Output Contact 3 Output Contact 4 Output Contact 5 Output Contact 6 Output Contact 7 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Appendix E DNP3 Reference Name Point Index Change Event Class Output Contact 8 High low speed recording active High low speed recording space nearly full alarm Trend Recording Active Trend Recording Accumulation Alarm Retrieve Next Fault Information Event for Fault Locator 1 Retrieve Next Fault Information Event for Fault Locator 2 Retrieve Next Fault Information Event for Fault Locator 3 Retrieve Next Fault Information Event for Fault Locator 4 Retrieve Next Fault Information Event for Fault Locator 5 Retrieve Next Fault Information Event for Fault Locator 6 Retrieve Next Fault Information Event for Fault Locator 7 Retrieve Next Fault Information Event for Fault Locator 8 Retrieve Next Fault Information Event for Fault Locator 9 Retrieve Next Fault Information Event for Fault Locator 10 Analog Inputs Obj 30 32 Static Points Change Event Points Object group 30 32 Object variation 1 32 bit Analog Input 1 Analog Input Change 32 bit without Time
38. Scale Secondary Figure 11 79 Example of TESLA Swing Record Choosing Positive Sequence Voltage and Current Select a TESLA swing record and expand the channels Click the positive se quence voltage and current RecordGraph automatically calculates and dis plays the positive sequence impedance TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 53 11 Graphing Records Herr all 5 xps ele abo be TENERENT bk oa uH a aer uil i Lc Piris a Dept Chaenett RE 3 L Saks onary Figure 11 80 Example of TESLA Swing Record Choosing Watt Var and Positive Se quence Voltage Channels Select an TESLA swing record and expand the channels as shown Click the watt var and positive sequence voltage RecordGraph automatically evaluates and displays the positive sequence impedance coordi opt Die Yew Gath Vere Soe Cetera Heb mata 3 melk se x shale ml cla 2j n HN lel s jance I Leteler I P Lew Speed From Pmoedance kx Oren Positive sequence impedance trajectory T p Passe Arigi eeh PRX Scale Secondary Figure 11 81 Example of TESLA Swing Record Choosing Impedance Channel Select an TESLA swing record and expand the channels as shown Click the impedance channel RecordGraph automatically displays the positive se quence impedance trajectory As you select the desired channels the impedance R X characteristics are su perimposed on the existing relay characteristics To
39. as appropriate for the selected input range The following tables give resistor values and wiring examples for different ap plications For applications that are not in these tables contact ERLPhase All resistors must be rated for watt or more unless otherwise specified Un less otherwise noted the Ry resistor must be rated to handle the full input volt age which may require a physically larger resistor be used This is generally true of any application that has an input in excess of 50 V peak The resistor values specified are precision values as per the E48 standard series of resistance values in a decade See the section L 3 Input and Range Config uration for the full table of standard values It 1s possible to use other available values although range and resolution may be compromised Always select Riy of equal or greater value to that shown and select Rpg of equal or lesser value to that shown The Vishay CCF 2 series resistors in 1 precision or equivalent are recom mended for this application These metal film flameproof resistors are rated for industrial power applications at up to 2 watts dissipation and up to 350 volt drop Values of 4 99 Q to I MQ are available in this series for higher values use two resistors of appropriate value in series TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Appendix F Input Modules L40 L 133HS 313 Qv savos TVIS mr E dl DNA dd VI MEN NN QN OMGLIZIS ZaD au TVIHALVIN
40. b B Ph Voltage m Line 1 Vc C Ph Voltage X 0 056KA A O 1 454KA T NG MEE UH m External Input 1 m External Input 10 m External Input 11 l Seconds 0 100 hors 0 050 0 025 0000 0025 0 050 oot 0100 0125 Lo 02 Gom sexo CPO 0 0600 16 14 39 524000 a cuoco ecol 33313 TEETH bonde SES aun i un aa o XE did 0404 06100 T2 04150 0414 04200 pa 04250 Lado PP PCPCPP PPP PPP PPP CPPCC PPP PLC ay niii ioo Figure 11 109 Ao Default Template TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records Print Options The following options are available Print pops up a print option dialog box to select paper size orientation and other options PrintDirect sends active view directly to the default printer PrintAll sends all the views directly to the default printer Print Preview displays standard preview window D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 79 12 Record Export Utility D01721R02 61 The record export utility lets you convert records into different formats for use with other software tools COMTRADE Common Format for Transient Data Exchange COMTRADE is an industry standard record format used to share data between tools and to replay faults through a test set The export utility supports both ASCII and binary COM TRADE format
41. click any graph to make it active from the existing view or use the Delete key TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 15 11 Graphing Records 11 16 Graph gt Move TT ixi File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help f Set Graphs Per Page B I an walt 5 a 2 zx gin Add Analog Graph Ins Rl e d amp mrja x A amp se se tb a al NI maje 2 FE Add Digital Graph CtrlHIns bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr Del f iC Delete Graph EE Move Up Ctrl Up Arrow Down Ctrl Down Arrow Event Input 8 JL Dev 87 Trip JL Dev 87 Restraint JL Dev 87 in Trip Zone Dev 51 Trip JL Dev 51 Alarm Dev B Trip Dev 67 Alarm Dev 59FT Trip Dev 58FT Alarm Dev 59FI Trip Dev 60 Alarm THD Alarm Ausillary Alarm Ambient Alarm Top Oil Alarm E Summation 1 00 1 00 1 00 1 00 1 00 I LL a a Seconds 000 040 020 030 040 050 060 070 080 090 100 Timeline i un Move the activegraph to the the top of the view page Scale Secondary A Figure 11 25 Move Rearrange the relative position of the graphs in the active view page First se lect the graph and use either the Move Up or Move Down option to change the position of the graph Graph gt Copy Trace iojxi File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help mjr wmm me ed mL x elelee 2 eld ag n l me e a
42. e Each digital graph in this view can hold 32 traces 8 traces are preferred Selecting a channel from the LHS tree view while the same graph is active replaces the existing channel with the currently selected one e A maximum of 32 graphs analog and digital can be added per view You can mix and match channels from different records and or IEDs Time line view displays read out 1f markers are on on the RHS and chan nel information on its LHS Read out corresponds to the currently selected channel type and the scale primary secondary which is displayed on the status bar D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 39 11 Graphing Records Overlay View 11 40 Channel Information Record Information dt elle 2 pe d of ed del 9 CL Se 54 d der I n h HL IL 1 1 ae FTPTPEPTPTTT E 117 LI i D Figure 11 61 Overlay View Overlay View is designed to overlay channels and has single time line common axis for all the graphs Each analog graph in a overlay view can hold 32 traces 3 traces are pre ferred Each digital graph in this view can hold 32 traces 8 traces are preferred Selecting a channel from the LHS tree view while the same graph 1s active overlays the channel on the selected graph A maximum of 32 graphs can be added per view e You can mix and match channels from different records and or IEDs Time line view displays read out 1f
43. eBeyoA Od pc junus EUJSJXO UM jueuno 2v doo jue uno VWOOS 0 dn SWHYAOOZ 01 dn Ld unm eDeyoA OV A0001 01 dn JeonpsueJ Od iagram D lon TESLA 3000 DC Input Module Connect Figure 4 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Index D01721R02 61 A absolute time 11 21 11 64 11 66 AC 8 18 ac current input module 2 2 F 3 ac low voltage input module 2 3 AG scaling 8 18 ac scaling 8 18 ac voltage input module 2 2 F 1 Accessing TESLA Event Information D 17 active trace information 11 19 11 76 alarm contacts 2 3 A 1 A 3 analog graph 11 14 11 31 11 34 11 39 11 40 11 41 11 42 11 55 analog input 7 11 analog input channels 2 2 8 15 8 16 automatic record transfer 7 13 autopoll 9 2 autoprint 9 2 C calibration analog input 7 11 dc channel 7 12 CDR configuration 10 1 configuration changes 10 5 data storage 10 2 number of channels 10 2 safe shutdown mode 10 5 sampling rates 10 2 channel grouping 8 8 channel view 8 10 8 12 clamp on CT 2 3 F 6 communication 1 4 communication ports 4 1 4 13 configuation editor 8 4 configuration manager 8 1 8 2 8 3 connection status 5 5 continuous disturbance recording 10 1 control tabs 5 6 cooperative group 1 3 cooperative recorder group 13 1 configure recording group 13 7 network 13 4 recorders 13 5 records 13 10 settings 13 11 setup 13 3 cross trigger notification 7 13 TESLA User Manual 3000 Index D data acq
44. in Control Panel TESLA 3000 User Manual 8 3 8 Configuring the Recorder Configuration Editor 8 4 The Configuration Editor provides the means to create display and modify configurations for the recorder To start the editor from the Configuration Manager screen either double click on a configuration file or select it and click on the Edit button The sample screens shown are from the TESLA 3000 Demo configuration ly TESLA 3000 Control Panel Config Edit E B x File Edit Config View Help addis e TESLA Device Configuration dentification Channel Group 1 Meter Groups Trend Unit ID TESLA 3000 82 Settings File 2005 08 01 17 59 02 Settings Version Do gt Last Modified 05 Jul 06 17 44 33 Serial Number TESLA 3000 999999 99 Configuration TESLA 3000 36 Channels Comments max 80 characters System Frequency 60 Hz sample Rate 96 7 Samples Cycle Show Element Tree Hide Tree Main Menu Config Edit ESLA 3000 Control Panel Current IED TESLA 3000 82 Not Connected A Figure 8 4 TESLA Configuration Editor Navigation Tree The right side pane of the Configuration Editor window provides a navigation tree to access the various sections of the configuration Selecting an item in the tree shifts the large right pane view to the appropriate topic Double clicking on a tree branch in the left pane that has a small to its left or selecting on the
45. recorder from list m Add New add new recorder to list TESLA 3000 Control Panel Records Continuous Recording Events Metering Utilities Configuration Select IED Main Menu TESLA 3000 Control Panel Connected Current IED TESLA Demo Unit Current IED Connection Status Connected or Not Connected Figure 5 1 Selecting a Recorder Workspace TESLA 3000 User Manual 5 1 5 Working with TESLA Control Panel The Current IED Selecting a recorder sets TESLA Control Panel s focus to that recorder s work space known as the Current IED The records and configuration files belong to the selected recorder If you initiate a connection using TESLA Control Panel it connects to the cur rent IED using the communication parameters specified for this IED The name of the Current IED is always displayed in the Status Bar at the bottom of the TESLA Control Panel window see Figure 5 1 TESLA Control Panel assumes that the recorder it is communicating with is the one identified as the Current IED Forcing a connection with a different re corder i e moving the serial cable without telling Control Panel to discon nect can cause the records and configuration files of that recorder to be mixed with those of the Current IED 5 2 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 5 Working with TESLA Control Panel Adding Editing a Recorder Workspace Definition Recorder workspaces are add
46. rent the readings will be significantly wrong until calibration has been per formed Only the channels associated with the altered module need be re calibrated To calibrate a channel Main Menu gt Utilities Analog Input Calibration Select the channel or channels from the list More than one channel of volt age or current can be chosen using the Control Shift left click TESLA 3000 User Manual 1 11 7 Recorder Setup Utilities DC Channel Calibration Process Out of Range 7 12 It is possible to calibrate multiple channels simultaneously by using the mouse to select a set of channels from the list Multiple channels can be selected using standard Windows selection methods All channels in the selected set must have the same type of input module 2 Enter the voltage or current magnitude that is applied to the isolation module associated with the channel Applied Signal field The signal magnitude lev el should be measured with a precision calibrated instrument 3 Press the Calibrate Offset and Gain button If a channel has not yet been configured only Calibrate Offset will be displayed 4 Under the Offset and Gain columns the line of the channel being calibrated OK or No will be displayed see Analog Input Calibration on page 7 11 5 Repeat for all other channels being used Use the Save button to load the new calibration to the recorder The de calibration procedure is a two step procedure When one or
47. s front panel If you wish to change baud rates in the future both the baud rate specified here and that set on the recorder must be changed see Commu nication Port Settings on page 7 3 12 Select the Options tab of Figure 3 8 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 3 TESLA Control Panel Installation i APT SERIAL Properties General Options Security Networking Advanced Dialing options Display progress while connecting Prompt for name and password certificate etc C Include Windows logon domain Hedialing options Redial attempts 3 Time between redial attempts Idle time before hanging up Redial if line is dropped Figure 3 9 Windows XP Options 13 Select the Security tab check the Run Script box in the Run Script list se lect the file tes a scp I APT SERIAL Properties Options Security Networking Advanced Security options Typical recommended settings Validate my identity as follows Allow unsecured password vt Automatically use my Windows logon name and password and domain if any Require data encryption disconnect if none Advanced custom settings EUM a esu IE Settings Interactive logon and scripting Show terminal window Hun script ANWIND DW S SSustem3zNrasstesla scp Figure 3 10 Windows XP Security D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 3 9 3 TESLA Control Panel Installation 14 Select the Networki
48. you have already used all available channels Voltage Input Identifies the voltage channels to be used to create the watts and vars These can be either analog input channels summations or posi tive sequences If you select analog or summation channels as inputs single phase watts and vars will be calculated if you select sequence channels three phase watts and vars will be calculated Current Input Identifies the current channels to be used to create the watts and vars These can be either analog input channels summations or posi tive sequences If you select analog or summation channels as inputs single phase watts and vars will be calculated if you select sequence channels three phase watts and vars will be calculated Trigger Settings Watts 1 Watts 2 Period of time over which both positive and negative rate of change Watts 3 for each Watts Detector is measured 0 5 to 8 0 cycles Vars Period of time over which both positive and negative rate of change for Var Detector is measured 0 5 to 8 0 cycles Limit Specifies the trigger levels for the magnitude triggers and the magni tude portion of the rate for the rate of change triggers The period por tion of the rate is specified by the Rate of Change Interval 8 32 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 D01721R02 61 8 Configuring the Recorder Watts Vars Channel Settings Delay Specifies how long the trigger condition must be
49. 1 M agnitude Elementl la tst la1 1 Phase iE Unused Rec Chan Magnitude Unused Rec Chan Phase Fi Offset negative start times to begin at zero OF Cancel Figure 12 2 COMTRADE Settings The COMTRADE format IEEE C37 111 defines a common format for stor ing digital data records of transient and dynamic swing events It consists of up to four output files with the same base name and different file extensions configuration files cfg header files hdr data files dat and optional in formation files inf The COMTRADE Export Utility produces the configu ration header and data files With reference to Figure 12 2 COMTRADE Settings COMTRADE Export Settings Function Export to The base filename and directory of the output files are set using the Export to option By default the base filename is the same as the record you are exporting You can edit this or use the Browse button to set a new direc tory and or base filename Station Name and The Station Name and Identification fields are set by default Identification using information from this recorder They are written as the first line in the cfg output file Header Text The Header Text field contains the text written into the COM TRADE header hdr file By default the field contains the Location Name Number and the Unit ID of the unit that pro duced the record This text can be modified deleted or extended as desired D01721R
50. 10024 Off inactive On active External I P 25 10025 Off inactive On active External I P 26 10026 Off inactive On active External I P 27 10027 Off inactive On active External I P 28 10028 Off inactive On active External I P 29 10029 Off inactive On active External I P 30 10030 Off inactive On active External I P 31 10031 Off inactive On active External I P 32 10032 Off inactive On active External I P33 10033 Off inactive On active External I P 34 10034 Off inactive On active External I P 35 10035 Off inactive On active External I P 36 10036 Off inactive On active External I P 37 10037 Off inactive On active External I P 38 10038 Off inactive On active External I P 39 10039 Off inactive On active External I P 40 10040 Off inactive On active External I P 41 10041 Off inactive On active External I P 42 10042 Off inactive On active External I P 43 10043 Off inactive On active External I P 44 10044 Off inactive On active External I P 45 10045 Off inactive On active External I P 46 10046 Off inactive On active External I P 47 10047 Off inactive On active External I P 48 10048 Off inactive On active External I P 49 10049 Off inactive On active External I P 50 10050 Off inactive On active External I P 51 10051 Off inactive On active Exte
51. 13 D01721R02 61 Alarm Contact Specifies a rear panel contact to be closed when triggered Contacts are closed momentarily for one second Contact assignment is not exclusive allowing multiple triggers to activate the same contact Available contacts 2 3 5 6 7 or 8 on a 36 channel model and 2 or 3 on an 18 channel model Contacts 1 and 4 are reserved for Recorder Functional and Cross Trigger respectively Contacts assigned for stor age alarms Storage Alarms on page 8 7 will not be available for use here TESLA 3000 User Manual 8 37 8 Configuring the Recorder Fault Locator Functions Description Input Calculation Triggers Recording Number of Channels Types Notes 8 38 Fault Locator Functions produce distance to fault informations based on the impedance measured on the specified voltage and current channels The infor mation is logged and available through SCADA Initiating Event any External Input Channel or trigger detector from any other channel or function Voltage Channels must be Analog Input Channels monitoring voltage Current Channels can be Analog Input Channels or Summation Channels monitoring current The correct phases must be selected to achieve the desired results In most cases the Initiating Event input should be delayed by 1 5 cy cles to obtain accurate fault location information The delay can be set in the source detector or a Logic Function can be used as an i
52. 13 5 Working with TESLA Control Panel 5 1 Recorder Workspace ccccceccecceeeceeceeeceeceeeeeeseeeeeeees 5 1 Adding Editing a Recorder Workspace Definition 5 3 Online and Offline Operation 5 5 Navigating in TESLA Control Panel 5 6 6 Metering Display 6 1 TESLA 3000 User Manual Table of Contents 7 Recorder Setup Utilities 7 1 Unit Identification rronrrnnnernnrrranrrnnnrrannnnanrnnannranennnennn 7 2 Communication Port Settings rrrnrrrarernnrrrnnrrvnnrrvnnennn 7 3 Recording Control Settings rrrrrrrnrrnrarernnrorarernnrrvnnennn 7 6 Time Display and Settings rrorrrrnrrnnnrnnnnernnnrrnnrnrnnennnrr 7 9 Analog Input Calibration cccccccccsececeeeeeeseeeeeeees 7 11 NON EH 7 13 Password PIOlO CU OM sorore to aaa 7 15 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 1 Managing Configuration Files esesssee 8 1 Configuration Editor ote ene teo it euro deRuii 8 4 GENE AIO eio de 8 5 Channels and TriQQers cccccseccssecceseeceeeeeeceseeeeeeesens 8 8 Analog Input Channels secina on uad ue tie tue 8 15 External Input Channels eseeseeese 0 20 Summation Channel rrranernnronanenn
53. 1339 12 01 15 5 37 836 Element In lt 1999 12 01 14 49 55 896 01 1999 12 01 25 59 37 936 Element2 lc Fr 1333 12 01 14 48 08 066 Py 1999 12 01 14 46 50 996 Es 1959 12 01 14 45 43 835 s Ec 1999 12 01 14 41 09 299 to Kp 19912 01 14 39 59 539 ert Ee 1333 12 01 14 33 37 333 Ec 1999 12 01 14 92 57 929 Delte Py 199912 01 14 31 06 239 1999 12 01 14 30 30 329 Bevare Lem Select export file type Ez Ec 1999 12 01 14 29 42 719 fo 199912 01 14 29 07 909 COMTRADE v UA 18632011550 13671 COMTRADE zomrtna Poo awa Trigger Qotn Man Meru ve Receide Contig E di LL Irende TESLA Control Panel Current iD TE Step 1 Double click Records from the Main Menu Figure 12 1 Select Export File Type TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 12 Record Export Utility COMTRADE Format COMTRADE Export Settings Ea Esport to Je Program Files apt data Mina s RHecordersH ecords z uu 01 24 Browse Station Name Identification Station hodet Header Text Version Lacationi2corner Name Staton Number 1 Unitld ode at 1581 Format El asc Low Speed 60sec Exported Channels Element Wats wal T Magnitud a Element Vatst Val 1 Phase pg Element Wats Val 1 kMagnitude Element Wats Val 1 Phase Element vb tst Vbl T Maagnitui z Element Wb tz bl 1 Magnitude Elementi b tst Wbl 1 Phase Element etat Vol T M agnitud m Element etat Vol 1 Phase Elementl la tst 1a1
54. 18 trend view 11 55 true RMS 11 68 view and graph titles 11 62 view menus 11 11 view title 11 62 window time control 11 47 zoom 11 35 H harmonics 11 21 identification 8 5 impedance channel 8 29 impedance channels 8 28 install on Windows XP 3 3 installation 1 2 installing TESLA 3 2 IRIG B time signal 2 4 L logging 1 3 logic functions 8 36 8 37 M maintenance menu 14 1 maintenance menu commands 14 3 maintenance menu error handling 14 4 measure menus 11 20 11 21 meter groups 8 42 metering 6 1 MODBUS 8 45 modem external 4 5 internal 4 8 TESLA User Manual 3000 LAN gateway 4 8 modem link 4 5 mount TESLA recorder 2 1 N navigating TESLA 5 6 notify 7 13 notify settings 7 14 O offline operation 5 5 online operation 5 5 options menus 11 26 11 27 11 28 11 29 out of range 7 12 output contacts 1 4 p parameters direct serial link 4 12 Windows XP 7 4 12 password protection 7 15 setting 7 15 phase angle reference channel 8 11 PMU module communication 15 6 PMU module configuration 15 10 PMU module error handling 15 16 PMU module features 15 2 PMU module maintenance 15 16 PMU module metering 15 15 PMU module overview 15 1 PMU module setup communication 15 7 PMU module support 15 6 power factor functions 8 40 8 41 settings 8 41 power supply 2 1 print configuration 8 45 SCADA address list 8 45 printing 8 45 R rear connections 1 5 record filter 9 1 lists 9 1 s
55. 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in El 8602 Ext Input Tripped 20 0K 10 0K 5 0K 10 0K 15 0K 20 0K 4 0 0150 00175 0 0200 0 0225 0 0250 0 0275 0 0300 0 0325 0 0350 0 0375 4 mi Show Legends Show or hide legends on all the graphs Options gt Show Trigger Marker E Scale Primary ioixi File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help Galculate Derived Channels Now i alal lt Default gt recordemol tlr El High Speed Channels El Analog TRACD X Vac Vat Md TRA4CD X In Show Grid Show X AxisTicks Show Legends Show Trigger Marker Lock Markers xW aa TRACD X Ic TRACD X Ib Extend Print Range TR4CD X la Set Phase Colors TRA4CD Y Vac Vat TRACD Y In TRACD Y Ic TR4CD Y Ib TRACD Y la TR44B X Vac Vab TR4A4B X In TR48B X Ic TR4AB X Ib TR4AB X la Misc In TRT8CD X In Misc In TR17AB X In Misc In TRT7AB Y In TR4AB Y Vac Vab TR4AB Y In TR4AB Y Ic TR4AB Y Ib TR4AB Y la Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 e Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 1a Unit 4 la Unit 4 1b Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 Ic Unit 4 Ic Misc In TRT8CD Y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbc Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbc Misc Vac Bus 4J Vbc Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Vn y Analog Input36 External ca ce OL POLO AE AE EE SOS OSL LS Set Precision m Unit 4 vb Unit 4 Vb m Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 vc Seconds li Ay Overlay hd Sho
56. 6 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 13 Cooperative Recorder Group 3 Configure the individual recorders Each recorder must be configured as a stand alone unit with its channels and triggers defined Chapter 7 Recorder Setup Utilities and Chapter 8 Configuring the Recorder cover this in detail Important Certain settings must be the same on all recorders for cooperative mode to function correctly See Required Cooperative Mode Set tings on page 13 11 for the list Step 3 Configure 1 Create a Cooperative Group IED Definition in TESLA 3000 Control the Cooperative Panel Recording Group m l Within Control Panel a special Cooperative Group IED is created to work with the cooperative recording group When the Cooperative Group IED is selected Control Panel functions are applied to the group of recorders rath er than an individual one Records from the cooperative recorder group are transferred combined and viewed in this way The following table provides a setting guide for the Cooperative Group IED definition 2 Select the cooperative recording group members A setup screen associated with the Cooperative Group IED lets you specify which recorders are part of the cooperative group and provides group con trol and status information To access the Cooperative Mode Setup screen a Connect to the Cooperative Group IED by selecting the it from the IED list on the Main Menu tab and pressing Connect b Select the Ut
57. 7 Var 10 WV1S 41283 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV2P 41284 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV2 Q 41285 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV2 S 41286 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV3 P 41287 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV3 Q 41288 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV3S 41289 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV4P 41290 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV4Q 41291 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV4S 41292 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV5P 41293 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV5Q 41294 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV5S 41295 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV6P 41296 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV6Q 41297 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV6S 41298 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV7P 41299 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV7Q 41300 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV7S 41301 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV8 P 41302 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix D 13 Appendix D Modbus Functions WV8 Q 41303 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV8 S 41304 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV9 P 41305 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV9 Q 41306 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV9 S 41307 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV10 P 41308 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV10 Q 41309 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV10S 41310 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV11 P 41311 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV11 Q 41312 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV11S 41313 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV12P 41314 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV12 Q 41315 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV12S 41316 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV13 P 41317 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV13 Q 41318 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV13S 41
58. A nition Fault Locator 7 Fault Information DNP Time High 16 bits 418 N A Fault Information DNP Time Middle 16 bits 419 N A Fault Information DNP Time Low 16 bits 420 N A Fault Information Fault Distance 421 User specified Fault Information Type see below for defi 422 N A nition Fault Locator 8 Fault Information DNP Time High 16 bits 423 N A Fault Information DNP Time Middle 16 bits 424 N A Fault Information DNP Time Low 16 bits 425 N A Fault Information Fault Distance 426 User specified Fault Information Type see below for defi 427 N A nition Fault Locator 9 Fault Information DNP Time High 16 bits 428 N A Fault Information DNP Time Middle 16 bits 429 N A Fault Information DNP Time Low 16 bits 430 N A Fault Information Fault Distance 431 User specified Fault Information Type see below for defi 432 N A nition Fault Locator 10 Fault Information DNP Time High 16 bits 433 N A Fault Information DNP Time Middle 16 bits 434 N A Fault Information DNP Time Low 16 bits 435 N A D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix E 19 Appendix E DNP3 Reference Name Point Index Units Scale Fhange Event Class Fault Information Fault Distance 436 User specified 10 2 Fault Information Type see below for defi 437 N A 1 2 nition Appendix E 20 TESLA 3000 User Ma
59. Analog Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Va Ay TRACD XVac Vab P arcte Boswei ETTE TRACDIc IC Shop Set template location v TR4CD X Ib CAProgram Files APT RecordGraphiTemplate Browse p recordemo1 tir 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in El 86U2 Ext Input Tripped TUS TRACD X la y TRACD Y Vac Vab TRACDY In Ay TRACDY Ic r Template files TR4CD Y Ib N TRACD Y la ELT MAS Rename TR4AB XXVac Vab TR4ABXIN TR4ABA c Duplicate Ay TRASBX ID TR44B X la av Misc In TRT8CD X Ir Delete Misc In TRT7ABX In Misc In TRTZAB Y In E 7 TR44B Y Vac Yab BPRO 50LS 8701 N TRAAB Y In BPRO 50N vi gavene A TRAAB Y Ic y TRAAB Y Ib r Import and register a template file A TRAAB Y la Unit 4VaUnit 4 Va Register as default Ay Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb C High Speed Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 Vc C Low Speed Unit 4 la Unit 4 la v Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 Ib C Trend Unit 4 lc Unit 4 Ic Misc In TRI8CD Y y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbe Misc Vac Bus 4J Vbc 0 020 0 040 0 060 0 080 0 100 0 120 0 140 0 160 0 180 Ay Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Yn al w y Analog Input36 gt HT i Timeline Scale Primary Figure 11 8 Template Manager Rename duplicate save as import or delete template files A dialog box is dis played to manage the template files see Templates on page 11 56 File gt Print IIT X
60. Basic channel names and derived impedance type RecordGraph E 81 x File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help Dl th a Al NI melee ale BE malla lt Default gt Rol FA Dil dm zs x 212 e R20364 2000 11 08 04 25 5731 1 View Title em n20354 2000 11 08 04 25 57 313Jpr High Speed Channels El Analog YA LI Ole D Zab Phase Phase High Speed m JA Line Current A D12C Zab Phase Phase High Speed V Line Voltage A D12C VB Line Voltage B D12C Zbc Phase Phase High Speed m IB Line Current B D12C Zbc Phase Phase High Speed Line Voltage B D12C y Line Voltage C D12C i y Line CurentA D12C Ec Ay Line Current B D12C 50 y Line Current C D12C y Current 24 UNUSED y Current 2 B UNUSED Current 2 C UNUSED Ay Current 34 UNUSED 25 y Current 3 B UNUSED y Current 3 C UNUSED y Curent 44 UNUSED Current 4 B UNUSED y Current 4 C UNUSED Bus Voltage A UNUSED 0 y Bus Voltage B UNUSED y Bus Voltage C UNUSED H External m VC Line Voltage C D12C Zca Phase Phase High Speed m C Line Current C D12C Zca Phase Phase High Speed E Summation X P 5 Time Window width 4 Time Window and position control N BE 75 50 25 0 25 50 75 Time Window s gt width s 0 000 alv 0 167s 0 068s Position s 0 167 X Marker lt j 6 X a nd O ma rke rs Dhms 673 645 T 0 167 O Marker Ohms 673 645 T 0 167 T H Aysummary A S
61. Channel Using a Sequence Compo nent as an input results in three phase Watts and VARs Voltage and current are multiplied to calculate apparent power real power and reactive power Watts high and low level 2 Watts positive and negative rate of change 2 Vars high and low level Vars positive and negative rate of change Dual triggers for Watts allows fault and swing recordings to be triggered by different settings e g Rate of Change Interval if desired To prevent multiple triggers on threshold conditions an hysteresis of 2 of setting 1s applied to magnitude triggers High Speed Watt and VAR values at a rate of eight values per cycle regard less of the system sample rate Low Speed Watt and VAR values at a rate of one value per cycle 18 Watts Vars Channels are available W V The primary to secondary scale factor used by the Watts Vars Channel is based on those of its voltage and current input channels Watts VARs and Volt Amp magnitudes are also available to the metering dis play SCADA and the long term trending function TESLA 3000 User Manual 8 31 8 Configuring the Recorder Settings TESLA WattaNars Function Configuration Element Description Watts ars Index Scale Element stow fio Te 006 HYAA Rate of Change Intervals Cycles Voltage Input Element2 Va tst va2 1 Watts 1 Watts 2 Wiss Current input Elemeri2 a tst o2 1 fro ro fro x um oew emme ew swing f Log w
62. D01721R02 61 8 Configuring the Recorder The Limits screen accessed by expanding the Identification branch in the Nav igation tree lets you define how the recorder behaves when dealing with nu merous repetitive triggers The chatter limit settings specify the time window Chatter Detection Window in which the chatter detector works The detector limits the number of triggers that can occur on the same channel and of the same trigger type within the window Four External Input triggers and two analog or calculated channel triggers are allowed in the window If this number is exceeded the trigger is automatically disabled until the trigger rate falls to less than that number for the specified number of seconds Recovery Time This prevents the recorder from being overloaded by nuisance triggers and automatically re enables the trigger when conditions return to normal Note Although an External Input triggers may be disabled by a chatter limit function the recording will contain the original External Input data The Storage Alarms screen accessed by expanding the dentification branch in the Navigation tree lets you select the output contact to be closed when the memory for triggered records or long term trend logs is nearly full The accu mulation mode recycle of stop when full and the level at which to alarm are set in the Recording tab of the Utilities screen Recording Control Settings on page 7 6 The record and trend sto
63. El xj File Edit Config View Help Element ree PER an ME OE ae ee El Identfication Element Element 1 Element 1 Element Linfts Type fva vb Ve Storage Alarms Desc u El Chanhel Group 1 Channel 1 2 3 2 El Element 1 FESTE AMA AnD GILL VL LIAC A kin doni AnA AAD AM ILL lainin utral 401 006 Bavac Isol s Pename treg item kky External Inputs H Summations Insert Eleme t Sequence Functions Impedance Functions Add E lemen E W atts V ars Functions Logic Functions Ter Mew Analog Input V Mew Va Vb Vc Plen Mew External Input Mew Va bise Mew Summation k New Vb Meter Groups Trend Mew Sequence k Mew Vc New Impedance Mew la Ib lc Mew Watts ars Mew la New Frequency Mew Ib Show Channel Tree Hide Tree New Logic Function New lc Mew Fault Locator ENT Main M Utiliti ew In M New PF Detector TESLA Control Panel P Mew Meter Group Mew AC Voltage etn iret Mew AC Current Delete Element Mew DC Figure 8 10 Adding Analog Input Channels from the Element Tree Deleting a Channel To remove an channel from the tree select it and press the lt Del gt key or right click and select the appropriate Delete entry from the shortcut menu 8 14 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 8 Configuring the Recorder Analog Input Channels Description Input Calculation Triggers Recording Number of Channels Types Notes D01721R02 61 Basic recording chan
64. Event Class External Input 52 External Input 53 External Input 54 External Input 55 External Input 56 External Input 57 External Input 58 External Input 59 External Input 60 External Input 61 External Input 62 External Input 63 External Input 64 Fault Information Available for Fault Locator 1 Fault Information Available for Fault Locator 2 Fault Information Available for Fault Locator 3 Fault Information Available for Fault Locator 4 Fault Information Available for Fault Locator 5 Fault Information Available for Fault Locator 6 Fault Information Available for Fault Locator 7 Fault Information Available for Fault Locator 8 Fault Information Available for Fault Locator 9 Fault Information Available for Fault Locator 10 Binary Outputs Obj 10 Static Points Change Event Points Object Group 10 Not Applicable Object Variation 2 Binary Output Status default Not Applicable Class 0 Not Applicable Note Binary outputs are scanned with 500 ms resolution No change event buffer D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix E 5 Appendix E DNP3 Reference Appendix E 6 Logic 1 Point Index Change Event Class Logic 2 Logic 3 Logic 4 Logic 5 Logic 6 Logic 7 Logic 8 Logic 9 Logic 10 Logic 11 Logic 12 Logic 13 Logic1 4
65. External Input Channels trigger detectors from other chan nels and previously defined Logic Functions are available Inversion Blocks Allows the input state to be inverted Click to activate and move mouse to select option before releasing Logic Gates NOT AND NAND OR NOR Exclusive OR and Exclusive NOR Click to activate scroll window to display click icon to select Delay Module Assert delays the output for the specified time Deassert locks in the output state for the specified time 0 to 1 200 seconds in half cycle increments Trigger Action Enable Enables or disables the associated trigger A trigger can be disabled without altering the rest of its settings Fault Initiates a fault high speed recording when triggered owing Initiates a swing low speed recording when triggered If both Fault and Swing are enabled the recorder will attempt to cre ate a combined record Logs a message in the Event Log when triggered Contacts the RecordBase Central Station when triggered Can be used to initiate wide area swing recordings and or automated record transfer Notify on page 7 13 Cross Trigger Activates the cross trigger contact 4 to trigger another device Priority Specifies the priority to be assigned to records created by this trigger The priority is used to determine Central Station notification 1 3 3 is the highest priority Notify on page 7
66. Files gt NxtPhase gt TESLA Control Panel TESLA Control Panel uses a data location on your computer to store records and settings from your recorders By default it 1s C Program Files Nxt Phase Data although you may change this later by using the File Data Loca tion command from the Main Menu When you change the data location previously configured IEDs will not be affected Only newly created IEDs will use the new data loca tion To edit the data location of existing IEDs use the Main Menu Edit button 1I TESLA Control Panel Main Menu B El x File View Help Data Location r Select IED Exit Current IED TESLA Demo Unit Disconnec ted Figure 3 13 Data Location TESLA 3000 User Manual 3 11 4 Communicating with the Recorder Communication Ports D01721R02 61 The TESLA recorder has multiple communication ports for local and remote access to its user interface and SCADA services For port pin out and cabling information see Communication Port Details on page 4 13 Port Port 1 Location Front Description RS 232 Data Communication Equipment DCE female DB9 Used for user interface access via a direct serial connection Default Setting 38 400 baud 8 data bits no parity 1 stop bit Port 2 Rear RS 232 DCE female DB9 Used for User interface access via a direct serial connection User interface access via an external modem The optional ERLPhase Mode
67. Functional LED Supervisory software continually checks all system processes Ifa failure is de tected an attempt 1s made to correct the problem through a software restart A TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 14 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling software restart takes place quickly and does not activate any external indica tors If the failure persists the unit will initiate a hardware reset to attempt to clear the problem A hardware reset takes approximately a minute and half to com plete If the problem is not cleared after four consecutive reset attempts the unit enters the Persistent Error state In this state the recorder activates its fail ure indicators and stops initiating resets to avoid interfering with any diagnos tic investigation If the Supervisory software subsequently determines that the problem has been cleared it automatically returns the unit to its normal operating state clearing the failure indicators Normal Operation First Detected Error Problem Cleared Persistent Error Mode Problem Cleared Software Restart Problem Cleared Hardware Reset Problem Persists After Repeated Reset Attempts Problem Still Present Figure 14 2 Error Handling State Indicators Recorder State Indicators Normal Recorder Functional LED ON Failure Contact OPEN Software Reset Recorder Functional LED ON Failure Contact OPEN Hardware Reset Recorder Functional
68. Impedance Function 3 Angle degrees Appendix E 16 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 D01721R02 61 Name Impedance Function 4 Mag Appendix E DNP3 Reference Change Event Point Index Units Scale Class ohms Impedance Function 4 Angle degrees Impedance Function 5 Mag ohms Impedance Function 5 Angle degrees Impedance Function 6 Mag ohms Impedance Function 6 Angle degrees Impedance Function 7 Mag ohms Impedance Function 7 Angle degrees Impedance Function 8 Mag ohms Impedance Function 8 Angle degrees Impedance Function 9 Mag ohms Impedance Function 9 Angle degrees Impedance Function 10 Mag ohms Impedance Function 10 Angle degrees Impedance Function 11 Mag ohms Impedance Function 11 Angle degrees Impedance Function 12 Mag ohms Impedance Function 12 Angle degrees Impedance Function 13 Mag ohms Impedance Function 13 Angle degrees Impedance Function 14 Mag ohms Impedance Function 14 Angle degrees Impedance Function 15 Mag ohms Impedance Function 15 Angle degrees Impedance Function 16 Mag ohms Impedance Function 16 Angle degrees Impedance Function 17 Mag ohms Impedance Function 17 Angle degrees Impedance Function 18 Mag ohms Impedance Function 18 Angle degrees Power Factor Function 1 Level Powe
69. Information ee omomomom Save Template Save Template As Template Manager Print Print Direct Save as Metafile Show Channel List Print All Print Preview Export Delete Show Record Summary User Manual About RecordGraph Show Hotkeys Zoom X Axis Zoom X Axis Zoom Y Axis Zoom Y Axis Undo Zoom Reset Zoom Change Scale Y Axis Calculate Derived Channels Now Show Grid Show X Axis Ticks Show Legends Show Trigger Markers Lock Markers Extend Print Range Set Phase Colors Set Precision Figure 11 5 Menus D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 5 11 Graphing Records RecordGraph Menu Items File Menus File gt Save Template ini xl 5 2 slal aal x al elle wl t a 1 H wile 2 F8 File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help Save Template As Template Manager 2 recor demo tlr 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in El 860U2 Ext Input Tripped Print Unit 4 va Unit 4 Va a Print Direct Print all Boswell Ud 1999 Jun 25 18 24 31 484028 Print Preview IC Shop Export Delete Import Exit X V ac Vab A TRAABXIn A TRAABX Ic A TRAABX Ib A TRAABXIa Misc In TRTSCD X Ir Misc In TRT7AB X In Misc In TR174B Y In TRAAB Y Vac Yab A TRAABY In A TRAAB Y lc A TRAAB Y Ib A TRAAB Y la Unit 4Va Unit 4 Va
70. Input 8 Magnitude Analog Input 8 Angle degrees Analog Input 8 THD Analog Input 8 SHL Analog Input 8 DC Analog Input 9 Magnitude Analog Input 9 Angle degrees Appendix E 8 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Appendix E DNP3 Reference Change Event Name Point Index Units Scale Class Analog Input 9 THD Analog Input 9 SHL Analog Input 9 DC Analog Input 10 Magnitude Analog Input 10 Angle degrees Analog Input 10 THD Analog Input 10 SHL Analog Input 10 DC Analog Input 11 Magnitude Analog Input 11 Angle degrees Analog Input 11 THD Analog Input 11 SHL Analog Input 11 DC Analog Input 12 Magnitude Analog Input 12 Angle degrees Analog Input 12 THD Analog Input 12 SHL Analog Input 12 DC Analog Input 13 Magnitude Analog Input 13 Angle degrees Analog Input 13 THD Analog Input 13 SHL Analog Input 13 DC Analog Input 14 Magnitude Analog Input 14 Angle degrees Analog Input 14 THD Analog Input 14 SHL Analog Input 14 DC Analog Input 15 Magnitude Analog Input 15 Angle degrees Analog Input 15 THD Analog Input 15 SHL Analog Input 15 DC Analog Input 16 Magnitude Analog Input 16 Angle degrees Analog Input 16 THD Analog Input 16 SHL D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix E 9 Appendix E DNP3 R
71. Lx Time Window control is resized to include only portion of the data Ap Leber Vac FU Fol Vit CTI dang A CE THO Apt DRITTE Aspe Ful Bile esta DE TI5O La dept A Cl 1150 mutes i CR Se Ame En FLER 3 Lac Pelasgi Time Ani 81 7 J in ir vif k CE TI La damp 2 SED Pealcn xh 40305 My DE 1160 Apr iud OE TIBI Ait x d heey 706 Sed x prema STE T a C 11 Atigdege N DE 1170 Ret ok Fen IG 2559 X Ohm lr ST dn T 0 200 CE 1170 be Ag H Leser Time Window enlarged i i i i D A 200 150 100 50 Time Window s 4 gt Width s 1 176 ale 0 200s 1 1835 Position s 0 200 X Marker R Ohms 106 289 X Ohms 57 605 T 0 200 O Marker R Ohms 106 289 X Ohms 57 605 T 0 200 Figure 11 68 Example of Using Time Window Control If you move the thumb track not resize to the extreme end then the traces are rendered in the new data range Me fle yee ach Mace Stale Coton kep Pieter Ci Ek ml ole 2 c H sie sis tse Onghtpeedandt do SOI 2200 20 4 Latelkor bed ete Low M VA Leeber VaV LG I tage Phase leg Speed SU OD 1140 h Ange Zub Prete Prase Hgh Speed SVB Letter VERY L G Zbc Phate Prurt ve Speed SB 01140 b Aemgpa Zbc Mase hate ep Speed VC Lebe Ve kv i o Ica Phase Fraps ee mik ot Ica Prase rare CB 40 La Amps CB Ano CB Dk Amor CB 41 la dans CB 41 I Ampt CB 41 lc Ape CB 42 1a Ampr CB 42 Bano CB amp 2 i
72. Modbus Functions Years since 1900 40006 90 137 Sync d to IRIG B 40007 0 No 1 Yes Time of Acquisition UTC Read all in same query to ensure consistent time reading data Milliseconds Acquisition 40008 0 999 Seconds Acquisition 40009 0 59 Minutes Acquisition 40010 0 59 Hours Acquisition 40011 0 23 Day of Year Acquisition 40012 1 365 up to 366 if leap year Years since 1900 40013 90 137 Acquisition Time Sync d 40014 0 No to IRIG B 1 Yes Offset of UTC to IED 40015 2 s complement half hours North America is Local Time negative Analog Magnitude and Angle Metering Channels Channel Address Value Scaled up by Al1 Magnitude 40257 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al1 Angle 40258 180 to 180 10 Al2 Magnitude 40259 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al2 Angle 40260 180 to 180 10 AI3 Magnitude 40261 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al3 Angle 40262 180 to 180 10 Al4 Magnitude 40263 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al4 Angle 40264 180 to 180 10 AI5 Magnitude 40265 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI5 Angle 40266 180 to 180 10 AI6 Magnitude 40267 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI6 Angle 40268 180 to 180 10 Al7 Magnitude 40269 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al7 Angle 40270 180 to 180 10 Al8 Magnitude 40271 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al8 Angle
73. O 1 454K4 El Vars A 1 510KA Watt m Line 1 Ib B Ph Current m Line 1 Ic C Ph Current m External Input 1 Low External Input 10 Low External Input 11 ov r r 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 Seconds 0 100 gos 0 050 0 025 0000 0 025 0 050 oofs 0100 0125 P pg 4 W A 0457 V Timeline y Overlay Display the selected trace data Scale Primary Astart de ll KS Inbox micr GJE WorklMa E adobe lust BJ My Computer GyNsAprojects RRecordGra E microsoft Po 1 26PM Figure 11 100 Copy Trace to Clipboard Pasting exported data using Microsoft Excel 1 Open Microsoft Excel 2 Choose Edit Paste Special Eile Edit View Insert Format Tools Data Window Help Acrobat In XJ CantUndo Ctri z X Hm o A ELM C gt ara mo BSE EzsH s x X 5 A d Im u Ctrlex B3 copy Ctrl C 7 5 paste Ctrl V 1 v I4 Ab bI NSheeti Sheet2 f sheets 7 fl OI Ready NUM a start me Slinbox Micros JE YwWorkManu Bl Adobe thustrator 3 My Computer yNtprojectstse Recordaraph SIMicrosoft Excel 1 31 PM Figure 11 101 Paste Special Using Excel D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 73 11 Graphing Records Pasting exported data using Microsoft Excel Choose CSV comma separated variable format and click OK Pasting exported data using Microsoft Excel Domain normally time data it can be date Y Y Y Y mm
74. On Never x Always Pulse Off x Never Always Latch On Never x Always Latch Off Never x Always Queue x Never Always Clear Queue x Never Always Maximum number of control objects per request 16 Notes Control Trip Close Code Combination supported Latch On NUL Latch Off NUL Pulse On NUL Pulse duration fixed at 1 s Report Binary Input Change Events when no spe cific variation requested Never Only time tagged x Only non time tagged Configurable to send both one or the other Reports time tagged Binary Input Change Events when no specific variation requested Never x Binary Input Change with Time Binary Input Change with Relative Time Configurable Sends Unsolicited Response x Never Configurable Only certain objects Sometimes TESLA 3000 User Manual Sends Static Data in Unsolicited Responses x Never When Device Restarts When Status Flags Change No other options are permitted Appendix E 1 Appendix E DNP3 Reference Implementation Table Description ENABLE DISABLE UNSOLICITED Function codes supported Default Counter Object Variation x No Counter Reported Counters Roll Over at x No Counters Reported Configurable Configurable _ Default Object _ 16 Bits Default Variation _ 32 Bits _ Point by point list attached Other Value Point by point list attached Request Function Codes Qualifier Cod
75. Out Close Configuration Listing for TESLA Unit 1 file cYProgram FilestaptidataiTESLA Unit 1YConfigsvConfigD emo tls Identification IED Name Settings File Settings Date Settings Version TESLA Unit 1 ConfigDemo 99 Feb 11 10 07 10 1 Device Serial Number Number of Banks System Frequency TESL4 2000 991110 05 2 60 Comments Demo configuration file Recording Limits Extemal Inputs Chatter Window EI Chatter Recovery Time Detector Chatter Window Det Chatter Recovery Time 0 025 0 025 0 1 0 1 Channel Group 1 Elements Element Analogs Digitals Summations Sequence Impedance Watts ars Logics Fault Locators B2R 5 4 2 2 1 2 B2R Va Element Type Desc Channel Module B2R 1 AC BS 2x Unit Scale Scale Factor Angle Offset Rate of Change Interval Harmonic Number M 1 v 69 v Pri 69 v Sec 2 0 2 Limit Delay Enable F ault Swing Log Notify Cross Trigger Priority Alarm Contact High Maqnitude 80 1 1 Low Magnitude 10 1 Neqative Rate of Change 0 4 2 1 7 Positive Rate of Change 0 4 30 1 Single Harmonic 10 1 1 Total Harmonic Distortion 20 1 0 1 v gt Page 1 Curent IED TESLA Unit 1 Connected Figure 8 25 Print a Configuration Generate a Configuration print at any time by selecting Print Settings from the File menu The printed output follows the same general layout as the Element Tree Where applicable the se
76. P 51 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 52 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 53 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 54 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 55 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 56 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 57 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 58 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 59 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 60 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 61 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 62 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 63 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 64 Change latch Off no change Read Holding Register Function Code 03 4X References On change Channel Address Value Scaled up by Tesla Clock Time UTC Read all in same query to ensure consistent time reading data Milliseconds Now 40001 0 999 Seconds Now 40002 0 59 Minutes Now 40003 0 59 Hours Now 40004 0 23 Day of Year Now 40005 1 365 up to 366 if leap year TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix D 5 Appendix D
77. PC 1 4 Q Records Stored Test Mode Alarm or e Cwe Figure 1 2 Front Panel TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 1 Overview Rear Connections C Output External Inputs 33 64 Contacts 5 8 Analog Inputs 1 36 Ae due o m eee LES Ke AD a JI E 3 IRIG B External Clock modulated or unmodulated 4 Port 2 EIA 232 Serial Connection for PC or an external modem 5 Port 3 EIA 232 SCADA Communication DNP 3 and Modbus 6 Internal Modem option 7 10 100 Base T Ethernet Network 8 Analog Input Channels 18 or 36 Non isolated 9 Power Supply 40 300Vdc Handles 48 125 or 250 Vdc or 120 Vac nominal 10 Chassis Ground 11 External digital Input Channels 32 or 64 12 Output Contacts 4 or 8 Figure 1 3 Rear Connections D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 1 5 2 Connection and Power Up For drawings see TESLA 3000 Drawings in Appendix I Mounting The recorder is designed to be mounted in a standard 19 inch equipment rack It is 3 rack units 5 25 inches high and 11 5 inches deep An additional 3 inch es of depth is required for rear connections and cables Case Grounding WARNING To ensure safety and proper operation you must connect the record er s grounding terminal to the station ground Do not rely on the r
78. Rate Harmonic 1 920 1 600 Hz 8th 480 400HZ 3 840 3 200 Hz 16th 960 800HZ 5 760 4 800 Hz 25th 1500 1250HZ 7 680 6 400 Hz 33rd 1980 1650HZ 15 360 12 800 Hz 66th 3960 3300HZ 23 040 19 200 Hz 100th 6000 5000HZ Noise Signal to Noise ratio 70 dB at full scale Common mode rejection 70 dB at full scale Crosstalk 07 dB Sample Skew D01721R02 61 All channels sampled simultaneously TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix A 1 Appendix A Specifications TESLA 3000 Disturbance Recorder Item Recording and Logging Quantity Specs Note Transient Fault Maximum 15 second nominal 30 second extended At any selected system sample rate Dynamic Swing Maximum 15 minute nominal 30 minute extended Event Logging 250 Events in the regular log 1000 events in long term log Long term event logging is part of the trending function Record Storage Up to 1000 records 1 Gigabyte FLASH drive standard 2 Giga byte FLASH drive available Trending Available trend channels Any of the recorder s existing configured analog channels input or calculated can be trended Evaluated phasor magnitude and angle quantities will be recorded as separate channels Accumulation mode Minimum maximum average damped or undamped Sample Interval User selectable sample interval from 10 seconds to 1 hour in 1 second increments All channels produce trend data simultan
79. Record Summary Latest 25 Records m r IV Get Remote Events Record Name Multiple records selected T Autopoll B necordGraph l o xi E Records from TESLA Demo Unit File view Graph Measure Scale Options Help i i E pr Sa Not connected to IED ES Default ml Fl lala BAE x all al x al aj Taje EN x E El 2000 05 31 El Local recorddemo2 recorddemo2 2000 05 31 16 31 25 366 Line 1 Ic C Ph Current High Mag igh Speed Channels z Analog Line 1 Ja Ph Current 1 0K x O061KA 1999 06 25 External T O 0 045KA E Local Noge Seana 2000 Mayi31 16 31 25 366667 l i A 0107KA 8 Positive Sequence 0 5K 1 E Summation i oar SAL Hl Zero Sequence 0 i EE H Low Speed Channels B recordemol 0 3K El High Speed Channels 1 tz 0 5K H External 08K Low Speed Channels 1 x O 0 015K4 1999 Jun 25 18 24 31 484028 IC Shop Trigger Fault Trigger Swing Trigger Both Main Menu Records TESLA Control Panel Seconds 0 0 30 go 0 10 ofl 010 020 Nr LT Fy analogt Vy Timeline RecordGraph 7 Figure 11 86 Multiple IEDs 1 Open records from two or more desired IEDs different TESLAs or different relays 2 Create or modify the existing layout information create graphs by selecting channels from different IEDs 3 Use Save Template as option to save the new layout information with a desired template name When all IED rec
80. Scale Primary A Figure 11 11 Print All Send all the pages of all the views to the default printer Select this option to print multiple views visible and invisible to the default printer 11 8 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records File gt Print Preview Yi RecordGraph Print Next Page Prey Page Two Page Zoom In Zoom Gut Close Page 1 Figure 11 12 Print Preview Display the print preview window of the active view page File gt Export fi RecordGraph inl xl File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help recordemo 1 tir 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in EI 86U2 Ext Input Tripped High Speed Channels 20 0K Analog X 3 5290KV Ay TRACD X Vac Vab O 4841914KV ime m TAM Ay TRACD Y In N TRAC Yle Select export file type A TRADY IA Ay TRAABXVac Vab COMTRADE y Misc In TRTCD X Ir m Unit 4 Vb Unit lt y Misc In TRIZAB X In Misc In TRT7AB Y In Ay TRAAB Y lc Ay TRAAB Y Ib y TRAAB Y la Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Va Ay Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 Vc Unit 4la Urit 4 la m Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 Vc u Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 c Unit 4 Ic y Misc In TRTBCD Y y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc Ay Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbc Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbc T T T T 1 N Misc Vac Bus 4J Vbe s 0040 0 020 d 0 000 920
81. TESLA 3000 PMU Features Phasor Estimation Phasor Reporting Number of Synchrophasors Number of Frequency Channels Analog Data Digital Status data PMU Reporting Rate PMU Reporting Times 15 2 Assuming IRIG B signal from a reliable GPS receiver as per C37 118 standard Annex E section El the PMU functional module estimates the phasor using the DFT algorithm The phasor magnitude and phase angle once estimated is compensated for the frequency variation over a wide range 60 of the nominal system frequency Phasor data is transmitted in polar form magnitude and phase angle using Ethernet TCP IP or UDP modem or serial communication The phase angle is referenced to the absolute time of the GPS IRIG B signal as per C37 118 The time stamp is based on the UTC time For a 36 channel TESLA recorder up to 12 phasors combination of any of 36 discrete phasors any analog channel input and or any of 12 sequence phasor channels and or summation channels For 18 channel TESLA recorder 12 phasors combination of any of 18 discrete phasors any analog channel and or any of 12 sequence phasor channels and or summation channels Phasors selection is user configurable via TESLA 3000 Control Panel soft ware One frequency channel user configurable using TESLA 3000 Control Panel software per recorder Rate of change of frequency information DFREQ reported will be based on the frequency channel as configur
82. Trace i i i i l CrossHair Time Alignment i i i i i Move Graph Up Zoom Y Axis i 760i X Axis l i Delete Graph dd Analog Graph i Show Hide Trigger Marker Recorder Data and Impedance Options Add a View 11 30 Figure 11 51 Tool Bar Buttons In the Tree View you can expand a loaded record to identify the recorded and calculated channels if configured A right click menu is available to manip ulate the tree items Most of the tool bar buttons work in a similar way to that of the menu items explained in the previous sections Tool Bar Buttons Save Template Save template file on the disk Show Record Summary Displays record summary events trigger time etc Export Brings up export module TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Print 11 Graphing Records Prints record Add a View Adds a graph view that displays the fault infor mation Titles Places a title above graph for all views see Fig ure 11 88 View Title Options Impedance Creates an R X plot before during and after fault Markers Displays vertical lines x and o to find the coordinate values on the graph Show Hide Trigger Marker Displays hides zero trigger marker Set Graphs Per Page Sets number of graphs per page Add Analog Graph Add an analog graph Add Digital Graph Add a digital graph Delete Delete a graph
83. Unused Rec Chan Phase Rl Offset negative start times to begin at zero OK Cancel Figure 12 4 Excel CSV Settings The Excel CSV Comma Separated Value format is used to import records into a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet This format is also known as comma de limited ASCII and can generally be used by most programs that import data ar rays Excel CSV export produces a single output file with a csv extension which is recognized by Excel Excel is automatically launched when you double click on file CSV Export Settings Function Export to The base filename and directory of the output files are set using the Export to option By default the base filename is the same as the record you are exporting You can edit this or use the Browse button to set a new direc tory and or base filename Station Name and Unit ID The Station Name and ldentification fields are not written to the Excel CSV format output file Header Text There is no header text written to the Excel CSV format output file Version There are no version options for the Excel CSV output Format ASCII is the only format options for the Excel CSV output D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 12 7 12 Record Export Utility CSV Export Settings Name Function Channel Selection You must select the channels from the record that you want to include in the output file For convenience the digital data recorded is classified into
84. User Manual 4 Communicating with the Recorder Internal Modem The method of communication with the recorder is part of each IED s definition Use the Edit button to view or change this information En sure the Modem Link option is selected and the telephone number of the recorder s modem is entered For details on IED definitions see Working with TESLA Control Pan el on page 5 1 4 Initiate the connection by selecting the Connect button A dialog box will appear to show connection progress The connection state and the current IED you are connected to is shown on the Windows status bar Analog Analog Telephone Telephone Telephone System Modem Port RJ 11 Line Desktop Computer Figure 4 8 Modem Link Internal An optional internal modem is available for the TESLA recorder Setup for the internal modem is the same as for an external modem see previous section with the following notes The modem is internal to the recorder so there 1s no external modem to connect to Port 2 Connect the telephone switch cable to the recorder s internal modem through the Modem Port nternal modem configuration is done in the same way as for an external modem Modem Initialization String which is M1 for internal modems see Figure 4 7 Communications Setup Utility on page 7 e If the internal modem was installed at the factory it will already be appro priately configure
85. User Manual D01721R02 61 D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records Graph gt Paste Trace W RecordGraph NE ini xi File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help Set Graphs Per Page zalt z BEE Add Analog Graph Ins mj 5 amp alal Br x eleele ft a Al ee Je Eg a bar Add Digital Graph Ctrl Ins bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tr E Hie Delete Graph Del 425 A Bg zu Move gt 100 Copy Trace Ctrl C by 04 59 47 781441 735 Delete Trace Ctrl Del 504 Delete All Traces Alt A 25 Copy Trace Data to Clipboard Ctrl D 1 change Tace Color Au o FAM JAN tm Trace copied Active Trace Information 5 I Ill Wl I II CT31ALS 50 CT31B LS CT31C LS 754 CT4IALS 100 4 CT41B LS y CT41CLS 125 CT5AATS 425 CT5 1B T5 PT1 M1 CTS1CTS ST VITAL 100 i la Operating 1999MNov 01 04 59 47 781441 a Ib Operating SUB EAST Ic Operating 50 la Restraint ee VIDA La Ay Ic Restraint o FAM AA er Trace pasted H Estemal WII I I II ON E Summation 25 50 75 100 125 v Seconds 020 000 0 20 0 40 0 60 0 80 1 00 120 140 gt X Timeline gt Paste a trace replaces the existing trace with the one just copied using Copy trace option Scale Secondary Ui Fi
86. Utilities menu See Unit Identification on page 7 2 Should indicate that the IED is a group member Should be the name and or location of the Substation IED Serial Number Can be left blank if the unit s serial number is not known The serial number can also be automatically obtained from the recorder later using the Get Information from IED button see below Model Select TESLA 3000 36 Channels or TESLA 3000 18 Channels as appropriate to the hardware model IP Address Must be the same IP address configured on the recorder in Step 1 The IP address is required regardless of the Communications mode Communication Indicates how to communicate with the IED as an individual recorder Use Network Link if the recorder can be directly reached over the network Use Connect Through IED and select the Master Recorder from the pick list to allow a telephone connection to the recorder through the Master Recorder Use Direct Serial Link if you are working in the substation and intend to connect directly to the recorder through a serial cable Get Information optional If a communications link is available to the recorder this from IED button can be used to retrieve the recorder s name location and serial number information Any information in the corresponding fields of the IED Definition will be overwritten and saved if you exit with OK These values are configured on the recorder as part of its Unit Identification 13
87. a trig ger is declared 0 to 1 200 seconds in half cycle increments Trigger Actions Enable Enables or disables the associated trigger A trigger can be disabled without altering the rest of its settings Fault Initiates a fault high speed recording when triggered Swing Initiates a swing low speed recording when triggered If both Fault and Swing are enabled the recorder will attempt to cre ate a combined record Logs a message in the Event Log when triggered Contacts the RecordBase Central Station when triggered Can be used to initiate wide area swing recordings and or automated record transfer Notify on page 7 13 Cross Trigger Activates the cross trigger contact 4 to trigger another device Priority Specifies the priority to be assigned to records created by this trigger The priority is used to determine Central Station notification 1 3 3 is the highest priority Notify on page 7 13 Alarm Contact Specifies a rear panel contact to be closed when triggered Contacts are closed momentarily for one second Contact assignment is not exclusive allowing multiple triggers to activate the same contact Available contacts 2 3 5 6 7 or 8 on a 36 channel model and 2 or 3 on an 18 channel model Contacts 1 and 4 are reserved for Recorder Functional and Cross Trigger respectively Contacts assigned for stor age alarms Storage Alarms on page 8 7 will not be available for use
88. and Error Handling on page 1 e The IP address must not conflict with other devices on your network and must be accessible from the computer s on which run TESLA Control Panel and RecordBase Central Station If you are unsure what IP address to use consult your network administrator 3 Modify the Default Gateway and Network Mask if necessary e The Default Gateway may need be changed if the recorder and the cen tral control station Control Panel or RecordBase are on different but connected networks The default setting is No Default Gateway e The Network Mask may need to be changed 1f the recorder and the cen tral control station are on different subnets The default setting is 255 255 255 0 e To modify the Default Gateway and or Network mask use the recorder s Maintenance Menu command 1 Modify IP Address e If unsure of the use of these settings consult your network administra tor TESLA Control Panel Setup 1 Ensure that the computer running TESLA Control Panel has access to the Ethernet network to which the recorder has been connected Start TESLA Control Panel 3 Choose the target recorder from the Select JED list in TESLA Control Panel s Main Menu TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 D01721R02 61 4 Communicating with the Recorder If there is not already an entry for this recorder create one using the Add New button Main Menu Edit button Select IED List File View Help El TESL
89. as UTC or local times as config ured here Record timestamps shown in Control Panel s Records tab are handled a bit dif ferently Record times are converted from UTC using the Windows Time and Date settings of the PC running Control Panel This enables records from mul tiple time zones to be normalized to a common time zone and format 7 10 Time Settings IED Time is displayed as UTC Sets the time display and the Event Log timestamps to Universal Coor dinated Time UTC Note that UTC time is not affected by the Recorder Time Zone setting or Daylight Savings Time Local Time Sets the time display and the Event Log timestamps to Local Time Local time is converted to UTC using the Recorder Time Zone setting Local Time with DST Same as Local Time except Daylight Savings Time DST is factored into the time conversion Daylight Savings Time is assumed to be in effect from 2 AM on the first Sunday in April until 2 AM on the last Sun day in October Present Time Display When connected to a recorder the recorder s present time is shown and continually updated The specified time settings e g Local Time are applied to the displayed time Sync No Sync Display Indicates that the recorder is synchronized to an IRIG B time signal input Incoming IRIG Signal Properties These settings determine how the recorder responds to IEEE 1344 information in the IRIG B time signal and manually defi
90. at the recorder end TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Appendix F Input Modules SHEET 1 OF 1 2 2 o e 2 a 9 a fo e o o lt x ue Lu B 23509 HWK 127 3 mn 5 01 CAD GENERATED DRAWING DO NOT MANUALLY UPDATE APPROVALS ANGLES NODEC 1 A S DECIMALS X 05 2 Al 005 XX XXX DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCES ARE MATERIAL z o Q e 6 1NdLNO 515 vA EN ZA amp 5 st gt f a lt E fe a 2 o e amp amp 1 E e d gt ill E TI g T e M mri oa zil tl tl Fl ER E a I z I gt D cu E un TI c Bl tl Sj l tl z TI 12 T z le mi WO 3 ENS I 8I II ale zoja zgo m ae eagle tl EHI tl E 5 er es ETE mE P 2 F tl 2 tl amp a ro e ro Rp gale 1 SIS ul B E z z E o Q t E Uo s 5 5 5 co NOD PETE FETA ae do ks 2 a IN Q g amp se E tl amp T BPE tl zil8 tl al T a n 8 im R ti sy o y alt HEEN d 8 T 2513 tl 88 TI ils TI 38 E z9la T EHE u 888 ul 2 E tl 218 tl 82 m EHE T ERE I 23 8 I EE QS N oO e IN 2 65 Model 401016 S N Power Technologies Ltd TESLA Input Module DC 4 Channel Isolated Input Module AN Max Low Range 350Vdc 250Vac continuous High Range 1000Vdc 700Vac continuous
91. be placed per graph na Trend View the existing channel is replaced and only one channel is allowed per graph External or digital channel should be placed on a digital graph to stack the traces A maximum of 32 traces can be specified per graph When the cursor is moved over the channel name following information is dis played in the tool tip window Device name of the device example TESLA Record name of the record Channel name of the channel Max channel maximum value along with the unit Min channel minimum value along with the unit X Offset whether the x axis has offset time alignment samples number of samples Sample rate samples second IRIG B status indicator TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Zoom Using the Mouse D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records REPR 2000 24 30 DD 54 SE er Agg Je V lk r Alp Ling Cameri ll Less Lanend Cumeri 2 Y Comer 2 Vi Brent SE Ny Curent 3A Camera 3E Cumert TE p Dureri d Cunard LE N Cunen AC iha ange A AL atte fl Bas Valga Edir 5 umay s peii MAMMA ea i one nies Qing OE cO DOS E A toss PETE J D a Be Ea a Ea Ja SO Figure 11 54 Tool Tip I Left click on any graph and drag to form a small box around the graph area 2 When you release the mouse the trace assumes new zoom position deter mined by the area of the zoom coordinates Erer eve ar NN nnd ee 00 3 s mi 3 5 6
92. can only be extended during the High Speed data capture portion of the record Edge Recording mode tends to create smaller records that contain useful fault data around the start of the trigger but may not capture data for the entire du ration of the trigger To enable record auto extension for multiple triggers the Maximum record Length must be larger than the Normal Record Length At least small amount of pre trigger time is recommended to ensure the triggering event is included in the records TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 7 Recorder Setup Utilities Duration Mode My TESLA 3000 Control Panel Utilities High Speed Recordings Low Speed Recordings Trigger Mode Edge Duration Sample Rate 5760 samples second Sample Rate 60 samples second Pre trigger Time 0 2 0 1 seconds Pre trigger Time 20 0 60 seconds Post trigger Time 1 0 15 seconds Normal Record Length 60 10 900 seconds Maximum Record Length 1 12 30 seconds Maximum Record Length 120 60 1800 seconds Trend Recordings Sample Rate 10 seconds sample Continuous Disturbance Recording CDR Records second channel Sample Rate RMS samples second channel Storage Storage Alarms Accumulation Mode Status Alarm Limits Enabled Contact HighiLow Speed Recycle w when full ACTIVE 80 full v Trends Recycle when ful ACTIVE 80 days accumulated E CDR pa Not applicable for CDR data Unit Identif
93. creating older versions of settings files for use with recorders whose firmware has not been updated see Managing Configuration Files on page 8 1 Communication Version Read only field that displays the version of the communications proto col used by the currently connected TESLA unit System Frequency Read only field that displays the assumed power system frequency of the recorder This is a factory setting Station Station Name User defined for your reference only Station Number User defined for your reference only Location TESLA 3000 User Manual User defined for your reference only D01721R02 61 7 Recorder Setup Utilities Communication Port Settings The Communication settings control the modes and baud rates of the record er s three serial communication ports and defines the SCADA communication mode L TESLA Control Panel Utilities Bl x File Help Communication Service Port Direct Serial Port 1 Baud Rate ekti Direct Modern Port Select Baud Rate 0500 Direct Serial Port 2 External Modem Port 2 Modem Initialization String 7 Internal Modem HL 4 l 0500 Serial Port 3 Baud Rate E Modbus ASCII Slave Address 1 Modbus RTU C DNP3 Level 2 Ethernet Metveork Port C DNP3 Level 2 TCP C DNP3 Level 2 UDP Eom 20000 had root nit Identification Communication Analog Input Calibrati
94. dc to 2 kHz bandwidth but the bandwidth may be further limited by the recorder s input filters depending on the sample rate Externally mount ed resistors set the input type and full scale range AC Low Voltage Input Module This 4 channel isolated ac voltage input module Model 401022 provides iso lation and scaling for low level voltage The nominal input voltage is 4 Vrms with a 7 Vrms full scale capability Maximum input level is 12 Vrms continu ous or 15 Vrms for 10 seconds The recorder s external inputs are dry inputs intended for use with signals from a 48 250 Vdc station battery The external inputs are isolated and protected against transient surges They activate at approximately 32 Vdc The alarm contacts on the rear of the unit are dry contacts They are isolated and protected against transient surges The contacts are designated as follows For 18 32 channel units Recorder fail Closed on failure 2 User configurable 3 User configurable 4 Cross trigger Channel Group I Additional for 36 64 channel units TESLA 3000 User Manual 2 3 2 Connection and Power Up 5 User configurable 6 User configurable 7 User configurable 8 User configurable The Cross trigger contact is used to initiate recording on another recorder when this unit triggers When activated the cross trigger contacts close for 0 10 seconds regardless of the duration of the triggering condition This en sures that the cross trigger function does no
95. dd in case of trend data ks h Aba eh IPFE heen ca in ee NS sie P 81 MDA X 5 y Figure 11 103 Paste to Excel 11 74 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records Record Summary Click the record name to enable this feature 2 Choose File gt Show Record Summary to display the record summary lad Gie yew Graph Meere Gode Options je ngs z i was p E wear T immi res seo J xm Jr3r amp male ease 2 ti af 1 15 me sje 8 seeordemo ik High Speed Channels recordemo fe 1999 06 25 16 24 31 484 Digital rc ER SEND Ed rend Tripod 7 Analog Xd i c A TR amp COXX Vase Vab c Vab sid TRD IN a i vet UK Ay TREO ad NAAAAA N k V TROX l FRED L AAANAAANAn A TARDXIa TY Ve Record Summary and Event List FE v TRACD Y Var Va Record Summary and Event List se Record Name recordemo tlr TR4CD Y Ib Trigger Time 1999 Jun 25 18 24 31 484 pine NA Start Time 1999 Jun 25 18 24 11 484 TM x ELS Stop Time 1999 Jun 25 18 25 11 484 Record Type fault and swing A TREABX I Unit ID Boswell 4 Station Name Boswell yy TAAS Xb Serial Number TESLA 2000 99031 8 05 Product TESLA Ny TAMS XA Ay Missin TRIGCDS In Ny Mele TRITABX In Trigger Event 1999 Jun 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in EI 86U2 Ext Input Tripped Miete TRT7AB Y In A TRASY Vae Vab TRASY In 01 1999 Jun 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in EI 86U2 Ext Input Tripped u TRAAB Y Ic 02 1999
96. dis able automatic record transfers completely Record priority is determined by the highest priority trigger included in the re cord Trigger priority is set as part of each channel s configuration A Notification call to RecordBase to trigger swing recordings on other record ers can be initiated by any of the recorder s triggers Cross trigger notification is selected as part of each channel s configuration i TESLA Control Panel Utilities File Help Notify Communications Strategy Connect Using Retry Attempts Modem Maximum Attempts 3 LAN IP Address 192 168 100 101 Delay Between Attempts 60 seconds C Do Not Connect Notify on creation of new Recording if Priority is at least 0 Any Recording DREA Determine Recording 2 Priority 3 Max Priority Do Not Notify Unit Identification Analog Input Calibration A Notify Restore IED Settings Save Close Main Menu Utilities TESLA Control Panel Current IED RB DB Test Connected Figure 7 8 Notify Communication Strategy TESLA 3000 User Manual 7 13 7 Recorder Setup Utilities Notify Settings Connect Using The TESLA recorder can be set to notify a RecordBase Central Station via modem or LAN or to not notify at all These 3 options are mutually exclusive Note that the availability of these controls is dependent on the hardware options and configuration of the recorder If Modem is selected enter
97. display when PMU Module feature is not in stalled Setting up PMU Communication Mode Connect to a TESLA unit that has PMU features Click on the Communication tab Xurshi We c DA XX 118 Fire ill i 2 AN Con Panel DN Figure 15 5 PMU communication setup screen Use this view to set up the TESLA and PMU communication e Service Port Port 1 settings do not change with the PMU functionality as Port 1 1s not available for PMU reporting Setting of this parameter is similar to the existing TESLA unit Port 2 1s a new group available for Direct Serial or External Modem com munication Port 2 can be selected for PMU reporting Port 2 Baud rates D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 15 7 15 PMU Optional Software Module available are 1200 2400 9600 19200 38400 and 57600 The initial value is set based on the information available from the TESLA unit current set ting information Internal Modem group is a new group available for modem communication using a TESLA unit in which the internal modem is installed If the internal modem is not available then this group will be disabled If the internal modem is available then the Baud rate and the modem ini tialization string can be set for this group The Baud rates available are 1200 2400 9600 19200 38400 and 57600 The initial value will be set based on the information available from the TESLA unit current setting in formation PMU group is a new gr
98. displayed file records in the tree Record timestamps are received from the recorder are in UTC and are converted to local time using the Time Zone and Daylight Saving settings of the computer running TESLA Control Panel Record Summary The right side of the Records tab shows summary information on the selected record The summary includes the list of events which occurred during the time span of the record from the recorder s event log D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 9 1 9 Record and Log Management Get Remote Summaries Get Remote Events Autopoll Autoprint Graph Get from IED Get from IED and Delete Save As Export Delete Rename 9 2 For cooperative group records the event list cannot be displayed until the re cords have been transferred to TESLA Control Panel and combined When both Get Remote Summaries and Get Remote Events options are checked Control Panel accesses and displays the corresponding recording in formation in the Record Summary and Events sections of the right hand pane You may eliminate the delay involved in accessing this information by dis abling the corresponding check boxes When Autopoll is checked Control Panel will periodically default 60 seconds poll the connected TESLA recorder for new record files and automatically transfer them to the local computer Newest records will be transferred first and only one new record will be transferred at each poll Checking Autoprint
99. e Serial Number Trigger Event e System Frequency Priority TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Title options X View title Graph title C Simple Special L amp maximum of 5 items can be selected from the options list Options Selected Item s Record name Trigger event Record name Station name Location Trigger time E UnitlD or relay Product type Serial number Trigger event System frequency Priority Apply Close Figure 11 88 View Title Options Graph Title 11 Graphing Records Graph Title is the information that appears on the left margin of each graph Graph Title is a combination of various options When a new record is loaded the information corresponding to the options selected is compiled and the up dated information is displayed in the Graph Title dialog box You can choose any four options by clicking the arrows to move the items in the list The option is saved into the template This option is not available for the Overlay View The option choices are Channel name Trigger time Station name Record name Location UnitID or recorder Sample rate Equipment ID Title options Fa View title Graph title maximum of 4 items can be selected from the options list Options Selected Item s Channel name Station name Trigger time Location Channel name Trigger time Station name Apply Close
100. ene m Nummum Crucus mummmmmu af Cia TAL ser aM i t i 5 Color of this trace is changed A crees ao E Hel meo M Osean Bl green 75 i deae cem mf nef DM A He Flea Ce se Aude lo Custom Cokes o Ceres Figure 11 30 Change Trace Color Change the trace color of the selected trace In the Overlay View this option only changes the color of the active trace 11 18 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records Graph gt Active Trace Information inl x Baag a bank 8 119851 991101 105947781 tpr bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr El High Speed Channels E Analog 1253 up x Mam Active trace information CTLIBHS m PT1 MI A gi CHS i LPRO 2100 9801 30 01 ed R20364 2000 11 08 04 25 57 313 Ipr A CT21CHS Current 2 C UNUSED CT31ALS N CT3 1B LS 5 E ae A CT31CLS 2 cub A CTAALS 0 000 s A CTATBLS 3360 x idees Sample rate 5760 s Ay CT51B TS IRIG B Input Unsynchronized CT5 1C T5 x la Operating Ib perating Menn m Ib Restrain lc Spare E External E Summation s 100 125 M M oo oo Seconds 0 000 0 020 0 040 0 060 0 080 0100 0120 0140 0160 0180 al V Timeline Ay Overlay Scale Secondary Ui Figure 11 31 Active Trace Information Display the trace information of the active graph Measure Menus Measure gt Markers ll RecordGraph i irf xl File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help Bele a S I sj JF al E
101. ethernet The factory configuration for SCADA is 19 200 baud no parity Modbus ASCII mode Slave Address 1 The number of data bits is determined by the protocol and mode Modbus ASCII used 7 bits Modbus Binary and DNP3 Level 2 use 8 bits The number of stop bits is always 1 except when a Modbus protocol is selected In that case the number of stop bits is 2 as per the Modbus standard Mode Serial Port 3 Modbus ASCII Modbus SCADA protocol ASCII mode Modbus RTU Modbus SCADA protocol RTU mode DNP Level 3 DNP 3 SCADA protocol Level 2 serial Ethernet Network Port DNP Level 3 DNP 3 SCADA protocol Level 2 TCP DNP Level 3 DNP 3 SCADA protocol Level 2 UDP Baud Rate and Must be set the same as the master device on the SCADA network Parity The number of data bits is determined by the protocol and mode Mod bus ASCII uses bits Modbus Binary and DNP3 Level 2 use 8 bits Slave Address The slave address must be set to an unused address value on the SCADA network and is used by the master to communicate with the TESLA The slave address range is automatically adjusted to the valid range for the protocol selected 7 4 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 D01721R02 61 7 Recorder Setup Utilities Datalink Timeout Used only for DNP3 Level 2 This sets the timeout for the DataLink layer of the DNP protocol Although configurable the timeout should be disabled set to 0 milliseconds as per the DNP Users Group
102. from IED Main TESLA Contro Trigger Fault Trigger Swing Trigger Both Recordings on ED 1010 ETTTEETTTTTTTTTTTTITTTTTTTTETTTETTTTTTTTTTTT ETT 100 Records Main Menu TESLA Control Panel Current IED DV 36 channel Connected Ui Figure 11 1 Launching RecordGraph from TESLA Control Panel When the Graph button is clicked from the TESLA Control Panel Record Graph 1s launched with the selected record TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 Graphing Records 11 2 Method 2 Auto Print If the Auto Print option is checked enabled in the Records list view then Re cordGraph will be automatically launched and prints the channels directly on to the Default printer The layout and channel information is predefined in the lt Default gt or User defined template Method 3 Trends 1 Double click Trends from the Main Menu 2 Select the record from the list To select multiple records press Ctrl key and click on the desired records 3 Select the Graph button at bottom of screen Double click Logging Trends Events from Main Menu Select a record connected Click the Graph button RecordGraph Window Figure 11 2 Launch from Logging Trends Events TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Launch RecordGraph from Windows D01721R02 61 xplorer Open Windows Explorer NO tlr bpr bpl fpr 3 Right click the selected reco
103. gt lt unassigned gt i lt unassigned gt lt unassigned p lt unassigned gt PMU TEST Watts LINE 2 MY 33120 M v Line 2 MvVatts PMU TEST Yars LINE 2 MANY 33120 MV AR v Line 2 Mars PMU TEST VA LINE 2 MAMY 33120 MYA v Line 2 MV A PMU Digitals PMU TEST EI 52 1 v BRKR 1 PMU TEST EL 52 2 v BRKR 2 PMU TEST EI 52 4 v BRKR 4 PMU TEST EI 52 8 v BRKR 8 PMU TEST EI 52 9 v BRKR 8 PMU TEST EL 52 10 v BRKR 10 PMU TEST EL 52 12 v BRKR 12 Close Figure 15 12 Phasor selection for PMU reporting The following features can be observed with the PMU Definition configuration screen A PMU item appears on the left hand side tree view On the right hand side the PMU Definition Configuration screen displays the following configuration items e Sample Rate sample rate for the PMU to report The default setting is set to 10 frames per second Different samples rates can be chosen 10 12 15 30 or 60 frames per second for the 60 Hz power system For the 50 Hz power system the sample rates are 10 25 50 frames per second Selection is by drop down selection Header Frame Text You can enter comments up to 80 characters using this option by default the value is blank The lower part of the PMU Definition screen is made up of two sections To the left is the selection tree To the right are the placement columns where the quantities are dragged to from the left selection tree or selection can be done by the drop down columns in each
104. gt m le 2 1 0 15 wie Ls E Wgh m hog R20793 2000 94 30 000 a 403 pe u Line Vatage 125 brer mi Current A une Grott i Lre Current Ay Une Vichage B 100 pm Ay Une Vichage C 21 R sa j Une Dureri AG aana Une Carere 04 y Ure Ctt 28 ae Drag a box around the u Cumert 2 06 ie E V Cumert 28 i T graph area to be Ny Cusen 2C m Cument JA 94 3 u Cumert 28 144 I Camere 3 10 p Cumont und u Cumont 48 Te 22m Cumert 4C 4100 06075 4050 4 tos og lo 2 00 0 010 tan A P 9 Bus Voltage A aj j 0017 Bun Votage E Seconds Dui Voltage sens monk Magras RMS ummahon 70 LET 554 ere 3222 ere ines 00 T T 4 10 14 2 Hinor der B Mag ALPS LL Mag AFG NPtese B Mag AEG LIII 0 Us 7 7 055 g 54 sP a 1 17 owe t 554 o ca oie A oc sr 0023 r t4 3 04 i p177 te Um 4 oare or 0070 am x s r osx ur oor or m 6 vag Ld om r X uc keen Ro oe Figure 11 55 Select a Section of the Graph to Zoom TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 35 11 Graphing Records Zoom Using the Tool Buttons Zoom only X or Y Axis Undo Zoom on Graphs 11 36 21D xi De Yew Graph Mesure Soe Qptors mimis ssi mel se gt allio a lo 2 n s miel slo Bie CA Rl Scale Secondary Figure 11 56 Portion of Zoomed Graph Follow the procedure 1 and 2 for fur
105. ini xi File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help EAE Default M E a mla x 2 g al tld a af N qa e ES E recordemol tlr n E High Speed Channels vi El Analog Unit 4 va Unit 4 Va y TRACD X Vac Vab Boswell y TRACD Xn 1989 Jun 25 18 24 31 484028 TR4CDIc IC Shop TR4CD X Ib Ay TRACDX IA TRACD Y Vac Vab A TRACD Y In A TRACD Y Ic SNE S TRACD Y Ib TRAAB X Vac Vab TRAABXIn gt Bea TRAABX Ic A TRAABX Ib Heron Document Centre 420 PS Y TR4AB la Whee Wire Misc In TRT8CD X Ir i A MiscInTRI7ABXX In Voie Karo unita Pontio Print tiie Misc In TRTZAB Y In recordemot tlr 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in El 86U2 Ext Input Tripped 20 0K i TRAAB Y Vac Vab Pre ange p Copes Ay TRAAB Y In Ay TRAAB Y Ic ru Hute igoe 1 2 TR4AB Y Ib E TRAAB Y la Pages fom fi wh aA an i v Unit 4VaUnit 4 Va EX KE mee E e A Unit 4Vb Unit 4 Vb N Ay Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 Vc y Unit 4 1a Unit 4 la j Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 Ib Ce tees Unit 4 Ic Unit 4 Ic Misc In TRT8CD Y y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbc 20 0K y Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbc A Misc Vac Bus 4J Vbe Seconds 0 020 0040 0080 0080 0100 0120 0140 0480 0480 4 um El Ay Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Vn y Analog Input36 FF f FU Timeline Scale Primary 7 Figure 11 9 Print Print the active visible view Use this option
106. itself expands or collapses the tree Right Click Menu A right click in the editor provides you with options appropriate to your pres ent context For example you can create a new element by selecting the appro priate channel group right clicking and selecting Add Element Alternatively the same function is in the Config menu Closing The Close button is available to you when you are finished viewing or making changes to the Settings If you made changes the text on the Close button changes to Save Close as a reminder that Control Panel gives you an opportu nity to save your changes to a file or send them to the IED before closing the Configuration Editor To close without saving changes use the Save Close button and then select Exit Without Saving and Discard on the subsequent screens TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Identification Device Configuration Settings Version Sample Rate D01721R02 61 8 Configuring the Recorder The Device Configuration screen is displayed when you select the Identifica tion item in the Navigation Tree TESLA Configuration Editor on page 8 4 It provides information about the selected IED and the particular configuration file being edited Most of the information is drawn from the IED Definition and identifies the target recorder Adding Editing a Recorder Workspace Defini tion on page 5 3 The Device Configuration screen has three configuration variables that are de
107. latch 100 ms User definable contacts Pick up 1 0 s latch 1 0 s Environmental D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix A 3 Appendix A Specifications TESLA 3000 Disturbance Recorder Item Quantity Specs Note Ambient Temperature IEC 60068 2 1 IEC 60068 2 2 10 C 55 C Range Humidity IEC 60068 2 30 Up to 95 without condensation Insulation Test Hi Pot IEC 60255 5 Power supply analog inputs through external isolation modules external inputs output contacts 1 5 kV 50 60 Hz 1 second Electrostatic Discharge IEC 61000 4 2 Level 4 IEEE C37 90 3 IEC 60255 22 2 Level 4 Voltage Dips Interrup IEC 6100 4 11 IEC 60255 11 200ms Interrupt tions Variations Conducted RF Immunity IEC 61000 4 6 Level 3 IEC 60255 22 6 Level 3 Radiated RF Susceptibility EC 61000 4 2 Level 3 IEC 60255 22 3 Level 3 Electrical Fast Transient IEC 61000 4 4 Level 3 IEC 60255 22 4 Class Ill Burst Oscillatory Transient ANSI IEEE C37 90 1 1989 IEC 61000 4 12 Level 3 IEC 60255 22 1 Level 3 Oscillatory Vibration IEC 60068 2 6 IEC 60255 21 1 Class 1 Seismic IEC 60068 3 3 IEC 60255 21 3 Class 1 Shock and Bump IEC 60255 21 2 Class 1 Appendix A 4 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Appendix B TESLA Hardware Main Processor Board External Input Em 1 and Analog Input Board Comm Board Power Supply Storage Disk Front Panel Board D01721R02 61 Description
108. m ub E Im Cross T Alarm T High Magnitude A v E E c Lr EE E brem p vor ES Heo Rate of Change U asitive Rate of Change Figure 8 15 Summation Channel Saa Screen Summation Channel Settings Element Identifies the group to which this channel belongs The Element forms the first part of the channel name The Element is selected when the channel is created and is fixed once assigned when you are working in the Element Tree view Identifies the type of signal being applied to this input channel The Type forms a part of the channel name Element Type Description Selecting the appropriate Type can simplify channel naming by elimi nating the need for the optional Description field e g Line 1 laSum uniquely defines the channel Initially set when the channel was cre ated the Type can be changed to refer to a different phase as needed Description Optional field 12 characters Provides an additional description of the channel that forms part of the channel name Use if Element Name and channel Type do not sufficiently identify the channel Channel Grouping and Naming on page 8 8 Summation Index Identifies the summation channel Unlike the analog and external input channels this is not associated with a hardware input but sim ply identifies which of the internal virtual summation channels will be used You can select any available channel the only r
109. markers are on on the RHS and channel in formation on its LHS Read out corresponds to the currently selected channel type and the scale primary secondary which is displayed on the status bar TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records Symcom View Record Title Channel Names f Recordaraph 700 Ll la xl File Yiew Graph Measure Scale Options Help ISIS pese J Sax gjess tia 8 Hele sv I recordemot tlr 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in EI 86U2 Ext Input Tripped m Unit 4 la Unit 4 la m Unit 4 lb Unit 4 Ib m Unit 4 Ic Unit 4 Ic E Low Speed Channels Al recordemol tlr High Speed Channels El Analog 15 0K Ay TR4CD X Vac Vab TRACDX IN Uwe UL Instantaneous Channel A 2 838KA Amplitude Display A B C Phase Analog Channels 4 m O o x n a RACD X Ib 7 5K RACD Xa 5 0K TRACD Y Vac Vab TRACD Y In TRACD Y Ic og RACD Y Ib 2 5K4 RACD Y la 5 0K TR4A4B X Vac Vab i TR4AB XIn me TR4ABX lc 100K 2 as mn R4AB X Ib 0 100 0 075 0 050 0 025 odio 0 025 0 050 ogs b 00 0 125 0 150 0 175 s 1 ipic coots e Time Display Misc In TRT8CD X In W 0017s Seconds Misc In TR17AB X In Markers locked one cycle apart Misc In TRT7AB Y In R4AB Y Vac Vab R4AB Y In TR4AB Y Ic TRAAB Y Ib TR4AB Y la P d Unit 4Va Unit 4 Va he Pa ie le Ss i Phasor and Symmetrical Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 Vc N 4 Com pon
110. monitor electrical power systems It can record up to 36 analog chan nels and 64 digital status channels and store up to 1000 recordings Up to four recorders can be operated as a cooperative group to achieve greater num bers of channels The TESLA can record data simultaneously in three time domains high speed transient fault seconds low speed dynamic swing minutes and continuous trend 10 second to 1 hour intervals A wide variety of triggers are available to initiate recording An optional PMU software module enables the TESLA to transmit Synchro phasors to a PDC as per IEEE C37 118 standards The TESLA system consists of a recorder analog input isolation modules and the TESLA Control Panel user interface software There are various analog in put isolation modules available to interface to signal sources Modules are available to connect to standard signals found in a typical electric power sub station including secondary ac voltage and current and low level dc voltage and current signals These modules can generally be installed up to 1120 meters from the recorder unit allowing them to be located near the source of the sig nals being monitored TESLA Control Panel user interface software provides tools to configure the recorder retrieve and manage records and display real time measured values Control Panel also includes RecordGraph a graphical record display and anal ysis software tool An optional central station p
111. of firmware requires Control Panel will either prevent incompatible configuration files from being loaded or will offer to make the configuration compatible before it loads it To load a configuration file from the Saved Settings list into the Current IED you must be communicating with the recorder Initiate the load by selecting the desired configuration file and clicking the Load to IED button The recorder will immediately load and run the new configuration Complex configurations can take a few minutes to transfer and load depending in part on communica tions rate The recorder will acknowledge the new settings back to Control Panel Note The recorder will automatically go through a reset when loaded with a configuration that changes its sample rate This will add ap proximately two minutes to the load time Use the New button to create a new configuration file New configuration files are compatible with the latest Setting Version by default The Setting Version can be changed if desired to create new configuration files for older recorders The fixed information in the Device Configuration screen is derived from the IED Definition Adding Editing a Recorder Workspace Definition on page 5 3 You can use the Copy from Other IED button to create a configuration for the current recorder based on an existing one from another recorder The configu ration can be chosen from a list of the saved settings of the other IEDs defined
112. of the right hand columns The right hand PMU Definition screen is made up of three sections Selected Channels PMU Phasors PMU Analogs PMU Digitals TESLA 3000 User Manual 15 13 15 PMU Optional Software Module PMU Phasors Section Selection Channel Column PMU Phasor section allows 12 PMU Phasors to be selected from the Phasor Options left hand tree by selecting from the tree drag and drop into one of the 12 rows under PMU Phasor column User can also use the row drop down selection tool A PMU Phasor can be an analog voltage or current phasor a summated voltage or current phasor or a voltage current se quence component Pos Neg or a Zero sequence phasor PMU Analog allows 12 PMU Analogs to be selected from the Analog Op tions left hand tree by selecting from the tree drag and drop into one of the 12 rows under PMU Analog column User can also use the row drop down selection tool A PMU Analog can be MWatts MVars and or MVA val ues PMU Digital allows up to 64 Digital contacts inputs per TESLA recorder When you configure a digital channel it will be automatically placed in the PMU Digital section of the PMU Definition Full Scale Column PMU Phasor section This column s values are automatically calculated and inserted These val ues are derived by the full scale of the input device voltage or current modules split core CTs times the PT or CT ratio Voltage module s full scale is 138 volts Curren
113. ro Paw Ott rw 20 C ERA 3000 122 bred Figure 15 2 Setting up angle calibration offset through analog channel configuration Once this phase angle offset is incorporated in the configuration reload the configuration back to the TESLA recorder Apply the known signal at any phase angle and PMU should report the phase angle with the accuracy to meet the TVE 1 as per C37 118 standard Phase angle calibration is required for all analog channels used in the PMU phasor configuration Phase angle cali bration is required when ever the input module and or the TESLA recorder sample rate are changed TESLA 3000 User Manual 15 5 15 PMU Optional Software Module Communication with the PMU PMU data can be transmitted via serial port modem or Ethernet Serial com munications will be available on the TESLA s rear panel Port 2 When in use for synchrophasor transmission Port 2 is not be available for any other TESLA function However it is possible to use an internal modem to provide normal user interface access when Port 2 is in use for synchrophasor transmission It is possible to transmit synchrophasors via one modem and have another mo dem provide normal user interface access In such a situation one modem is internal and the other is external and connected to Port 2 Either modem is us able for either role TCP and UDP options are available for Ethernet commu nication PMU communication is initiated by the receiver PMU communicat
114. select new set of voltage and current channels use the Delete trace s option from the right click context menu and select new channels If desired you can modify or re apply the im pedance options Drag the thumb track on the scroll bar to zoom in or zoom out the axis range In the Time Window control click the arrow buttons or drag the thumb track to scroll the window of visible data in the time domain 11 54 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Trend View D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records To place the X and O markers use the tool bar or the right click context menu or the View Markers option dragging a marker to the right or left moves cor responding marker If the Time Window control does not show the data then the markers are shown as small triangles on the left or right sides If you click the triangle corresponding data cursor is displayed and the time range is auto matically adjusted You can save all the impedance display options to a template file File gt Save template Mi RecordGraph e xl Eile View Options Help al s al lt Default gt v ZINN E He e e t 4 ses EN IED Records 3 Trends Ei Trend Channels Watts Elementi Watttst Figure 11 82 Trend View e Trend View is designed to display trend data e t has a special x axis common to all the graphs to display the data in the date format When zoomed the scale automatically c
115. selection tabs near the bottom of the screen Each time you start a function a corresponding tab is created Select the control tabs to navigate from one screen to another or the Main Menu item Use the Close button to close the screen The Status Bar at the bottom of the TESLA Control Panel displays the name of the selected recorder workspace and the status of the connections TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 6 Metering Display Standard Metering Screens User Defined Metering Screens Primary Secondary Display Zoom Freeze D01721R02 61 The recorder has a full set of real time metering displays that provide present readings from the analog and digital input channels and the calculated chan nels The Metering display is accessed through the Metering item in the Main Menu tab s function list fil TESLA Control Panel Metering File Help Elementi v1Mag 0 007 kv Elementi VaMag 0 043 kV Elementi Y2Mag 0 017 kV Element1 VaAng 0 000 Elementi vOMag 0 041 kv Elementi VbMag 0 057 kV Elementi ZMag ZA 8333295 ohms Element VbAng 20 612 Element1 ZAng ZA 0 000 Elementi vcMag 0 032 kV Elementi Watts vA amp 0 000 MA Element YcAng 8 711 B Elementi Vars VA amp 0 000 Mvar Elementi laMag 1 817 Element YAMA A 0 000 MVA Elementt la amp ng 29 908 Element1 PF Aph 0 809 Elementi lbMag 1 036 A Element1 YSum Yzero Mag 0 124 kV Element IbAng 28
116. status of continuous recording an appropriate message is logged to the Event Log Continuous Selecting the Continuous Recording branch in the left hand side tree brings up Recording Screen the Continuous Recording Screen below ill TESLA 3000 Control Panel Continuous Disturbance Recording zipi x File View Help Record Summary Data Summary Record Name 2008 01 31 15 24 L001 tlc Status ACTIVE Continuous Disturbance Record Record Type Retention Period From 2008 01 29 15 16 To 2008 91 31716 01 Record Version 10 Record Priority 0 Records from NERC116 Record Retrieval Request 1 2008 01 31 Start Date Length Local Year 2008 YYYY Minutes 1 1 30 r 2008 01 31 15 24 L001 Graph oo inutes Save As Day 31 1 31 Hour 5 0 23 Export vet Minute 25 0 59 Delete Rename Get Erase Close Main Menu Config Edit Continuous TESLA 3000 Control Panel Current IED NERC116 Connected P Figure 10 3 Continuous Disturbance Recording Screen D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 10 3 10 Continuous Disturbance Recording 10 4 Get Entering appropriate parameters in the Record Retrieval Request sec tion and selecting the Get button retrieves and saves a CDR record to the local disk Erase Selecting the Erase button erases all CDR data on the TESLA recorder A confirmation dialog
117. the network link TESLA 3000 User Manual 15 9 15 PMU Optional Software Module If the TESLA unit does not support the PMU functionality then the following screen will be presented with all PMU controls disabled Do Te Te ret iicn A Communication A Recording J tree A Analog rout Calhesson J Netty A Passend J Urdte4 e SLA 3000 Control Farsi Currere ED PI Connected Figure 15 7 Disabled PMU communication controls when PMU feature is not installed PMU Configuration Configuration settings specific to PMU takes place in a single PMU configu ration view PMU settings utilize the existing TESLA configuration For ex ample a positive sequence synchrophasor is selected from the list of configured Sequence Component calculated channels rather than re specified based on individual input channels Default names for the PMU channels are those of the underlying selected TESLA channel in the element type descrip tion format truncated if necessary to meet the 16 character limit defined in the C37 118 standard you can enter a user specified name to over ride the default For offline use the Edit JED option in the main menu provides means to con figure PMU configuration settings from TESLA Control Panel Downloading a setting file that contains PMU settings to a recorder that does not have the PMU option installed will be prevented and a warning explanation message displayed Configuring PMU Before setting up PMU confi
118. the telephone number of the Record Base call in modem All standard modem dialing characters are supported e g a comma is used to specify a pause in the dialing sequence LAN If LAN is selected enter the IP address of the computer running RecordBase Central Station Do Not Connect If Do Not Connect is selected the TESLA recorder will not notify RecordBase Central Station of new records or cross triggers This is a global setting and can be used to temporarily disable notification Retry Attempts These rules are applied when the TESLA recorder fails to estab lish communication with RecordBase Central Station i e if the phone line is busy or if the network is down Maximum Attempts When the TESLA recorder fails to establish contact with Record Base central station this is the maximum number of attempts it will make before giving up Delay Between Attempts Specifies the delay in seconds that the TESLA will wait before making another notification attempt Notify on creation of Controls which records if any are automatically transferred to new Recording if Priority the RecordBase Central Station When a record is created with a is at least priority equal to or greater than the specified value the recorder sends a New Record Created notification message to RecordBase The setting can range from O all records to 3 highest priority only Selecting Do Not Notify disables automatic record transfers comp
119. their present values When inactive coil input and holding register values will read their most recently avail able state Channel Type Address Value Hold Readings Read Write 01 0000 Readings update normally inactive FFOO Hold readings active Appendix D 16 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Appendix D Modbus Functions Preset Single Register Function Code 06 Channel Address Scaled Up By Event Information See Accessing TESLA Event Infor 42099 42051 mation below Refresh event list No data required Acknowledge the current event and get the next event No data required Get the next event without acknowledge No data required Diagnostic Subfunctions Function Code 08 Return Query Data Subfunction 00 This provides an echo of the submitted message Restart Comm Option Subfunction 01 This restarts the Modbus communications process Force Listen Only Mode Subfunction 04 No response is returned IED enters Listen Only mode This mode can only be exited by the Restart Comm Option command Report Slave ID Function Code 17 0x11 A fixed response is returned by the IED including system model version and issue numbers Channel Type Bytes Value Model Number Read Only 0 and 1 0x07D00 2000 decimal Version Number Read Only 2 and 3 Version number Issue Number Read Only 4 and 5 Issue number e The TESLA IED
120. to Clipboard E p m Line 31 a 4 Ph Voltage 100 0K are Save to Metafile A 19 259KY v Show Channel List 50 0K m Nne 1 vb B Ph AV ottage D l Copy to Clipboard v Toolbar H Zero Sequence E Low Speed Channel H Analog H Frequency Impedance s X 0 058KA H Positive Sequence E Summation m Line 1 la amp Ph Current O 1454KA Vars A 1 510KA Bl Watt m Line 1 Jb B Ph Current m Line 1 Je C Ph Current m External Input 1 Low m External Input 10 Low m External Input 11 T 7 Low i H Pan is S A Ps ne a Te as Ts ee o Seconds 0 100 gos 0 050 0 025 0000 0025 0050 o0fs 0100 0 125 z Med 4 W A457 NU Timeline Ay Overlay Copy an active view page to a clipboard such as MSWord Excell etc Scale Primary Astarte de l Keltnbox Mir GYEAWork Ma Adobe Fram E Adobe ust By my Computer GyNitprojectsh N RecordGra Gi Microsoft Po 1 19 PM Figure 11 98 Export Views Copies view to the clipboard in order to copy into another document for ex ample Microsoft Word 1 To copy to clipboard select View Copy to Clipboard or right click on the graph to bring up the context menu and select Copy to Clipboard 2 Open any other software package which supports the pasting facility from the clipboard for example Excel or Microsoft Word and paste the view Saves the view to a Metafile format emf 1 To save to as a Metafile select View
121. to select the type of the printer and other configurations associated with it through the standard print dialog box options TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 7 11 Graphing Records File gt Print Direct VE Hz raph Me S Help mas cr i mi mi 5 des x alain a va a a HS sind 195 2 recordemol tlr E recordemot tlr 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in E 8602 Ext Input Tripped 20 0K El High Speed Channels El Analog Unit 4 Ya Unit 4 Ya Ay TRACDX Vac Vab ed Ay TRACD In 1999 Jun 25 18 24 31 484028 TR4CD X Ic IC Shop y TRACDX Ib 15 0K Ay TRACDXla Ay TRACD Y Vac Vab TRACD Y In RecordGraph TRACD Y Ic Ay TRACD Y Ib Ay TRACD Y la m A TRAMBX Vac Vab Printing TRAAB X In TRAAB Xe Untitled TR44B X Ib N TR4AB X la on the Miseln TRIBCDX Ir WAPT_WPG1 Xerox Document Centre Misc In TR174B X In A Mec In on 192 168 100 201 AY MacNa b TRAAB Y In A TRAAB Y Lc v TRAAB Y Ib b TRAAB Y la y Unit 4 Va lnit 4 Va Unit 4 b Unit 4 Vb Ay Unit 4 Vc Llnit 4 Vc y Unit 4 a Unit 4 la y Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 Ib AY Unit 4 Ic UInit 4 Ic y Misc In TRTBCD Y y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbc i 3 Misc Vac Bus 4J Vbc Seconds 0 020 0 040 0 060 0 080 0 100 0 120 0 140 0 160 0 180 Ay Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Vn aj w y Analog Input36 lt il 4 gt m Timeline Seale Drimars Figure 11 10 Print Direct
122. triggered owing Initiates a swing low speed recording when triggered If both Fault and Swing are enabled the recorder will attempt to cre ate a combined record Log Logs a message in the Event Log when triggered Notify Contacts the RecordBase Central Station when triggered Can be used to initiate wide area swing recordings and or automated record transfer Notify on page 7 13 Cross Trigger Activates the cross trigger contact 4 to trigger another device TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 D01721R02 61 8 Configuring the Recorder Sequence Component Channel Settings Priority Specifies the priority to be assigned to records created by this trigger The priority is used to determine Central Station notification 1 3 3 is the highest priority Notify on page 7 13 Alarm Contact Specifies a rear panel contact to be closed when triggered Contacts are closed momentarily for one second Contact assignment is not exclusive allowing multiple triggers to activate the same contact Available contacts 2 3 5 6 7 or 8 on a 36 channel model and 2 or 3 on an 18 channel model Contacts 1 and 4 are reserved for Recorder Functional and Cross Trigger respectively Contacts assigned for stor age alarms Storage Alarms on page 8 7 will not be available for use here TESLA 3000 User Manual 8 27 8 Configuring the Recorder Impedance Channels Description Input Calculation Triggers Recording
123. triggering Progress information is displayed as each member recorder is updat ed When the update is finished the status of each Member recorder should say Connected b Click Close The cooperative recording group configuration is now complete and cross triggering record collection and combining of member records are enabled TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 D01721R02 61 13 Cooperative Recorder Group The Check button beside the member recorder names in Figure 13 2 initiates a status check of the communications between the member recorders It can be used at any time Working with Control Panel in the Substation In the substation you can connect to the recorders through the LAN if a spare port is available on the Ethernet switch Alternative ly a direct serial connection with each recorder can be used You may need to alter the Communication mode settings in a record er s IED Definition TESLA 3000 User Manual 13 9 13 Cooperative Recorder Group Working With Records From a Cooperative Recording Group Records from a cooperative recording group are managed in TESLA 3000 Control Panel in the same manner as records from individual recorders see Chapter 9 Record and Log Management To access a group s records select its Cooperative Group IED Select JED on the Main Menu tab and use the Connect button to establish a link with the group s Master recorder Once connected double click Records in the menu tree t
124. updates to show data pertinent to your chosen period If you are connected to a TESLA both local and remote data are combined in the tree otherwise the display shows only data resident on your local computer Trended Channel The tree on the left side of the screen shows the channel names of the trended data available for the period you have selected You may select any number of channels from the tree for further operations Select more than one channel by using the Ctrl and Shift keys in conjunction with mouse clicks and arrow keys Trend Summary The Trend Summary section of the screen shows statistical information about the files you have selected Local Files indicates the amount of space used by the selected trend files on your local computer Remote Files indicates the amount of space used by the selected trend files on the IED Transfer refers to files that are on the IED but not on your local computer and represents the to tal amount of bytes in stored trend files that would be transferred before further processing takes place Events The Events section of the display shows all the events recorded during the pe riod of interest set with the range of dates 9 4 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Get Get Delete Graph Delete Get Events Today s Trends Print Events D01721R02 61 9 Record and Log Management When you click Get all of the trends not previously transferred are transferred to your computer If you
125. value If you are mea suring a DC voltage or current directly enter the same values as Primary and Secondary for each of Points I and 2 The specific values for Point I and 2 pro vided they are reasonably separated are not significant except that they are TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Sag and Swell Detectors D01721R02 61 8 Configuring the Recorder used as default values for the calibration activity For instance if you are di rectly measuring a 48 Vdc input you may wish to enter 0 V for Point 1 and 48 V for Point 2 If you are monitoring an ac signal through a dc module you must define the signal as an ac signal see above TESLA DC Analog Scaling Module Mame 401016 DC Full Scale Secondary Units ES m E The full scale value for the DC Module is determined by scaling resistors attached to the module Secondary ta Primary Scaling TESLA will perform a linear transformation based on the following points These points wil also be used as default calibration points Units Equivalent Primary value 50 c Point 2 20 m Equivalent Primary value eo EE Figure 8 13 DC Scaling sag and Swell detectors are available on voltage channels There are three re lated fields in the Configuration screen controlling Sag and Swell detectors The definition of a Sag or Swell depends on a Nominal Level of voltage The Sag and Swell thresholds are expressed as a percentage of the Nominal Lev
126. when there are records stored in the recorder s memory The LED will flash to indicate the Storage Alarm limit has been reached if so configured 2 4 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 D01721R02 61 2 Connection and Power Up Test Mode Normally inactive red LED that turns on immediately on power up and blinks during start up until the self test has been completed approximately 105 seconds Normally inactive red LED that indicates a failure has been detected by the software The presence of the Alarm LED means much of the system is functioning and can be accessed for diagnosis TESLA 3000 User Manual 2 5 3 TESLA Control Panel Installation Installation of TESLA Control Panel software may require changes to your Windows system configuration for proper operation Please re view the instructions in this chapter to ensure proper setup The TESLA 3000 CD ROM contains the following TESLA Control Panel interface software Firmware update with installation instructions User Manual in PDF format Mechanical drawings in electronic format PC System Requirements The minimum hardware requirements are e GHz processor e 2 GB RAM e 20 GB available hard disk space e Serial communication port A serial port modem or Ethernet LAN connection is required if communica tion with a TESLA recorder is desired Ope rati ng The following software must be installed and functional prior to installing the System applic
127. will cause each transferred via Autopoll record file to be automatically print ed on the default Windows printer using RecordGraph s default template Note that the Autopoll and Autoprint states are not persistent if Control Panel is disconnected from the recorder both Autopoll and Autoprint become un checked Records can be viewed with RecordGraph ERLPhase s interactive graphing software To launch RecordGraph select one or more local records and select the Graph button Selecting a recorder file under On JED and then selecting the Get from IED button causes a record file on the IED to be transferred from the recorder to your local computer More than one file can be transferred at the time using Windows file selection function Control Shift left click This action will not delete the record on the IED The Get From IED and Delete button erases the records on the recorder after they have been transferred to Control Panel and verified When connected to a cooperative group Get From IED automatically transfers the corresponding record from each group member and combines them into a single group record Record Export Utility on page 12 1 Selecting a local record and selecting the Save As button copies a record to a specified file The tlr file suffix should be retained Selecting a local record and selecting the Export button launches the Export Utility Records can be exported in common formats such as COMTRADE for u
128. 0 Letellier Yc ky L G Low Mag 04 2002 Aug 31 22 08 20 450 Letellier Ya kv L G Low Mag 05 2002 Aug 31 22 08 20 747 Letellier El 005 RXZF APT ON 06 2002 Aug 31 22 08 20 753 Letellier El DC REDUCTION ON 07 2002 Aug 31 22 08 20 817 XFMR 1 lac Polarizing High Mag n amp nf 12 41n1 31 27 08 20 834 I steller Vo kv I G Hinh Mar xi HDD T 1 e ij Ji LI Plen PR ammes Figure 11 14 Show Record Summary Display the record summary and the event list of the active record in a dialog box File gt Import inixi File View Graph Measure Sc Options Help E kis s amp amp 59 ze EI x eee x 4 NI sjel 5 R8 recordemol tlr H High Speed Channels Low Speed Channels scale Op lt Default gt 2x Look in C3 L PRO Settings amp ex E3 ibin Files of type COMTRADE Files cfg v Cancel ZA Figure 11 15 Import Choose this option to import a COMTRADE file and display a standard open file dialog box to select cfg COMTRADE files File gt Exit Exit the RecordGraph application Save your graphical layout information be fore selecting this option 11 10 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 View Menus D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records View gt Add Create a new view and add it to the existing layout see Views on page 11 32 View gt Delete x File view Graph Measure Scale Options Help Add F ape
129. 0 040 0080 0080 0400 0 120 ODDS Unit 4 Wac Unit 4 Vn r A 00242 s y Analog Input36 of Ay Overlay 7 Figure 11 13 Export Export the selected record to a user defined format for details see 12 Record Export Utility on page 1 File gt Delete Delete the currently selected record from the tree view This option does not clear the view associated with the record D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 9 11 Graphing Records File gt Show Record Summary A aa E ad De dem duh inane qe derer pb BESA fm Ge sp sj l ste gt allele af so of d sje V Bure 6 gapirar Ir 2000 DELE 2006 T Lebeller Umen ne Leser Ming bligh perd Dharr Uu E Wo Exteel fa ies Sere ccor i summary and Event tist 3 M Pane Sequence Record Summary and Event List Zerg bina inii Record Name figure262highspeedands wing tlr Trigger Time 2002 Aug 31 22 08 20 417 gt wr S pini Lena ialog Start Time 2002 Aug 31 22 08 00 417 Poire Sequence Stop Time 2002 Aug 31 22 09 00 417 Record Type fault and swing en Unit ID DRAYTON 230 Station Name DRAYTON Vu Serial Number TESLA 2000 990318 10 Product TESLA Fiir e der g Trigger Event 2002 Aug 31 22 08 20 417 Letellier Yseq seq Low Mag Event List Events 17 01 2002 Aug 31 22 08 20 417 Letellier seq seq Low Mag 02 2002 Aug 31 22 08 20 417 Prairie Yseq seq Low Mag 03 2002 Aug 31 22 08 20 45
130. 0 1 Main Screen showing the Continuous Recording Branch Selecting Configuration from the main menu of the TESLA Control Panel shows a configuration view If the Continuous Disturbance Recording is not configured right click and select New CDR to display the continuous distur bance recording channel configuration view TESLA 3000 User Manual 10 1 10 Continuous Disturbance Recording CDR Sampling Rates Number of Continuous Disturbance Recording Channels Data Storage and Retention Period 10 2 o TESLA 3000 Control Panel Config Edit File Edit Config Yiew Help Element Tree Continuous Disturbance Recording CDR Identification Channel Group 1 Sample Rate co Records second channel EI CDR 32 M RMS samples second channel Analog Inputs Frequency 1 Estimated Retention Period days 11 Frequency 2 Meter Groups Trend CDR Selected Channels 4 IcDR 32 vaval 2 cDR3zvbvb2 CDR32 E m Analog Inputs VaVal I3 CDR 32 Ve c3 f Vavad M CDR32ZVaVat t VaVa7 5 CDR 32 Vb vb2 t vavalo B cpR3zvcvcs t VeVel3 CDR 32 Va Val t VaValB 8 CDR32ZVvb vb2 t Vavalg CDR 32 Vc Vc3 f vavaz2 M40 CDR32ZVaVal Sfe 4 o9E zl Aem nin F Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Show Primary Units epee Main Menu Config Edit
131. 00 Q 00 422 KQ 0 2 100 Q 00 100 ko 0 5 10 100 Q 00 40 2 kQ 1 0 20 100 Q 00 13 3 kQ 2 0 25 for 4 20 mA 100 Q 00 8 25 kO 2 5 50 10 Q 00 100 kQ 0 5 10 Open 0 1 10 422 KQ 0 2 1 1 2W 100 kQ 0 5 AC Current Input with External Shunt External shunt with value of Rg may be used as shown instead of Rsp on the termi nal block P SENG Shunt Input Feedback Input EM f Resistance Resistance Resistance Impedance Rsy Q Rin Q Rep Q 10 shunt sH IN 9 FB Q Q 1076 0 1 V to 1 V rms FS 0 1 00 1 00 MO 10 kQ 0 2 00 237 KQ 10 kQ 2 2 2 2 c2 2 2 c c 0 5 00 64 9 kQ 10 kQ D 1 0 00 23 7 KQ 10 KQ V NC 7 V NC 7 External e Shunt Rin Rfg Current Appendix F 12 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Appendix F Input Modules Standard Series The following tables show the standard values of resistance available in a de of Values ina cade The lower numbered series are more common and easier to obtain while Decade the higher numbered series provide more resolution In general it is best to use the lowest numbered series which provides acceptable resolution since this will b
132. 01 0 Readings not held 1 Readings held Reserved 00257 Reserved Contact 2 00513 0 Contact open inactive Contact closed active Contact 3 00514 0 Contact open inactive Contact closed active Contact 4 00515 0 Contact open inactive Contact closed active Contact 5 00516 Contact open inactive Contact closed active Contact 6 00517 Contact open inactive Contact closed active Contact 7 00518 Contact open inactive Contact closed active Contact 8 00519 Contact open inactive Contact closed active Logic Detector 1 00769 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 2 00770 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 3 00771 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 4 00772 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 5 00773 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 6 00774 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 7 00775 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 8 00776 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 9 00777 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 10 00778 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 11 00779 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 12 00780 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 13 00781 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 14 00782 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 15 00783 Off inactive On active
133. 02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 41 11 Graphing Records Harmonic View Record Title Channel Names ifi RecordGraph la B x File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help males fexasmo soda su x sjelen N abies s el ER H Low Speed Channels Al a rs Scent eid recordemo1 tlr 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in E1 86U2 Ext Input Tripped ig Analog i 2 fk m Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb m Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 Vc Instantaneous Channel TRACD X Vac Vab X 8 248KV A TRACDXIN 15 0K 6 515KV Amplitude A TRACD Xl op ANAK i PPAR eee vm mnis 79 a M j l ECCE EP NTN TT Analog Graph y TRACD Y Ic 5 0K N RT b TT BET y V AJ AM ANM Y la 1 TRAABX Vac Vab 15 0K AHHAA TR4ABX In 1 y TRAABLC 2106 r r r r Sousa 5 0 0 5 5 5 X 0 054 s V TRAAB X Ib ogo 0 025 0 05 075 0 100 0125 0 150 0475 0 200 0 225 i TRAAB XIa a ood s Time Display A Misc TRIBCD X In m seconds E a007s A Miseln TRIABX In Markers locked one cycle apart N epis desig In Harmonic Magnitude RMS 4AB Y Vac Vab 10 0K a THO TRAAB Y In 11 660 TRAABY le 11 000 Bar Graph of TRAAB Y Ib 12 254 Harmonics Ay TRAAB Y la m THD A Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Va ae 120 Am plitude Ay Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb D z 10 15 20 25 30 Ay Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 Vc Harmonics Ay Unit 4laUnit 41a Order WMag V RMS E Phase WMag V RMS E Phase WMag V RMS E Phase Ta
134. 02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 12 3 12 Record Export Utility COMTRADE Export Settings Function Version The Version field lets you select the revision of COMTRADE standard to produce COMTRADE has been an evolving stand ard and a number of changes have been made over the years 1991 and 1999 COMTRADE versions are supported Format The Format field specifies that the data in the COMTRADE file ASCII or BINARY format ASCII data has the advantage of being usable by simple text editor and spreadsheet programs but results in a significantly larger record relative to binary format BINARY format is therefore recommended if the software pack age you will be using the data in supports binary format COM TRADE Selecting Channels You must select the channels from the record that you want to Exported Channels include in the output file For convenience the digital data recorded is classified into High Speed Analog and external digital input channels sam pled at the high speed transient data rate High Speed 480 sec Analog and internal logic channels pro duced 8 times per cycle Low Speed 60 sec Analog input channels sampled at the low speed swing data rate Select the desired channel from the list with a left click Multiple channels can be selected using standard Windows selection actions click Ctrl or Shift keys Place selected channels in the Exported Channels list box Place all channels into the Exp
135. 0271 s y Analog Input36 mm External c s recordemo 1 tlr 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in El GBLI2 Ext Input Tripped RNE HA Extend Print Range ji Ay Overlay v Lan Cmm manala And Set the precision number of decimal places For the readouts Scale Primary Figure 11 50 Set Precision Set the precision number of decimal places for the readouts In Symmetrical Component and Harmonic Views the phase angle readout precision is always zero no decimal places are used TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 29 11 Graphing Records Help Menus Tool Bar Buttons Help gt User Manual Select to display an electronic version of the user manual Help gt About RecordGraph Display program information version number and copyright Help gt Show Hot Keys Lists the available hot keys or short cuts Titles Maker Set Graphs Per Page Add Digital Graph Zoom X Axis Zoom Y Axis i i i Reset Zoom Move Graph Down nange Scale Y Axis o P dodo o line ples sa m c Information P mE ME ME Increase Left Margin M RecordGraph File V Measure Scale Options Help BE IR SLSR PI JE JE T Jens IER Eee ae Left Margin Pr 0031 E0101 1 P1 11 1 ShowlHide Tree View Channel List Save Template TEE Show Hide Legends Pop POP PPP od po Copy
136. 04 y 1B4 LV 5604 y IC4 LV 5604 y IAS TV T 0 VERE NN KN IBS TY T y ICSTV t a perating y Ib Operating j c perating a Restraint j b Restraint y Ic Restraint 0 H External E Summatioi X Timeline Rename an active tab replaces the name on the view tab Scale Secondary Zz Figure 11 17 Rename Tab Replaces the name on the active view tab with one of your choice A dialog box appears to enter the name TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 11 11 Graphing Records 11 12 View gt Titles Apply Figure 11 18 Titles Select graph and view titles options to compile titles and various options see View and Graph Titles on page 11 62 View gt Copy to Clipboard Copy an active view to the clipboard for import to another program such as MS Word or Excel for details see 12 Record Export Utility on page 1 View gt Save As Metafile Save an active view page as a Windows metafile for details see 12 Record Ex port Utility on page 1 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records View Show Channel List lrcOA M old File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help B 7 2 alal Sha x elel a ta af HN e ERI sample TPR Copy to Clipboard Save as Meta File
137. 042 i Element Sum Vzero Ang 10 526 Elementi lcMag 0 833 Elementt lcAng 22403 Elementt In Mag 0 680 Elementt In Ang 85 137 B Digitals 1 Analogs 2 Analogs Metering Show As Primary Zoom Level f 00 Freeze Close Main Menu Config Edit Records Trends Events Metering Utilities TESLA Control Panel Current IED TESLAVE4 Connected Figure 6 1 Metering Display The Metering display provides tabs at the bottom to select among multiple dis play screens The first two tabs Analogs and Digitals are the default tabs and present the readings from the analog inputs and external inputs You can define an additional ten user defined metering screens Setup of these additional screens is part of the recorder s configuration see Meter Groups on page 8 42 Metered values can be shown as either system primary or secondary quantities The magnification of metering screens can be adjusted using the Zoom Level control This allows the display to be enlarged for easy viewing while com missioning or testing The Freeze button provides a way to temporarily stop the update of the display It can be used to ensure a synchronized set of readings for documentation pur poses The metering display can be exported to another program using Win dows built in Alt PrintScreen key and standard paste functions TESLA 3000 User Manual 6 1 6 Metering Display Phase angle readi
138. 0k O0 00 6 19 kQ 10k O0 6 19 kQ 00 16k O0 23 7 kQ 00 33 k QO 20 59 0 KQ 00 66 k Q 50 178 KQ 1 2 W 00 160 kQ 100 464 kQ 1 W 00 320 kQ 150 for 69 V 909 kn 2 W 00 490 k O High Range 200 V to 600 V rms FS D 200 00 15 4 kQ 1 5M Q oa 2 2 2 C 2 C2 250 for 120 V 00 9 53 kO 1 5M Q 500 for 240 V 121 kQ 00 1 6M O V NC 7 NC Input D01721R02 61 600 750 ko 1 W 1 9M O TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix F 11 Appendix F Input Modules DC Current Input External Shunt Optional Full Scale mA dc Shunt Resistance Rsu 0 Input Resistance Rin Q Feedback Resistance Rep Q Full Scale Voltage Drop V 1 mA to 500 mA dc FS of o Input Rs External RsH Current 100 Q 332 Q open 0 1 1
139. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 P I PMU Diagnostics Monitoring incoming and outgoing data Press Ctrl c to stop monitor Press lt Enter gt to continue gt Data transmission disabled waiting for a PDC command J Connected 0 11 30 vT100 TCP IP Figure 15 16 Response of terminal user interface when PDC requests to disable data transmission With data transmission disabled the PDC program can request for the config uration frame which will be displayed as shown D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 15 17 15 PMU Optional Software Module alaj Cie Ede Yew Col paneler tiep Dies ol 3 olg cl Force hardware reset Network utilities Monitor SCADA Enable Disable Internal Modem if one exists Save Recent Trend Data Repair storage memory Initialize storage memory Modify Point To Point IP Addresses Monitor PMU Exit port 1 access only ease enter a command 16 15 PMU Diagnostics Monitoring incoming and outgoing data Press Ctrl c to stop monitor Press lt Enter gt to continue gt Data transmission disabled waiting for a PDC command 4 Cormected 0 11 30 vT100 TCP IP Figure 15 17 Diagnostic response to Configuration frame request from the PDC The C37 118 standard protocol itself has number of diagnostics and or health check messages which can be read and analyzed The description of these di agnostic fields is found in C37 118 standard 15 18 TESLA 3000 User M
140. 1 Magnitude 40769 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM1 Angle 40770 180 to 180 10 SUM2 Magnitude 40771 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM2 Angle 40772 180 to 180 10 SUMS Magnitude 40773 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUMS Angle 40774 180 to 180 10 SUMA Magnitude 40775 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM4 Angle 40776 180 to 180 10 SUM5 Magnitude 40777 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM5 Angle 40778 180 to 180 10 SUM6 Magnitude 40779 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM6 Angle 40780 180 to 180 10 SUM7 Magnitude 40781 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM7 Angle 40782 180 to 180 10 SUM8 Magnitude 40783 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUMB8 Angle 40784 180 to 180 10 SUM9 Magnitude 40785 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM9 Angle 40786 180 to 180 10 SUM10 Magnitude 40787 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM10 Angle 40788 180 to 180 10 SUM11 Magnitude 40789 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM11 Angle 40790 180 to 180 10 SUM12 Magnitude 40791 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM12 Angle 40792 180 to 180 10 SUM13 Magnitude 40793 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM13 Angle 40794 180 to 180 10 SUM14 Magnitude 40795 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM14 Angle 40796 180 to 180 10 SUM15 Magnitude 40797 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM15 Angle 40798 180 to 180 10 SUM16 Magnitude 40799 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM16 Angle 40800 180 to 180 10 SUM17 Magnitude 40801 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM17 Angle 40802 180 to 180 10 SUM18 Magnitude 40803 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM18 Angle 40804 180 to 180 10 SUM19 Magnitude 40805 0 to 3276 7 units 10
141. 10 Al14 THD 40552 0 to 327 67 100 Al14 SHL 40553 0 to 327 67 100 Al14 DC 40554 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al15 THD 40555 0 to 327 67 100 Al15 SHL 40556 0 to 327 67 100 Al15 DC 40557 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al16 THD 40558 0 to 327 67 100 Al16 SHL 40559 0 to 327 67 100 Al16 DC 40560 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al17 THD 40561 0 to 327 67 100 Al17 SHL 40562 0 to 327 67 100 Al17 DC 40563 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al18 THD 40564 0 to 327 67 100 Al18 SHL 40565 0 to 327 67 100 Al18 DC 40566 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al19 THD 40567 0 to 327 67 100 Al19 SHL 40568 0 to 327 67 100 Al19 DC 40569 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI20 THD 40570 0 to 327 67 100 AI20 SHL 40571 0 to 327 67 100 AI20 DC 40572 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI21 THD 40573 0 to 327 6796 100 Al21 SHL 40574 0 to 327 6796 100 AI21 DC 40575 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI22 THD 40576 0 to 327 67 100 A122 SHL 40577 0 to 327 6796 100 AI22 DC 40578 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI23 THD 40579 0 to 327 67 100 AI23 SHL 40580 0 to 327 6796 100 AI23 DC 40581 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix D 9 Appendix D Modbus Functions Appendix D 10 Al24 THD 40582 0 to 327 67 100 Al24 SHL 40583 0 to 327 67 100 Al24 DC 40584 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al25 THD 40585 0 to 327 67 100 AI25 SHL 40586 0
142. 10 Al23Angle 40302 180 to 180 10 AI24 Magnitude 40303 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al24 Angle 40304 180 to 180 10 AI25 Magnitude 40305 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al25 Angle 40306 180 to 180 10 AI26 Magnitude 40307 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI26 Angle 40308 180 to 180 10 AI27 Magnitude 40309 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI27 Angle 40310 180 to 180 10 AI28 Magnitude 40311 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al28 Angle 40312 180 to 180 10 A129 Magnitude 40313 0 to 3276 7 units 10 A129 Angle 40314 180 to 180 10 AI30 Magnitude 40315 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI30 Angle 40316 180 to 180 10 AI31 Magnitude 40317 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI31 Angle 40318 180 to 180 10 AI32 Magnitude 40319 0 to 3276 7 units 10 TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix D 7 Appendix D Modbus Functions Appendix D 8 AI32 Angle 40320 180 to 180 10 AI33 Magnitude 40321 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI33 Angle 40322 180 to 180 10 AI34 Magnitude 40323 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI34 Angle 40324 180 to 180 10 AI35 Magnitude 40325 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI35 Angle 40326 180 to 180 10 AI36 Magnitude 40327 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI36 Angle 40328 180 to 180 10 Total Harmonic Distortion Single Harmonic Level DC Metering Channels not supported yet Al1 THD 40513 0 to 327 67 100 Al1 SHL 40514 0 to 327 67 100 Al1 DC 40515 3276 8
143. 18 eEnable Dizablo Internal Modem if one exists ll Save Hecent rend Data 12 Repair storage memory 13 Initialize storage mem 14 Modify Point To Foint TP haadressds 15 Monitor P l xil port 1 access only Please enter a command 1 16 15 PHU Diagnostics Monitoring incoming and outgoing data Press Ctrl c to stop monitor Press Enter to continue gt 4 oni 08 30 VT HOD TCPfIP Figure 15 14 Terminal User Interface depicting options under Maintenance 15 16 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 15 PMU Optional Software Module When you select enter data frame stream is displayed as shown below in hexa decimal format Qe Edt Yew Cel Peefe tiep Glee elz soles ex Data Frame a aa L OG 22 OG 7c 45 00 06 OG OG OG OG OG 64 3c be Ceoreected 0 14 17 her 100 TEP CA hum aptae Print ad Eius 15 15 Display of PMU Data Stream in hexadecimal format If the data transmission is disabled from a PDC program example TVA Con nection Tester Program following response is displayed mld 2 m Edt Yew Cel powsfe tiap Dies e 3 ole cl Force hardware reset Network utilities Monitor SCADA Enable Disable Internal Modem if one exists Save Recent Trend Data Repair storage memory Initialize storage memory Modify Point To Point IP Q0 posi tor PMU xit port 1 access only mM ATAUN ease enter command 1 16 M 15 l 8 9
144. 2 Fault Information Fault Distance 396 User specified 10 2 Fault Information Type see below for defi 397 N A 1 2 nition Fault Locator 3 Fault Information DNP Time High 16 bits 398 N A 1 2 Fault Information DNP Time Middle 16 bits 399 N A 1 2 Fault Information DNP Time Low 16 bits 400 N A 1 2 Fault Information Fault Distance 401 User specified 10 2 Fault Information Type see below for defi 402 N A 1 2 nition Fault Locator 4 Fault Information DNP Time High 16 bits 403 N A 1 2 Fault Information DNP Time Middle 16 bits 404 N A 1 2 Fault Information DNP Time Low 16 bits 405 N A 1 2 Fault Information Fault Distance 406 User specified 10 2 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Appendix E DNP3 Reference Change Event Point Index Class Fault Information Type see below for defi nition Fault Locator 5 Fault Information DNP Time High 16 bits 408 N A Fault Information DNP Time Middle 16 bits 409 N A Fault Information DNP Time Low 16 bits 410 N A Fault Information Fault Distance 411 User specified Fault Information Type see below for defi 412 N A nition Fault Locator 6 Fault Information DNP Time High 16 bits 413 N A Fault Information DNP Time Middle 16 bits 414 N A Fault Information DNP Time Low 16 bits 415 N A Fault Information Fault Distance 416 User specified Fault Information Type see below for defi 417 N
145. 28 Variations 32 1 Analog Input Change Event 32 bit 1 read 0x06 0x07 0x08 129 response 0x28 without Time 32 2 Analog Input Change Event 16 bit 1 read 0x06 0x07 0x08 129 response 0x28 without Time 32 3 Analog Input Change Event 32 bit 1 read 0x06 0x07 0x08 129 response 0x28 with Time 32 4 Analog Input Change Event 16 bit 1 read 0x06 0x07 0x08 129 response 0x28 with Time default 51 1 Time and data CTO 129 response 0x07 quantity 1 52 1 Time Delay Coarse 129 response 0x07 quantity 1 60 1 Class 0 Data 1 read 0x06 60 2 Class 1 Data 1 read 0x06 0x07 0x08 Appendix E 2 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Appendix E DNP3 Reference Object Request Response Description Function Qualifier Codes Funeton Qualifier Codes Codes Codes Class 2 Data 1 read 0x06 0x07 0x08 Internal Indications 2 write 0x00 index 7 Octet String 1 read 0x06 129 response Octet String Change Event 1 read 0x06 129 response No Object 14 warm start Point List The Point List can be printed through TESLA Control Panel to display the point names as they are configured Printing a SCADA Address List on page 8 45 Static Points Change Event Points Object group 1 2 Object variation 1 Binary Input default 1 Binary Input Change without Time 2 Binary Input with Status 2 Binary Input Change with Time 3 Binary Input Change with Relative Time Class 0 1 Change Event Buffer
146. 319 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV14 P 41320 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV14 Q 41321 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV14S 41322 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV15 P 41323 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV15 Q 41324 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV15S 41325 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV16 P 41326 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV16 Q 41327 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV16S 41328 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV17 P 41329 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV17 Q 41330 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV17S 41331 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV18 P 41332 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV18 Q 41333 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV18S 41334 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 Frequency Metering Channels Channel Group 1 Frequency 41537 5 6 f nominal to 7 6 nominal fre 100 quency Channel Group 2 Frequency 41538 5 6 f nominal to 7 6 nominal fre 100 quency Impedance Metering Channels Impedance 1Magnitude 41793 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 1 Angle 41794 180 to 180 10 Impedance2 Magnitude 41795 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Appendix D 14 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 D01721R02 61 Appendix D Modbus Functions Impedance 2 Angle 41796 180 to 180 10 Impedance 3 Magnitude 41797 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 3 Angle 41798 180 to 180 10 Impedance 4 Magnitude 41799 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 4 Angle 41800 180 to 180 10 Impedance 5 Magnitude 41801 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 5 Angle 41802 180 to 180 10 Impedance 6 Magnitude 41803 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Imped
147. 370 374 399r 1 ME ME ee i 9 i 402 407 412 L 19 ifs P BO n ME 517 523 530 36 7 542 549 r D01721R02 61 Appendix G Recommended Spare Parts List TESLA Model 3000 Recommended Spare Parts List Part Number Part Description Quantity D01721R02 61 106406 TESLA Model 3000 System Unit 36 Analog Channels 64 Digital Channels 107052 TESLA Model 3000 System Unit 18 Analog Channels 32 Digital Channels 101754 CT Isolation Module four 4 current inputs rated 5 Amp each 101955 CT Isolation Modules four 4 current inputs rated 1 Amp each 101756 PT Isolation Modules three 3 voltage inputs rated 69 Volts RMS 120 Root3 102079 LEA Low Energy Analog PT Module three 3 voltage inputs rated 4 Volts RMS 106243 DC Module four 4 isolated inputs 101783 Split core current transducer rated 5 Amp 101784 Split core current transducer rated 1 Amp 101850 Digital Input Shorting Bar 8 inputs 106791 Users Manual in Binder 106724 One 1 GigaByte Flash Drive 107054 Two 2 GigaByte Flash Drive 107055 Sixty 60 GigaByte Hard Disk 106230 USB Personal Computer to DB9M Serial TESLA Cable 101787 DB9F Serial Personal Computer to DB9M TESLA Cable 101629 Modem adapter for use with 101787 Serial Cable 102404 RS232 to RS485 Converter Optically
148. 422 KQ 10 kQ oa 2 2 2 C2 2 C2 00 100 ko 10 kQ 00 40 2 kQ 10 KQ 00 13 3 kO 10 KQ 1 40 kQ 00 11 KQ 13 3 kO 00 22 kQ 38 3 kO 00 47 kO 51 1 kQ 00 60 ko 121 kQ 00 120 kQ 287 KQ 1 2 W 00 240 kQ 511 ko 1 W 00 350 kO 825 kQ 1 W 00 450 kQ High Range 350 V to 880 V dc FS 00 10 0 kQ 1 5 MO 00 3 48 kO 1 5 MO 2 2 2 C2 2 C2 1 MQ 2W 00 2 MO D V NC 7 NC Appendix F 10 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 AC Voltage Input Appendix F Input Modules Full Scale V rms Shunt Resistance Rap Q Input Resistance Rin Q Feedback Resistance Rep 0 Input Impedance Q 10 Low Range 0 1 V to 150 V rms FS 0 1 00 1 00 MO 10k O0 0 2 00 237 KQ 10k O0 ao 2 c2 2 2 2 c2 00 64 9 kQ 10k O0 00 23 7 kQ 1
149. A Control Panel Records Trends Events Metering Utilitie Configuration Connect Edit Delete Add New Edit IED dialogu IED Definition IED Name SLA Demo Uni Comments for Demonstration Location IED Serial Number TESLA 2000 990301 11 Get Information From IED Model TESLA 2000 36 Channels EEG PAddess Communication Main Me M Direct Serial Link C Modem Link Phone Number Network Link Connect Through IED Folder placement Recordings Folder C program filesinxtphase dataiTESLA Demo Unitif Browse Configs Folder Cl program filesinxtphaseWdataiTESLA amp Demo Unit Browse Cancel Figure 4 2 Edit IED The method of communication with the recorder is specified as part of its IED definition Use the Edit button to view or change this informa tion Ensure the Network Link option is selected and the recorder s IP address is entered For details on IED definitions see Working with TESLA Control Pan el on page 5 1 4 Initiate the connection by selecting the Connect button A dialog box will appear to show connection progress TESLA 3000 User Manual 4 3 4 Communicating with the Recorder The connection state and the current IED you are connected to is shown on the Windows status bar Edit Delete Add New Connecting Attempting to
150. AWING DO NOT MANUALLY UPDATE TOLERANCES ARE DECIMALS ANGLES APPROVALS DATE mem XX3 01 X25 mmm fees NEN OO 08 XK 25 a Zimmer owe www erlphase com TESLA 3000 Mechanical Overview DESCRIPTION DATE APPROVED NEXT ASSY USEDON femm FT Bonsai moe ET REVISIONS APPLICATION LL 1 SAT SEE 18 31 465 1mm 17 68 449 1mm 4 75 120 6mm PANEL CUT OUT TEMPLATE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES CAD GENERATED DRAWING DO NOT MANUALLY UPDATE TOLERANCES ARE DECIMALS ANGLES XX 4 01 X45 am nov pescaRnon owe APPROVED NEXTASSY ASSY USEDON ON REVISIONS APPLICATION 5 4 www erlphase com TESLA 3000 Mechanical Overview m T D00984R01 00 REL ccc AD HE Doogsaror fsHeet20r2 Figure 1 1 TESLA 3000 Mechanical Sene Dimensions Appendix l 2 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Appendix TESLA 3000 Drawings 1 dO L 133HS M JA oueg Jeay 000 VISIL C t IMS NOLLWONMddv SNOISIA3H HSINIJ 138 00 LOHLOOLOG 8 ON mal azis EE mp NO d3sn ASSY LX3N G3AOuddv alvd J TVIYILYVWN SFX LO F XX LF 330 ON sor xX Q3N d ava STYAOUddV S3IONV S1VWI23G 31vadn ATIYNNYW LON OG 9NIMVUG G3lVH3N35 AVD P punoly ase LLE OLE 69 BIE LOE 99t SOE HOE Net L NL NS 8 5 3126100 Nd no LZL OZL 69L 89L Z9L 99L SOL OL ares et DH NUM p L seruo 1ndino uv S3ONVH31IOL S3HONI NI 38V SNOISN3WIG G3141D3dS JSIMYSHLO SS3T
151. AY UNE 1 NWAR WAV VINE E Mw MN Me eter Wr PTE TEI va PM are Group gwroned y Meter bo Fresoehey Chess Cree 17 LIT Thaw Geral Tran de Trew taket r TESLA 400 Co cul Pam 0 17 Sacra Treacy Ore Cete pm f Cuv RD C5 TELA 3000 21 ung Seng Vil Figure 15 10 Invoking PMU configuration through right click menu Select the PMU choice and the following screen appears allowing you to select the Phasors PMU Definition Sample Rate co T frames second Header Frame Text Line 1 cS TESLA f Phasor Options i em PMUTEST i p Va vh p VG la bb e dc 3 VESTN Seq o W2STN Seq 3 VOOSTN Seq STN Seq 3 I2Z STN Seg i 59 IOSTN Seg Ej w Analog Options i Eem PMUTEST FL Watts LINE 1 MANY vars LINE 1 Minty VALINE 1 MMV SL watts LINE 2 MAYNV vas LINE 2 MY i VACLINE 2 MMV E m Digital Options m See grid for Digtals SelesteChamne FulScale unit Active name to Report PMU Phasors Rowi mUTESpEVa gt Ta neraver Row 2 PMU TEST Vi 276 kV F Line 1 B vots Row 3 PMU TEST vc 276 kv K Line1C vots Row 4 PMU TEST Ia 40000 Ja IP Line 1 amp amps Row 5 PMU TEST Ib 40000 A F Line 1 Bamps PMU TEST lc 40000 A a Line Camps Row 7 PMU TEST YO STN Seq 276 kv Ive PMU TEST VO STN Row amp PMU TEST W1 STM Seq 276 kw Positive V
152. Access the Network and Dial Up Connections function through Windows Con trol Panel 1 Bring up the APT SERIAL properties control by right clicking on the APT SERIAL icon and selecting Properties 2 Select Modem Generic Null Modem from the Connect using modem list and select the Configure button 3 Setthe desired baud rate in the Maximum Speed field 4 Select OK to save changes NB Other communication parameters such as the number of data bits cannot be set here The recorder s communication parameters are standard 8 N 1 so changes to these parameters on your computer s port are unlikely to be needed If you do need to view or modify them use the Phone and Modem Op tions function found in Windows Control Panel and go to the Modems tab TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 4 Communicating with the Recorder Communication Port Details All recorder serial ports Ports 1 2 and 3 are configured as EIA RS 232 DCE devices with female DB9 connectors This allows them to be connected direct ly to a PC serial port with a standard straight through male to female serial ca ble A modem adapter part 101629 is available to convert a port into a DTE de vice equivalent to the serial port on a PC The adapter allows you connect an external modem to the recorder s Port 2 using a standard modem cable The TESLA 3000 Power System Monitoring Recorder has been factory con figured to communicate with peripheral software tools and devi
153. B TS ECTS1C T5 y la Operating 50 Ib Operating y Ic Operating la Restraint 100 y Ib Restraint y Ic Restraint H External Summation y CTLIAHE 250 v Seconds 0180 0200 0220 0240 0260 0280 X Timeline Zoom Out Y axis Scale Secondary A Figure 11 39 Zoom Y Axis Select this option to increase the y axis range by 25 of the current zoom range D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 23 11 Graphing Records Scale gt Undo Zoom recorder File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help Zoom X Axis T Ios m a 4 E Ez alal x eelle sl th amp je e Bl bank 8 119851 9911 zoom Y Axis Ctrl bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr E High Speed Channels zoom Y Axis Ctrl Analog PIM PT1 V2 Reset Zoom Ctrl R b9 47 781441 N Aum Change Scale Y axis Ctrl Y i CT1 1B HS CTILICHS 150 CT2 1A HS A CT21BHS A CT21CHS 100 CT3JALS av CT31B LS u CT31C LS Ay CTATALS 22 CT4 1B LS CTA1CLS CT514 TS A CT5 1B TS A CTSICTS y la Operating 50 y Ib Operating y Ic Operating 250 al la Restraint 100 Ib Restraint Ic Restraint External Summation 150 200 250 La r r r r Y r T r T r r Seconds 0 180 0 200 0 220 0 240 0 260 0 280 4 pm gt H X Timeline Undo Zoom displays the pr
154. BRKR1_a i imi El 21N_Trip Summations Sequence Functions Impedance Functions Watts Vars Functions Logic Functions Fault Locators PF Functions Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Show Primary Units Main Menu Contig Edit aoa Tankar 919 Waal alge maaa manaa ee irn Mana EE Ee E EH TESLA 3000 Control Panel Current IED TESLA 3000 Demo Disconnected A Figure 8 7 Channel Overview Screen Channel settings can be edited in the Channel Overview display pro viding an alternate way to enter channel settings that helps maintain consistency between channels The column width can be adjusted on the overview tables to optimize the lay out for the particular configuration Individual Channel Detailed channel configuration is displayed on an individual channel basis Screens The settings for each channel can be displayed in individual screens by select ing the specific channel in the Navigation Each channel type has its own con figuration screen with parameters appropriate for its type NONSENSE TESLA Analog Input Identification Element Type Description Channel Module Type Channel Group 1 El Line 1 Line 1 va f1 401 003 69Wac Common Neutral El Analog Inputs Va Units 2 kV Angle Offset Rate of Change Interval Single Harm
155. C Al ports Selected ports COM1 COM2 Figure 3 3 Select Serial Port In Windows XP you may get a message stating that the Null Modem has not passed Windows Logo testing and asking Do you want to continue the installation Select Continue Anyway to continue 8 Select Finish and close the Phone and Modem Options and Control Panel dialog boxes Windows Dial Up Networks DUN are used to communicate with a recorder through your computer s modem or serial port This section takes you through the steps required to create two Dial Up config urations APT SERIAL for communication with a recorder via a serial cable using the Null Modem installed in the previous section e APT MODEM for communication with a recorder via your computer s modem APT SERIAL Dial Up Network To setup APT SERIAL Dial Up Networking 1 Double click the My Computer icon on your desktop double click the Con trol Panel 1con then double click the Network Connections icon 2 Double click the New Connection Wizard icon to bring up the New Con nection Wizard dialog box click Next TESLA 3000 User Manual 3 5 3 TESLA Control Panel Installation 3 Select Connect to the network at my workplace and click Next 4 Select Dial up Connection and click Next 5 Enter the name APT SERIAL exactly click Next New Connection Wizard Network Connection Type What do you want to da O Connect to the Internet Connect to the Internet zo you
156. Controls D01721R02 61 9 Record and Log Management Example of an event message from an External Input detector 2005 Jan 12 20 44 33 672 Line 1 EI BRKRI a open Example of an event message from a high analog level detector 2005 Jan 12 20 44 33 650 Line 1 Va High Mag active You may print or copy to clipboard all the events that are in the Event Log Right click or choose from the menu bar to print event logs while connected to the IED The event display is a static snapshot of the contents of the event log You can use the buttons at the bottom or a right click to access these functions In addition print commands are available under the File menu a copy com mand is available under the Edit menu and a refresh command is available un der the View menu Copy Copies the event list to clipboard for pasting to other programs Refresh Updates Event List by getting a new list from remote IED and updates the Event List screen Erase Removes all events from remote IED Print bottom button only Prints all the events up to 250 events to a local printer TESLA 3000 User Manual 9 7 10 Continuous Disturbance Recording Configuration D01721R02 61 Continuous Disturbance Recording CDR implemented in the TESLA 3000 recording system allows you to gather power system disturbance data to review and analyze transmission and generation protection systems The TESLA 3000 recording system incorporated CDR for NERC standard
157. D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records Marker button De Wew Gath Mesure 2e Cetera Heb eama gt JSS Sie BEL Else PORE Eee Riiie regugeedard KONGO 2201 TT neq Low M SVA Letsie Ver i Jab Prane Pta i eed OvD Leber ve kV LO Dx Phase Pnase Mh Speed cv Leter Ve kV i Loe Phase manetta Sore eost channel name io od M bd og ow MW o b r gt M j M a f Cursor corresponding 24 A L to marker O Time Widow 6 x Marher R Oren 44 238 9 Orme 82 000 T d a Mar ter I f renee 108 259 Cheney 208 T 101 LE OG 1170 dang External e Doreen Aii Pex Me Secondary Marker X and O Marker X and O readouts Figure 11 78 Example Illustrating the Use of Data Markers Select the marker option to set the markers Select the desired channel name for the required measurement For example the channel associated with Zca is chosen click this channel name for the selection Move the marker by sliding it to the desired location When you change the data range using Time Win dow control the cursors may disappear from the traces indicating that the markers are always associated with the data ald xj Lis LP eph De Wee Gah Measure Lese Qos ep marsj f ISIAN aL SS x ese ml sjel zd al 203 sjel SR ec Ur noe amp Pughapesdandswrg celles Veng 00 I Pot Sag n Sey Oret Lett Por Pot rw SE i Positive Sequence impedance trajectory
158. D01721R02 61 Fundamental RMS D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records This option displays the RMS measurement of the fundamental 60 or 50 Hz between the two markers X and O of the selected channel I A trace channel must first exist on the graph Click the graph that you want to show absolute time measurement 2 Selectthe Measure Markers menu option or the Markers button on the tool bar to place the markers on the graph Markers are automatically placed if not selected 3 Select Measure Fundamental RMS menu option 4 Readout corresponding to the markers is displayed on the right hand side of the graph including RMS fundamental frequency Title Minimum RMS e Maximum RMS Average RMS itz be Yew Gah Verse ode Cetera thp C mcondemol th Ha wed Day Fundamental RMS i ri UW ag X y Cui irri nm Figure 11 93 Fundamental RMS TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 67 11 Graphing Records True RMS This option displays true RMS measurement values of all the harmonics up to 25 order including the fundamental depending on the sample rate of the re corded channel I A trace channel must first exist on the graph Click the graph that you want to show absolute time measurement 2 Select the Measure gt Markers menu option or the Markers button on the tool bar to place the markers on the graph Markers are automatically placed if not selected 3 Select Measure gt True RMS menu option Readout c
159. DV 36 channel 2003 01 27 08 54 30 oe Ee DV 36 channel 2003 01 27 08 52 28 v E n 2 b esl 2002 n1 207 no k2 17 4 p b Trigger Fault Trigger Swin Trigger Both ENE ER 1010 Close gger t gger 2 o gger 2 Pe EE EE S 100 Main Menu Records Events Metering Utilities Config Edit 07 2003 01 27 09 06 20 857 Element 1 PF Ind Level 08 2003 01 27 09 06 22 090 Element 1 PF Ind Level TESLA Control Panel Current IED TESLA Demo Unit Connected Figure 9 1 Record Listing Record Lists The left side of the Records tab shows lists of records for the current IED or ganized by date Expanding a date entry shows On JED and Local headings Records presently on the recorder are shown under the On JED heading Re cords that have been previously transferred to TESLA Control Panel are shown under the Local heading Records on the IED that have not been transferred to Control Panel are shown in bold face If working offline only local records are shown Record Filter The list of records displayed is controlled by the Record Filter control The fil ter applies to both On JED and Local record lists The time taken to access the directory can be controlled by selecting an appropriate number of records in the Record Filter Note that if additional recordings are created through the 7rigger Fault Trig ger Swing or Trigger Both buttons these new records do not displace the ear liest fetch
160. E 90 SOE HOE EOE ZOE LOE ODE 6 O O O O O O O O G O O G O e VOV NI LY LY NJ Ne NJ NJ ulo2 eseudjio MAM pi1serbojoutpaj amod TESLA 3000 Rear Panel Figure 1 2 Appendix l 3 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Appendix TESLA 3000 Drawings L 30 I I33HS 0M 00 00 aq av ve awos m 134 00 08 00 LOG ON 9 Qi3 DIJDWIAYDS uonoeuuo DdIdA einpow ndul ov visit SseiBojouuo9 JeMod eseud THA 183 M9IA dop JEPp10294 WISAL FE EEE KE EN DEMNM GIN ET NN CNET G3SLIGIHOYd SI 3SvHdlH3 40 NOISSINYSd N3LLISM Seibojouuoa JeMOd 9SEUYdTHI on exam ues a umen T5 BUSOU Si ASH do NORSIS NALIN 243 PP 180 50 00 asuda 0 obo eyopdn ANY 3SvHdTN3 40 AbJ3dONd 310S JHL SI ST F XX 00 F XXX PT fot 760 60 pasinay AjyoeJuo2U pall ONIMVYG SIHL NI GSNIVLNOO NOLLVNYHOSNI 3HL A pod PT eo SJUSWWOD WDJ DIP poesi ey 3a SWAOH ME STWNID3A av SJONVYTTOL 31vadh ATIVNNYA LON OG S3HONI NI 3BV SNOISN3MIG ONIMVHO Q31VNH3N39 QVO QG3lJio3dS 3SIMM3HIO SS31Nn pajeoo si v 1S3 84 uoiuw ur jeued y JO SpISJNO uni SJE zey sejqeo JO pesn eq M pepjerus pels y Jeu pepueuiulooeJ UBIY SI I SION 9JIM pepueujs eB gz zI jdeooe syoojq jeuruuo 1S 8 S 81SIAS xiueoug now Ie 9JIM pepueujs eb gz zI junow lel NIG ydeo0e sy20 q jeuiuue 1S 8 S Z ALSIWS xiueoud 7 UMOUS JOU MOJ A Wonog uo sjeuiuue A ddns samog mala wonog 9 ASE ejnpoj g 1ndu
161. ERL TESLA 3000 Disturbance Recorder MP User Manual Version 2 6 Rev 1 Preface Information in this document is subject to change without notice 2013 ERLPhase Power Technologies Ltd All rights reserved Reproduction in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of ERLPhase Power Technologies Ltd is strictly forbidden This manual is part of a complete set of product documentation that includes detailed drawings and operation Users should evaluate the information in the context of the complete set of product documentation and their particular applications ERLPhase assumes no liability for any incidental indirect or consequential damages arising from the use of this documentation While all information presented is believed to be reliable and in accordance with accepted engineering practices ERLPhase makes no warranties as to the completeness of the information All trademarks used in association with B PRO F PRO iTMU L PRO ProLogic S PRO T PRO TESLA TESLA Control Panel Relay Control Panel RecordGraph and RecordBase are trademarks of ERLPhase Power Technologies Ltd Windows is a registered trademark of the Microsoft Corporation HyperTerminal is a registered trademark of Hilgraeve Modbus is a registered trademark of Modicon Contact Information D01721R02 61 ERLPhase Power Technologies Ltd Website www erlphase com Email info erlphase com Technical Support Email support erlph
162. ESLA 3000 4000 36 Chanels PMU Module 17 Communication Direct Serial Link Seri Unic Remote Access Network Link amp First P Address 192 168 100 46 Cc Second P Address 206 220 193 105 Use SOCKSS Proxy C Connect Through ED Add New Modem Serial Link Get Information From TESLA Folder placement Recordings Folder C Program Flas NdPhasakdata Dorsey Rec2 Rect Browse Configs Folder C Program FiestedPhaseidata Dorsey ReczWconf Browse cnet See Figure 3 6 Cooperative Mode Setup Been See Figure 3 7 Records Display On Site Access Figure 13 1 Cooperative Recording Group with Remote Access via Modem D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 13 3 13 Cooperative Recorder Group Step 1 Set up the Network 13 4 There are three main steps to setting up a cooperative recording group I Set up the network in the substation 2 Configure the individual recorders 3 Configure the Cooperative Recording Group These steps are covered in detail in the following sections You will need to create IED definitions for each of the group recorders and a special one for the cooperative group itself Example IED definitions are shown in Figure 13 1 on page 13 3 general instructions on how to create IED definitions are available in Adding Editing a Recorder Workspace Defini tion on page 5 3 1 Connect the LAN port on each recorder to the Ethernet switch An indus
163. Ele ment list Insert Element creates the new element above your current selec tion 3 Type the element name and Enter The typed text replaces the New Element text Step 1 Select desired channel group in tree Step 2 Right click and Step 3 Name element select Add Element and select Enter TESLA Control Panel Config Edit Zz Ble xi File Edit donfig View Help Element Tree El Identifidation Element Elementi Element 1 Element 1 Limit Type va Vb Ie Storage Alarms uie E Channel Group 1 Rename fee ten 2 3 El Elem nt 1 Isolated Neutral 401008 BS Vac Isolated Neutral 401006 69Vac Isol BY Analog Inputs Insert Element amp External Inputs E Summations amp Sequence Functions E Impedance Functions E Watts Vars Functions Add Element fly TESLA Control Panel Config Edit File Config View Help Mew Analog Input puts amp Logic Functions oof Digitais Fr Fault Locators E PF Functions Frequency Channel Group 2 New Impedance Trend p Mew Walls ars Mew Frequency Mew External Input s Sequence i o 1 New Summation Mew Sequence Mew Logic Function Mew Fault Locator Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Shaw Cerne Tree New PF Detector Main Menu Utilities New Meter Group TESLA Control Panel TESLA Control Panel v0 64 hl ET T ren d Jemo Unit Connected I Figure 8 9 Add an Ele
164. Element Name and channel Type do not sufficiently identify the channel Channel Grouping and Naming on page 8 8 Channel Identifies the physical input used by this channel This number is iden tified on the rear of the TESLA chassis The list shows only inputs not assigned to other channels To get an overview of channel assignments switch to the Channel Tree view and look at the Analog Channel list Module Type Indicates the type of external input isolation module used with this channel The list is limited to those modules appropriate for the selected channel type The module defines input scaling information to the system View Set Scale Sets the primary to secondary scale factor See details below 8 16 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 8 Configuring the Recorder Analog Input Channel Settings Angle Offset Specifies a phase angle offset to be applied to the channel The offset is included in Meter readings Trigger calculations Low speed recordings phasors Trend channels Output to calculated channels watts vars Impedance Summa tions Sequence components etc that use this channel as their input High speed recordings of this channel will not have the phase angle applied as they are basic representations of the individual sampled points When the Angle Offset is used on a channel that has been designated as the reference channel it affects the angle measurement of all other channels Se
165. File Config View Help Element Tree Identification Select a quantity TESLA Trend Definition El Channel Group 1 Aye d cda Scan Interval Alarm Contact P Elementi WEN place in feo i E Analog Inputs the Trend Definition Va Vb Channel Group 1 Vc Elementi Element1 YsumMag Yzer Damped Element1 vaMag la Em Analog Inputs Element1 sumAng Vzer Damped Elementi VaAng Damped Ib Hoa Va Row 3 Elementi Watts VA A Damped Element1 YaTHD Damped Ic Goa Yb Row 4 Element1 Vvars v amp A Damped Element1 aHar Damped In Ge Ye Rows Elementi VAVA A Damped Element1 bMadg Damped Summations H la Element 4 Mag Damped Elementi YbAng Damped Sequence Functions H a lb Element v2Mag Damped Element1 YbTHD Damped amp Impedance Functions El w Ic Element1 YOMag Damped Element1 YbHar Damped 4 Walts Vars Functions Ha In Element ZMag ZA Damped Elementi vcMag Damped Logic Functions Hm Summations Elementi Z ng ZA Damped Elementt YcAng Damped Fault Locators Hm Sequence Functions lt unassigned gt ie IElement1 VcTHD Damped PF Functions Ha Impedance Functions unassigned Element VcHar Damped Frequency Hm Wiatts vars Functions Row 13 lt unassigned gt Element1 laMag Damped Meter Groups T Frequency Row 14 lt unassigned gt Element slang Damped 1 Analogs sunassigned Element laTHD Damped 1 Digitals unassigned Element1 laHar Damped zm gt s
166. For TESLA records the data is written back to the original re cord so that the next time the record is viewed all the derived channel informa tion is readily available see Calculated Channels on page 11 71 Options gt Show Grid oix File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help Bi e z amp mu rar hamn Ta Br x eleele tt amp A HN Ble A n e v Show Grid G G3 Phase 0 4th tir SETTE Phase 0 4th tlr 2002 05 29 10 21 41 000 Manual trigger High Speed Channels Eodem Fi Sii Lyganib X41013482V Show Trigger M 105 0820 v Lock Markers o A 206 4302 V Extend Print Ranga Set Phase Colors 20 0 H H x 262 V Set Precision H 20 0252 Vi 40 0759 V 2002Ma i29 10 21 41 000 I 40 0497 V Winnipeg 1 H T 20 0 Analog Input 159 J X 0 5703 V NxtPhase 4 O 0 5703 V 2002Mavi29 10 21 41 000 I T r A 0 0000 V Winnipeg bd PPP hh tiii aa ga ri er Mtn 1 00 Line 1 la 1099 X 0 0115 A E NxtPhase O 0 0115 A 2002May 29 10 21 41 p00 i A 0 0000 A Winniped 1 1 1 1 00 404 Line 1 Ib B Ph Current 4 X 0 0074 A NxtPhase O 0 0074 2002Mavi29 10 21 41 000 1 A 0 0000 4 Winniped r 1 40 40 Line 1 Ic C Ph Current X 0 0138 A hlvtDhase L 1 i 1 I 0 1 1749 A h Seconds 010 ioo b 0 10 0 20 0 30 0 40 oso 6X 0 0100s 0 0500 s 4 A 0 0600 s A Analog1 Turn gri
167. INn DPA OTL 2PA OST 8Y JEUIWON K ddns samog 9E CIE LOE NIE GSE BSE LSE OSE SSE HSE ESE CSE LSE OSE 6vt BYE 6 O O O O O O O G O O G O Vaud Nis Nx Nu Nu eI NX Nu e il NET ra ecl s sud a oc zs d V pod V co V zo Nio S V 094 Xess Vac Vic 9L Z9L LOL 09L 6SL BSL ZSL 9SL SSL HSL ESL ZSL LSL OSL 6vl 8vL 0 9 9 0 0 9 9 9 9 0 9 9699 G 8 O VIVE NV XV Na Ui Nu Ne Y 80 LO ET LYE OVE SPE vvt EVE THE LYE ONE GEE BEE LEE Ott SEE VEE EEE Ctt O Oo 00 000 0 0000 0 0 0 0O G Vu NY Nu N 29 NY aya S NOLLdld2S3G wu W3GOW onal TWNYSLNI 1HOd LEE Ott 6ZE BIE LTE OTE STE vct ETE ZZE IZE OZE GLE BLE ZIE OLE O o 00 000 0 00 000 0 0 0 a O Vo Nay uy Nay Nay Nuy Nay Ne ZHO9 06 K2uenbaj4 waysks Ag z F sinduj bojeuy LVC 9vcC SPU byl tvc Cvc Lyc ObZ GET BET LET GET SEZ VET EET TET VU Ves V Nagy Vua NU Nx Nu LET OEZ 6cc 8ZZ LUT MT SCC vcc tcc ccc IZZ Occ GLT 81c LIZ OLT Va Vu No Va Vw Vu Vul Wi 2QASCI 8r Sindy jeujo1x3 Lvl 9vl Syl vel Ebl Cyl lvl Ovl GEL BEL ZEL OEL SEL HEL EEL TEL Vu Ne Vul Nu os Ve Vey LEL OEL 6ZL STL ZZL 9cL STL vcl ETL ZZL IZL OTL GLL Bll LLL OLL MoU UU Val Val Vul Vol NV 2GASZI 8r syndy jeujo1x3 GALIGIHOYd SI 3SVHd 183 40 NOISSIWH3d N3 LLIHM 3HLLINOHLIM TIOHM HO 18Vd NI NOLLINGOUdIY ANY ASWHd144 40 ALYIdOUd 31OS JHL SI DNIMVYG SIH L NI GANIVLNOD NOLIVWSOHNI 3HL W3GOW L238lG 7 14Od 9 DIYI SLE YLE ELE ZLE LLE OLE 60E BOE LO
168. Ic Mise In TRISCD Y y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbc Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4J Vbc Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Vn Analog Input36 External Lock or Unlock Markers Figure 11 47 Lock Markers Set Precision m Unit 4 Yb Unit 4 Vb m Unit 4 vc Unit 4 vc Seconds ES iy Ay Overlay lol xl 20 0K 15 0K 10 0K 5 0K 0 0 Y 10 0K 15 0K 20 0K ji n X 9 4678KV O 2 6927KV A 6 7751KV X and O markers are locked Lock or unlock X and O markers Options gt Extend Print Range gt jos 00 50 0075 0100 0425 0 0363s 0 0092 s al aa 0 0271 s Scale Primary File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help lt Default gt Galculate Derived Channels Now 3 e B x al alse v x 4 of af N ale recordemo1 tlr 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in El 86U2 Ext Input Tripped ipixi amp recordemol tlr El High Speed Channels El Analog Ay TRACDXVacVak A TRACDX IN Show Grid G Show X AxisTicks T Show Legends L Show Trigger Marker z Lock Markers K TRACDXI Ay TRACDX Ib Extend Print Range A TRICDX IA Set Phase Colors A TRACD Y Vac Va Ay TRACD Y In A TRACD Y lc b TRACD Y Ib Ay TRACD Y la TR44B X Vac Yab A TRAAB
169. In addition the TESLA will combine data captured using multiple time frames into a single record In the TESLA there are two modes of capturing data Edge Recording and Du ration Recording Both modes are available for High Speed Recording only Edge Recording is available for Low Speed Recording Qu TESLA J000 Comirol Panel Ursisries High Speed Fecordrsgi Trigger Mode Y foes Duration Samp Ate STED t mples Second Pre traggger Tec E z i D 1 amare Normal Record Lens 1 Uis Ts seconds Maceimum Record Lengthy 12 i Trend Fr condrnvat Sample fate Acum diabon Mode Status wire Speed Ears when na ACTIVE Trent Renge ren dull ACTIVE 65 days acoumulabed con NOT Mok appiicata Tor COR data fray p z L3 Dat Idenldicali n Commurscalon Recording heie Analog Inout Calibeat Sie To Bate Memory Hum Maria Anon cams TESLA 3000 Gintra Panel Figure 7 4 Recorder Setup Utilities Edge Recording In Edge Recording the rising edge of the trigger is used to create a record that has a set amount of pre trigger data and a set amount of post trigger This is known as a normal length record If another trigger is processed while the re cord is being created the record may be extended to the full normal length of data associated with the new trigger Multiple extensions can occur up to the Maximum Record Length limit Records with combined High Speed and Low Speed data
170. In addition 12 PMU Analogs which are the Watt Var and VA quantities to be also streamed with the PMU phasors at the same time to the Phasor Data Concentrator PDC You can also stream with the PMU phasors and the PMU analogs the 64 PMU Digitals breaker contacts to the PDC from a single TESLA 36 64 frames second PMU Definition Header Frame Text Line 1 CS TESLA m Phasor Options m Analog Options Digital Options D01721R02 61 PMU Analogs Selected Channel Full Scale Unit Active Name to Report PMU Phasors Row 1 PMU TEST Va 276 kv v Line 1 A volts Row 2 PMU TEST Vb 276 kv Iv Line 1 B volts Row 3 PMU TEST Vc 276 kv v Line 1 C volts Row 4 PMU TEST la 40000 A iv Line 1 amps Row 5 PMU TEST Ib 40000 A Iv Line 1 B amps Row 6 PMU TEST Ic 40000 A v Line 1 C amps Row 7 PMU TEST VO STN Seq 276 kv v PMU TEST VO STN Row 8 PMU TEST V1 STN Seq 276 kv v Positive Voltage Row 9 PMU TEST V2 STN Seq 276 kY v PMU TEST Y2 STN Row 10 PMU TEST STN Seq 40000 4 v PMU TEST STN Row 11 PMLI TEST 12 STN Seq 40000 A v PMU TEST I2 STN Row 12 PMU TEST I0 STN Seq 40000 A v PMU TEST IO STN PMU TEST VVatts LINE 1 MANY 33120 MAL v Line 1 Matts PMU TEST Yars LINE 1 MMV 33120 MV AR v Line 1 Mars PMU TEST YA LINE 1 MANY 33120 MYA v Line 1 MYA lt unassigned gt lt unassigned gt sunassigned a lt unassigned gt sunassigned unassigned lt unassigned gt f lt unassigned
171. Isolated DIN Rail Mounting 102406 Power Supply for 102404 120VAC to 12VDC DIN Rail Mounting 107051 RS232 Serial to Parallel Port Converter Note One of each component used TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix G 1 Appendix H TESLA Handling and Unpacking Long Term Storage Final Disposition D01721R02 61 Disposition To unpack a TESLA System Unit open the bottom of the box e place the box on the floor or a secure table e lift the box off of the unit leaving the TESLA and packing material standing intact remove the packing material from the TESLA dispose of the packing materials and box in a manner consistent with local waste disposal procedures and regulations We recommend recycling the box For long term storage e store the TESLA system unit in original packing container protect any of the components not in original from dust accumulation and moisture store all components indoors and protect from moisture accumulation Regulations governing disposal of electronics are rapidly being adopted and are constantly changing We recommend that local electronics disposal regu lations be reviewed prior to disposal of a TESLA system when it has reached the end of it s useful life The TESLA system unit contains a battery that should be disposed of separately and may contain other electronic components that are potentially subject to specific disposal instructions Use a local elec tron
172. Jun 25 18 24 31 565 Digital in El 52x HS Brkr Ext Input Open TRS Y Ib TRAAB Y la Unt Valet 4 Va m Unit amp Va Unit Unt 4 Vet 4 Vb Unt 4 Vc Und Vc V Lint amp La Ura ba m bet amp Vb Lind Unt 4lbUnit 4 amp Unt amp lc Und 4 Ay Misc An TRIGCD Moe Vac Bur 86 Vbe V Mec Veo Bus 4F Vix u Misc Vac Bur 4E Vic Mese Voc Bus 4 Vix Seconds vow 20 DOs s OUIXM t Ay Unt 4 Vac Unt 4 V n Analog ing 3 Fem Fadog Wy Tied Ay overtay Figure 11 104 Show Record Summary Digital Channel Status Indicator Highlight digital channel which change state with different icons and list only configured channels in the tree view A mimic screen shot of the icons 1s shown below The lt default gt template automatically displays the digital chan nels which changes the state old File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help mEES lt efauit gt z 5 slal Sr x a elle 9 ta amp 1 m en 4 3 EE Sl RELAYID 2002 04 19 15 54 02 4 RELA YID 2002 04 19 15 54 02 025 BPR 2002 04 19 10 54 02 025 A Input 1 SOBF 1 Trip El High Speed Channels X H Analog E External KI Spare 1 KEI Spare 2 KEI Spare 3 KEI Spare 4 m A Inp2 50BF 2 Trip KEI Spare 5 amp EI Spare 6 Icon with changes in the digital status Icon with no changes Aing SOLS High in the digital status A amp Inp3 50LS 2 High AEI Spare 7
173. LED ON Test Mode LED ON Failure Contact OPEN Persistent Error Recorder Functional LED OFF Alarm LED ON Failure Contact CLOSED D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 14 5 14 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling Diagnostic Tools The recorder has an internal log file to aid in problem diagnosis The log can be viewed from the Maintenance Menu see below As well a full diagnostic information package can be generated and uploaded to your PC where it can be e mailed to ERLPhase customer support for analysis The Maintenance menu also has tools to help diagnose SCADA problems and network communication problems 14 6 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 15 PMU Optional Software Module This chapter describes the installation and operation of the TESLA 3000 PMU module It supports the first time user and clarifies details of the equipment Overview Phasor l PMU functionality is an optional software product feature on the TESLA Dis Measurement Unit turbance Recorder Model 3000 The PMU module can be installed as a field PMU Description upgrade The PMU functionality complies with the IEEE C37 118 2005 stan dard Synchrophasors for Power Systems You can transmit up to 12 user se lectable phasors as individual phase quantities or three phase positive negative or zero sequence phasors or summated phasors via Ethernet serial port or modem at rates up to 60 frames each second You can also transmit to the PDC 12 Analog quant
174. Load to IED 2000 Aug 18 15 25 16 None Copy Delete Rename Import Save As Copy from other IED New Configuration New Close Main Menu Config Mar TESLA Control Panel Current IED Dev TE Connected A Figure 8 3 Saved Configurations Saved configuration files are shown under the Saved Settings heading in the list Control Panel can store many saved configuration files limited only by hard disk and Windows operating system constraints Saved configuration files can be created displayed and modified copied re named deleted or loaded into the recorder Click the desired configuration from the Saved Settings list then select the appropriate action button on the right ofthe screen Double clicking on a configuration is equivalent to clicking the Edit button TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Loading a Saved Configuration Creating a New Configuration Using Another Recorder s Configuration as a Starting Point D01721R02 61 8 Configuring the Recorder It is recommended that you maintain a copy of each recorder s cur rent configuration as a Saved Setting for a backup It can be loaded into a replacement recorder if the unit ever needs to be serviced Note A configuration file must be compatible with the firmware on the recorder in order to be loaded Compatibility is defined by the Set tings Version a number which identifies the version of configuration file a given version
175. Make sure the Master IP Address is different from the TESLA IP Address DNP TCP or UDP Defines the TCP or UDP port on which the DNP service may be accessed Usually set to 20000 Diagnostics Protocol monitor utilities are available to assist in resolving SCADA commu nication difficulties such as incompatible baud rate or addressing The utilities can be accessed through the Maintenance user interface for details see 14 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling on page 1 D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 4 11 4 Communicating with the Recorder Setting Windows Serial Port Parameters Direct Serial Link Windows XP 7 4 12 To achieve a direct serial link between a serial port on the recorder and one on your PC both ports need to be running with the same communication param eters This section describes how to change the baud rate of your computer s serial port The recorder s Port 1 and Port 2 communication parameters are 8 bit data no parity and I stop bit non configurable Hardware or software flow control automatically handles either The default baud rate of Port 1 and Port 2 1s 38 400 The baud rate for these ports is configured through the recorder s user interface via TESLA Con trol Panel software see on page 4 4 The computer s serial port communication parameters are set through the APT SERIAL Dial Up Network which was created as part of the installation of Control Panel software
176. Not Connected x Figure 8 22 Power Factor Function Configuration TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 8 Configuring the Recorder Power Factor Function Settings Element Identifies the group to which this channel belongs The Element forms the first part of the channel name The Element is selected when the channel is created and is fixed once assigned when you are working in the Element Tree view Description Optional field 12 characters Provides an additional description of the channel that forms part of the channel name Use if Element Name and channel Type do not sufficiently identify the channel Channel Grouping and Naming on page 8 8 PF Detector Index Identifies the Power Factor funtion You can select any available fun tion If the only option is undefined you have already used all availa ble channels Watts Vars function to monitor Specifies which Watts Vars channel to use as input Must be previ ously defined Trigger Settings Disable detector if VA less than Allows the trigger to be supervised by a minimum VA level Can be set in primary or secondary units Limit Power factor trigger level O to 1 in 0 001 increments Delay Requires the element to be energized before an active state is deter mined Settable from 1 to 10 000 seconds in 1 second increments Trigger Action Enable Enables or disables the associated trigger A trigger can be disabled wi
177. Pos C Phase Ground Inder mpe ance Tes zea El Phase Phase Iv Zab WM Zbc M Zca 7 Zonel Mho v r Other impedance IV Zone2 Mho v Zline ZLoad v Zone3 Mho m IV Blinders IT Direction v Zoned Mho v Launch Close Record name R20364 2000 11 08_03 12 31 843 Ipr R Ohms P EX Ohms 20 10 0 10 20 30 Time Window s al L Width s 0 0109 ae 0 16675 0 0510s Position s 0 0619 Wi Scale Secondary Figure 11 73 Example Showing the Line and Blinder Impedances Check the Z Line and Blinder boxes then select the Apply button to superim pose the line and blinder impedances TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records Select this button to enable CrossHair measurement feature De Wee gap Mere Gode Options ep mj eia Be x sjel 29 tle SJ SJ lel 54 2 8 figarecict ghapesdandmemg Ir OTIO TA CM A ss Laber pes gan Loss ilg BYA eleis ak Loo Two Papa Phassd gh Soes LA OD 3400s Argen Jet Fhasa mace Hahn Speed Sh Lobes nit Los Tbe Phaipe fha Spes mum CD Ad db inga Toc Phare Fhaigh Spese mC Lebeka Vc ley Lone Tom Praes Prae be Sopas CIRil4 kc do Ton Pre Pte debe Spes i CrossHair delane measurements JO p 40770 X Of 78830 Z Joel 1638 Fn E a gi Ps Ae P AT fr TA F F Q Hirka Dre 106 TER X COPIE 827 GA T ofl XD eae _ msme He eee cn
178. RERO l re ieoa Jem Jason Rose e SOT ME Bp uoa Figure 11 74 Example Illustrating the Use of the CrossHair Measurement Select the CrossHair button When you drag the mouse left button down and move on any point on the trace the R X and the Z corresponding values are displayed You can move the cursor anywhere on the graph to get the measurement When this feature is enabled free form zooming is disabled but you can use the graph zoom control to get a closer look at the trace Select this button to set an arbitrary line IIr a YX qo nix De wee Graph Measure Sake Options ti emsa gt amm Offa s m gt edet ml ole gt 0 HN lel aio hgae2 I eghapeedandimng amp t2 Or wohipeedandeor Letemer s ow Veg ar High Speed E dr SVA Loe Vakv LG Lem Phap renee Speed eu 0 1140 ia Ares Tam Phase FPhace stgh Speed Moe amp VB Letelier Ve KV LO The Mane Phase Hoh Speed OB CB Aepi Zoe Phase Thate High Speed h eee mv ar OG 1580 Ange Fee manni i Vane We vLG Lent Va lV LG ws Arbitrary line for the Leten Vb kV LG E rer Vert O reference purpose y Ch 401a Ampr CB lib Anos CB 40 he Aene CB 41 ha Ae CR 41b Ac p p c Figure 11 75 Example of the Line Feature Set a reference line to measure the data using the Line feature This line is a reference line and not associated with the data values When the line option is enabled the free form box zo
179. SUM19 Angle 40806 180 to 180 10 SUM20 Magnitude 40807 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM20 Angle 40808 180 to 180 10 D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix D 11 Appendix D Modbus Functions Appendix D 12 SUM21 Magnitude 40809 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM21 Angle 40810 180 to 180 10 SUM22 Magnitude 40811 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM22 Angle 40812 180 to 180 10 SUM23 Magnitude 40813 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM23 Angle 40814 180 to 180 10 SUM24 Magnitude 40815 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM24 Angle 40816 180 to 180 10 SUM25 Magnitude 40817 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM25 Angle 40818 180 to 180 10 SUM26 Magnitude 40819 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM26 Angle 40820 180 to 180 10 SUM27 Magnitude 40821 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM27 Angle 40822 180 to 180 10 SUM28 Magnitude 40823 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM28 Angle 40824 180 to 180 10 SUM29 Magnitude 40825 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM29 Angle 40826 180 to 180 10 SUM30 Magnitude 4827 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM30 Angle 40828 180 to 180 10 Sequence Metering Channels SEQ1 Positive 41025 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ1 Negative 41026 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ1 Zero 41027 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ2 Positive 41028 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ2 Negative 41029 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ2 Zero 41030 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ3 Positive 41031 0 to 3276 7 uni
180. Sequence Function 4 Zero Sequence Function 5 Positive Sequence Function 5 Negative Sequence Function 5 Zero Sequence Function 6 Positive Sequence Function 6 Negative Sequence Function 6 Zero Sequence Function 7 Positive Sequence Function 7 Negative Sequence Function 7 Zero Sequence Function 8 Positive Sequence Function 8 Negative Sequence Function 8 Zero TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 D01721R02 61 Name Point Index Units Sequence Function 9 Positive Appendix E DNP3 Reference Change Event Class Sequence Function 9 Negative Sequence Function 9 Zero Sequence Function 10 Positive Sequence Function 10 Negative Sequence Function 10 Zero Sequence Function 11 Positive Sequence Function 11 Negative Sequence Function 11 Zero Sequence Function 12 Positive Sequence Function 12 Negative Sequence Function 12 Zero Watts Vars Function 1 P Watts Vars Function 1 Q Watts Vars Function 1 S Watts Vars Function 2 P Watts Vars Function 2 Q Watts Vars Function 2 S Watts Vars Function 3 P Watts Vars Function 3 Q Watts Vars Function 3 S Watts Vars Function 4 P Watts Vars Function 4 Q Watts Vars Function 4 S Watts Vars Function 5 P Watts Vars Function 5 Q Watts Vars Function 5 S Watts Vars Function 6 P Watts Vars Function 6 Q Watts
181. Signal Properties Use IEEE 1344 If Present Do not use IEEE 1344 IRIG Source is UTC C Local Time C Local Time with DST L Manually Set IED Time enabled when IRIG is not present Manuall Set IED Time Recorder Time Zone Setting 4 his West of Greenwich ve numbered hrs d East of Greenwich ve numbered hrs 4 41 1 Time Figure 7 6 Recorder Setup Utilities Time Control When the time is changed manually or by the application of IRIG B any ex isting trend and continuous disturbance recording data will be compromised You should erase this data after performing the time change Displayed Time Time is maintained in UTC format on the recorder 1 e without a time zone offset or daylight savings time applied If the clock feeding the IRIG B time signal to the recorder is sending local time the recorder converts it to UTC in ternally The time displayed in the Time Control screen above is determined by the ad jacent time display settings The recorder will automatically convert from its internal UTC time as required The Recorder Time Zone Setting determines the offset between Local time and UTC DST will automatically add 1 hour to the offset 1f appropriate D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 7 9 7 Recorder Setup Utilities Event and Record Event timestamps in the recorder s Event Log are also controlled by the above Timestamps time display settings They will be displayed
182. Size 200 Point Index Change Event Class External Input 1 External Input 2 External Input 3 External Input 4 External Input 5 External Input 6 External Input 7 External Input 8 External Input 9 External Input 10 External Input 11 External Input 12 External Input 13 D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix E 3 Appendix E DNP3 Reference Appendix E 4 Name External Input 14 Point Index Change Event Class External Input 15 External Input 16 External Input 17 External Input 18 External Input 19 External Input 20 External Input 21 External Input 22 External Input 23 External Input 24 External Input 25 External Input 26 External Input 27 External Input 28 External Input 29 External Input 30 External Input 31 External Input 32 External Input 33 External Input 34 External Input 35 External Input 36 External Input 37 External Input 38 External Input 39 External Input 40 External Input 41 External Input 42 External Input 43 External Input 44 External Input 45 External Input 46 External Input 47 External Input 48 External Input 49 External Input 50 External Input 51 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Appendix E DNP3 Reference Name Point Index Change
183. TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 External Input Channels Alarm Contacts D01721R02 61 2 Connection and Power Up inal currents The module can withstand 20x nominal for 1 second and has a maximum thermal rating of 400A for I second Model 401014 has a nominal signal level of 5 A RMS Model 401020 has a nominal signal level of 1 A RMS Split Core CT The Split Core CT is designed to clamp around the secondary circuit wires of a primary current transformer It is intended for situations where an outage 1s not possible to connect an in line CT The outputs from the CT are impedance matched to connect directly to the TESLA s analog input connectors All mod els have a dynamic range that can pass 20x nominal currents continuously Model 401013 has a nominal signal level of 5 A RMS Model 401017 has a nominal signal level of 1 A RMS Clamp on CT The Clamp on CT Model 401012 is a clothespin style device designed to clamp around the secondary circuit wires of a primary current transformers It is intended for quick temporary connection to existing circuits The outputs from the CT are impedance matched to connect directly to the TESLA s analog input connectors The Clamp on CT has a nominal signal level of 5A RMS and can pass 20x nominal currents continuously DC Module The DC input module Model 401016 provides dc coupled isolation and scal ing for four independent dc or ac voltage or current channels DC module chan nels have a
184. TEST Vseq STN Seq Ang 0 000 PMU TEST lseq STN SeqMag 8005 68 PMU TEST lseq STN Seq Ang 28 818 PMU TEST Iseq STN Seq Mag 5 095 A PMU TEST iseq STN Seq Ang 0000 PMU TEST Iseq STN Seq Mag 0 1783 A PMUTESTiseq STN Seq Ang 0 0000 Frequency 1 60 000 Hz PMU TESTA LIME 1 KMV 2881 22 MA PMU TEST WAV LINE 1 MW MV 1637 6 MVAR PMU TEST WAVLINE 1 MWIMV 3314 11 MVA PMU TEST MINE LINE 2 NVAMV 2881 22 MW PMU TEST WM LINE 2 MYIMV 1637 6 MVAR PMU TEST AVALLINE 2 MVM 3314 11 MVA EK ea hie A CORTAS eo Bg Fi Note that the PMU metering is a default metering view and is considered the 10th user defined metering group This means if the setting file already has 10 user defined Metering groups the PMU metering replaces the last 10th me tering group Hence the total number of user defined Metering groups available will be 9 instead of 10 D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 15 15 15 PMU Optional Software Module Maintenance and Error Handling Any Phasor Data Concentrator PDC program which can communicate with the PMU is a good starting point for the trouble shooting Use the TVA s Ten nessee Valley Authority free PMU Connection Tester program PDC devel oped to support the Eastern Interconnect Phasor Project EIPP to check the basic communications with the PMU Download the TVA tester program and the installation procedure from the fol lowing web site http phasors pnl g
185. Tech nical Bulletin 9804 002 DNP Confirmation and Retry Guidelines The DataLink Timeout is automatically disabled when using either DNP3 Level 2 TCP or UDP Master IP Address For either DNP3 Level 2 TCP or UDP the Master IP Address must be set to the IP address of the master device that will be polling the TESLA This prevents unauthorized master devices from communicat ing with the TESLA Note This setting does not control the IP address of the recorder s Ethernet port That is done through the recorder s Maintenance Menu Make sure the Master IP address is different from the recorder s IP address Port For either DNP3 Level 2 TCP or UDP the Port is the TCP or UDP port that the DNP service may be accessed at and is usually set to 20000 For details regarding the data and functions available on the TESLA recorder s SCADA port see Modbus Functions in Appendix D and DNP3 Reference in Appendix E TESLA 3000 User Manual 7 5 7 Recorder Setup Utilities Recording Control Settings Edge Mode 7 6 The Recording Settings control the parameters of the High Speed Recording Low Speed Recording and Trend Logging For High Speed and Low Speed Recording the TESLA recorder can create up to three records simultaneously The TESLA employs sophisticated trigger combination algorithms used to combine data from multiple events into a sin gle record and also to reduce the amount of redundant data in the records
186. The TESLA is a modular high quality power system recording system It is available in 18 and 36 channel models The Main Processor Board consists of a DSP a 586 processor serial ports an Ethernet port an IRIG B processor a watchdog and a power supply that sup plies the other boards All other boards are connected to the MPB as I O The MPB has a socket for an optional internal modem The 18 channel TESLA has 32 external inputs and 4 contact outputs provided by External Input Board 1 Inputs are optically isolated and accepts up to 300 Vdc The 36 channel TESLA has a second bank of 32 external inputs and 4 contact outputs provided by External Input Board 2 for a total of 64 external inputs Rear panel connection to the board is provided by removable screw terminal strips Terminal strips are keyed to ensure that the correct terminal strip 1s in stalled into the correct bank The TESLA s analog input channels to the recorder are provided by the Ana log Input Board The 18 channel TESLA has only half of the board populated Rear panel connection to the board is provided by removable screw terminal strips which are keyed to ensure that the correct terminal strip 1s installed into the correct bank The Comm Board provides the TESLA with two RS 232 ports IRIG B time synchronization input network or telephone connection The RS 232 ports are female DB 9S connectors IRIG B is a male BNC the telephone jack is an RJ 11 and the modem j
187. Unit 4 Vb LInit 4 Vb y Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 1a Unit 4 la Unit 4 1b Unit 4 Ib Ay Unit 4 lc Unit 4 le Misc In TRT8CD Y y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc j Misc Vac Bus AF Vbc 20 0K y Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbc r T r 7 1 v Mise Vac Bus 4 Vbc Seconds 0 020 0 040 0 060 0080 0100 0420 0440 0160 0480 Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Vn i xl Analog Input36 lt l 3 X Timeline i ein E Save the current graphical layout information into a File Scale Primary Figure 11 6 Save Template Use this option to save the current graphical layout information to a file see Templates on page 11 56 for further explanations on templates and their role in graphical analysis When this option is chosen and if there are no templates in the template list then a Save As Template dialog box is displayed Otherwise the current layout information is saved in a file as shown in the template list box File gt Save Template As WBRecordGraph ini x File Graph Measure males 31 de siis x eleke xj jo a nd N ale 1 recordemol tlr j El High Speed Channels E Analog Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Va TRACD X Vac Vab TRACD XIn A TRACDX IG TRACD X Ib j TRACDXIa y TRACD Y Vac Vab j TRACD Y In j TRACD Y lc j TRACD Y Ib TRACD Y la TR4AB X Vac Vab A TRAABX In TRAAB X ec A TRAAB
188. Vars Function 6 S Watts Vars Function 7 P Watts Vars Function 7 Q Watts Vars Function 7 S Watts Vars Function 8 P Watts Vars Function 8 Q Watts Vars Function 8 S Watts Vars Function 9 P TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix E 15 Appendix E DNP3 Reference Change Event Name Point Index Units Scale Class Watts Vars Function 9 Q Watts Vars Function 9 S Watts Vars Function 10 P Watts Vars Function 10 Q Watts Vars Function 10 S Watts Vars Function 11 P Watts Vars Function 11 Q Watts Vars Function 11 S Watts Vars Function 12 P Watts Vars Function 12 Q Watts Vars Function 12 S Watts Vars Function 13 P Watts Vars Function 13 Q Watts Vars Function 13 S Watts Vars Function 14 P Watts Vars Function 14 Q Watts Vars Function 14 S Watts Vars Function 15 P Watts Vars Function 15 Q Watts Vars Function 15 S Watts Vars Function 16 P Watts Vars Function 16 Q Watts Vars Function 16 S Watts Vars Function 17 P Watts Vars Function 17 Q Watts Vars Function 17 S Watts Vars Function 18 P Watts Vars Function 18 Q Watts Vars Function 18 S Group 1 Frequency Hz Group 2 Frequency Hz Impedance Function 1 Mag ohms Impedance Function 1 Angle degrees Impedance Function 2 Mag ohms Impedance Function 2 Angle degrees Impedance Function 3 Mag ohms
189. X Ib A TRAABXla y MiscIn TRIBCD X Ir A Misc In TR17ABX In Save Template As x y Misc In TR17AB Y In TR4AB Y Vac Vab 5 A Mom Name United LPRO j TRAABY IG A TRAAB Y Ib TRAAB Y la Save as default template Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Yb Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 Vc A Unit 4la Unit 4 la Ag Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 Ic Unit 4 Ic y Misc In TRT8CD Y y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc Ay Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbe k gt i gt gt F Ay Misc Vac Bus 4J Vbc Seconds 0 000 0 040 0 060 0080 0100 0420 0140 0150 0 180 A Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Vn LES y Analog Input36 lt l um 1 sl imeline recordemo1 tlr 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in EI 86U2 Ext Input Tripped 20 0K swell 1988 Jun 25 18 24 31 484028 4 EI Scale Primary 4 Figure 11 7 Save Template As Save the current graphical layout information in a different file A dialog box is displayed to choose the template file name The check box save as default TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records template if checked saves the current template as a user defined default tem plate see Templates on page 11 56 File Template Manager M RecordGraph SS lol x Fie view Graph Measure Scale Options Help mEES lt defaut 7 e slal Ela x a elle a tla amp a S wel e F8 a recordemol tlr a El High Speed Channels El
190. X XXX XXX 128 191 192 223 0 127 224 255 Reserved TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Step 2 Set Up the Individual Recorders D01721R02 61 3 1 13 Cooperative Recorder Group If network access to the recorder from a different network or subnet is in tended it may be necessary to change the recorder s default gateway and or its network mask By default the recorder has no default gateway and a net work mask of 255 255 255 0 These settings can be changed through the re corder s Maintenance Menu note on PPP addresses TESLA uses 3 pairs of IP addresses for its serial PPP point to point protocol communication one for the front serial port one for the rear serial modem port and one for communication with Re cordBase Central Station These IP addresses can be viewed and changed through the recorder s Maintenance Menu To assist in verifying and troubleshooting network connections an IP Ping function is available through the recorder s Maintenance Menu In addition a communications status indicator is available in Control Panel see the Check button on the Cooperative Mode Setup screen Figure 13 2 on page 13 8 Configure the Master Recorder s modem and connect to the telephone switch This step is only required if remote access to the recorders will take place through modem rather than a wide area network The set up of both internal and external modems 1s described in Commu nicat
191. XUIN A TRAABXL A TR4AB Xb A TRAABXCa y Misc In TRTBCD X In n Misc In TR174B X In y Misc In TRTZAB Y In TRAAB Y Vac Yab A TRAAB Y In A TRAAB Y Ic A TRAAB Y Ib A TRAAB Y la Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Yb Unit 4 vb Unit 4 Vc LInit 4 Vc v Unit 4 1a Unit 4 la y Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 Ib y Unit 4 Ic Unit 4 Ic Misc In TRT8CD Y y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4 Vbc y Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Vn y Analog Input36 External Prints all the channels of the view for the entire data extent based on the current zoom level Set Precision v m Unit 4 vb Unit 4 Vb m Unit 4 vc Unit 4 Vc Seconds Ay Overlay recordemo1 tlr 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in E 86U2 Ext Input Tripped 20 0K 15 0K 10 0K 5 0K 0 0 10 0K Figure 11 48 Extend Print Range i 0 030 0 020 oo 0 000 X 9 4578KV O 2 5927KV 6 7751KV Entire data is printed in multiple L sr pages at the current zoom level VA 20 0K 0 050 0 040 E 0010 0020 0 0363s 0 0092 s gt 0 0271 s 3 amp Eha x amp amp pepe a t af AJ HH mle ae ra ul Scale Primary Print all the channels of the view for the entire data range in the current zoom level TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records Options Set Phase Colors Mrecoracran OEN 9
192. acent to the space you originally clicked Alter natively use the selection tree that appears to the immediate left of the trend grid Use the tree s expansion buttons to locate the desired channel then drag and drop your selection on the grid TESLA 3000 User Manual 8 43 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 44 You can control how the data is accumulated between logged values for each trended value The Process Options are as follows Trend Accumulation Modes Damped default Logs a value representative of the measurements during the inter val Undamped Logs the last value measured during the interval Avg Logs the average measured value over the interval Min Logs the minimum measured value over the interval Max Logs the maximum measured value over the interval You can record the same channel with more than one Process Option but you can not record the same channel with the same Process Option more than once When you have defined a trending process a long term event log is started au tomatically If you wish to have the long term event log without trending any data define a trend without any channels in it A daily limit of 1000 events can be stored in the trend log TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Printing Printing a Configuration Printing a SCADA Address List D01721R02 61 8 Configuring the Recorder VF TESLA Control Panel Config Edit x j Next Page mdr Zoom
193. ack mounting screws to provide case grounding Ground the recorder even when testing Power Supply ERLPhase recorders come with a wide range power supply 40 300 Vdc that can be used with 48 125 or 250 Vdc nominal systems or with standard 120 Vac power To protect against possible short circuit in the supply use an in line fuse or cir cuit breaker with a 5 A rating Make the chassis ground connection to ensure proper operation and safety The recorder does not have a power switch the unit will start as soon as voltage is applied to the power supply input D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 2 1 2 Connection and Power Up Signal Connections Analog Input Channels and Input Modules Input Module Types 2 2 The recorder s 18 or 36 analog inputs are generic low level 5 5 V pp non isolated signal inputs They take their input from external interface modules that provide scaling isolation and surge protection The external input modules accept conventional substation voltage and current signals and convert them into low level voltages that are fed into the recorder s analog inputs The modules are mounted on DIN rails to make wiring easier and minimize rack space requirements Modules can be located up to 1220 meters 4000 feet from the recorder The wire used for the connection between the modules and the recorder can range in size from 16 to 20 AWG It is highly recommended that twisted shielded wire be used for
194. ack is an RJ 45 The Power Supply conditions and converts the input power for use by the in ternal electronics The wide input voltage provides the TESLA with the ability to operate from 40 to 300 Vde or 120 Vac Data storage for the TESLA recorder is a 1 GB solid state FLASH IDE drive Other options are available The Front Panel Board provides visual indication of the status of the TESLA recorder and a front panel RS 232 port TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix B 1 Appendix C Glossary AC Analog Input An ac current or voltage that is obtained from a current transformer or a voltage trans former connected to an element on the power system AC Analog Summation Configuration of TESLA allows two AC analog quantities to be summed For example currents from two parallel lines can be summed to produce a set of combined currents AC Input Module This device takes in the voltage or current quantities 4 currents or 3 voltages dependent on model modifies these input quantities into low level signals that are suitable for input into the TESLA recorder back panel The conversion ratio is stated on the module Out puts from these modules can be connected to any of the Analog Input terminals on TESLA COMTRADE Common Format for Transient Data Exchange IEEE standard C37 111 1991 IEEE Standard Common Format for Transient Data Exchange COMTRADE for Power Sys tems which describes a common format for exchange of recorded power system
195. acy Any calibration test set which generates GPS controlled signal with the accuracy as specified in the standard C37 118 1s a good candidate ERLPhase recommends Doble test set F6150 with the associated GPS equipment This process is similar to that as described in the TESLA User Manual Mag nitude calibration is required whenever the input module and or the TESLA recorder sample rate are changed You must carry out the magnitude calibration as explained in the previous sec tion before the phase angle calibration Phase angle calibration is achieved by comparing the known applied phase an gle from the test set and the phase angle reported in the TESLA PMU module metering screen see Metering Display on page 6 1 For example if the test set 1s applying a sinusoidal signal at nominal voltage of 69 Vrms at 0 degree phase angle at nominal system frequency its cosine referenced signal will be 69 Vrms at 90 degrees The PMU should report 69 Vrms at 90 degrees If the PMU reports 89 5 degrees there 1s a difference of 0 5 degrees with respect to the applied signal assuming that the test set phase angle 1s accurate with in tol erable limits as per C37 118 This phase angle offset can be introduced in the analog channel configuration as shown Setting up angle calibration offset through analog channel configuration on page 15 5 TESLA 4000 Camirai Pansi Config Edi JE DOCUOJDUS 2417 UUW UE 344444474
196. af Af H mle Le 8 El Analog PTT PT1N2 Undo Zoom Reset Zoom CtrR A PTING CT1 1A H CT1 1B H5 A CTLICHS CT2 14 H5 Ay CT218 H5 CT2 1C HS V CT3 1AL5 CT31BLS A CT31CLS CTAJALS CT4 1B L5 CT4 1C L5 A CTSJATS y CT5 1B T5 CT5 1C 7S la Operating y Ib Operating y Ic Operating la Restraint Ib Restraint Ic Restraint External Summation Change Scale Y axis Ctrl p9 47 781441 Seconds 80 bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr 80 r 0 180 EI 0 200 i 0 220 i 0 240 T T 0 260 T T 0 280 w La X Timeline Zoom In axis Scale Secondary Figure 11 38 Zoom Y Axis N Select this option to decrease the y axis range by 25 of the current zoom range Scale gt Zoom Y Axis record File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help mjejejs for mx Bel alal sje x elelee x 10 af Hb mI 5 E bank 8 19851 9911 Zoom Y Axis Ctrl High Speed Channels El Analog PTIM y PTIN2 Undo Zoom PTIN3 250 bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr Reset Zoom Ctr eR o7 761441 2n Change Scale Y axis Ctrl Y CT11B HS ECT1 1C H5 150 A CT21AHS y CT2 1B HS Ay CT2 1CHS d CT331ALS j CT3 1B LS A CTZICLS ECT41AL5 y CT41BLS CT41C LS ECTS1A T5 0 A CT5 I
197. al I P 1 10001 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 2 10002 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 3 10003 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 4 10004 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 5 10005 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 6 10006 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 7 10007 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 8 10008 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 9 10009 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 10 10010 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 11 10011 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 12 10012 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 13 10013 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 14 10014 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 15 10015 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 16 10016 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 17 10017 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 18 10018 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 19 10019 0 Off inactive 1 On active TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 D01721R02 61 Appendix D Modbus Functions External I P 20 10020 Off inactive On active External I P 21 10021 Off inactive On active External I P 22 10022 Off inactive On active External I P 23 10023 Off inactive On active External I P 24
198. al Record None Display Local Record List None Delete Local Record None Trends Delete Trends local None Delete Trends on IED CHANGE Download Trends VIEW Display Trends None Event Log VIEW Events Display Event Log VIEW Erase Event Log CHANGE Metering Metering Display VIEW Utilities Display Unit Identification VIEW Set Unit Identification CHANGE Display Communication Settings VIEW Set Communication Settings CHANGE Display Recording Settings VIEW Set Recording Settings CHANGE Display Time amp Settings VIEW Set Time amp Settings CHANGE Display Calibration VIEW Save Calibration Changes SERVICE Configuration Display Configurations Online VIEW Display Configurations Offline None Load Configuration to IED CHANGE Save Local Configuration None 7 16 Delete Local Configuration TESLA 3000 User Manual None D01721R02 61 8 Configuring the Recorder Where the Setup Utilities of the previous chapter specify the recorder s global characteristics it is the recorder s Configuration File that defines its individual channels and recording triggers The configuration file identifies and adjusts the recorder s input channels de rived calculated channels record triggers metering displays and trend logs It also
199. al or external events Sags and Swells Sag and swell detection can be enabled on any ana log input channel configured as a voltage Interface amp Communication Front Panel Indicators 6 LEDs Recorder Functional IRIG B Functional Recorder Triggered Records Stored Test Mode Alarm Serial User Interface Port 1 and 2 RS 232 ports to 58K baud Port 2 can support an external modem Internal Modem 33 6 Kbps V 32 bis Optional Network 10 100BaseT Ethernet port standard SCADA Interface DNP3 RS 232 or Ethernet or Modbus RS 232 Rear port Configurable Alarms 6 contacts Normally open Cross trigger 1 contacts 4 Normally open Self Checking Recorder 1 contact 1 Normally closed Inoperative Time Sync IRIG B BNC connector Modulated or unmodulated Ratings Analog Input Channels ac Voltage Module Nominal Input Vn269 V RMS 120 Root 3 Full Scale Continuous 138V RMS Burden 0 15 VA 69 V RMS ac Current Modules Nominal Input In 5 A or 1A RMS Continuous 3x In Full Scale 20x In for 1 second Thermal 400A RMS for 1 second Burden lt 0 25 VA 5A External Inputs digital Will turn on gt 38 Vdc Will not turn on lt 25 Vdc Maximum input 300 Vdc Burden gt 10 kilo ohm Externally wetted Alarm Contacts Make 8 A Vdc Carry 8 A Vdc Break 0 15 A at 125 Vdc 0 10 A at 250 Vdc Cross trigger contact 4 Pick up lt 10 ms
200. ald File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help Walls ou so Fe sex eale xti a e N ale av Show Grid G c peasant i Show X AxisTicks T recordemot tlr 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in El 8602 Ext Input Tripped ign Spee iannels E Analog Show Legends L 2006 x a457env u TRACD XVacVak Show Trigger Marker z O 2 6927KV y TRACDX In Lock Markers K A 6 7751KV bi Set Phase Colors u TRAAB X Vac Vab u TR4ABX In Ay TR4ABXIC u TRAABX Ib A TRAABXLa i A Misc In TRT8CD X In motd M O Red m lA O Red ti A Misc n TR17ABX In y Misc In TR17AB Y In TRAMBY Vac Vab N TR BYI VB Blue IB fj Blue X Ay TR4AB Y lc A TRAAB Y Ib TRAAB Y la x Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Va VC Green w IC Green br v Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb Ay Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 Vc Unit 4la Unit 4 la Unit Alb Unit 4 Ib Apply to all the views Ay Unit 4Ic Unit 4 Ic Cancel Ugo X 0 0383 s 0 0092 s Ay Misc In TRISCD Y W A0071s 4 Lara Extend Print Range ok Ay TRACD Xa Set Phase Colors Ay TRACD Y VaeVat Ay TRACD Y In Set Precision gt i y TRACD Y Ic 10 0K Set Phase Colors es Unit 4 y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4J Vbc Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Vn y Analog Input36 Ayo H External Set desired voltage and current phase colors Scale Primary A Figure 11 49 Set Phase Colors La
201. alog Input 34 Angle degrees Analog Input 34 THD Analog Input 34 SHL Analog Input 34 DC Analog Input 35 Magnitude Analog Input 35 Angle degrees Analog Input 35 THD Analog Input 35 SHL Analog Input 35 DC Analog Input 36 Magnitude Analog Input 36 Angle degrees Analog Input 36 THD Analog Input 36 SHL Analog Input 36 DC Summation 1 Magnitude Summation 1 Angle degrees Summation 2 Magnitude Summation 2 Angle degrees Summation 3 Magnitude Summation 3 Angle degrees Summation 4 Magnitude Summation 4 Angle degrees Summation 5 Magnitude Summation 5 Angle degrees Appendix E 12 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 D01721R02 61 Name Summation 6 Magnitude Point Index Units Appendix E DNP3 Reference Change Event Class Summation 6 Angle degrees Summation 7 Magnitude Summation 7 Angle degrees Summation 8 Magnitude Summation 8 Angle degrees Summation 9 Magnitude Summation 9 Angle degrees Summation 10 Magnitude Summation 10 Angle degrees Summation 11 Magnitude Summation 11 Angle degrees Summation 12 Magnitude Summation 12 Angle degrees Summation 13 Magnitude Summation 13 Angle degrees Summation 14 Magnitude Summation 14 Angle degrees Summation 15 Magnitude Summation 15 Angle degree
202. alue It s set as part of the recorder s configuration see Storage Alarms on page 8 7 Trend Accumulation Mode TESLA 3000 User Manual Selects whether to overwrite the oldest trend data when the 90 day storage limit has been reached or to stop trend The Storage Alarm can be used in conjunction with the Stop setting to provide notifica tion in advance of the full condition D01721R02 61 7 Recorder Setup Utilities Recording Settings Trend Storage Alarm When enabled you can enter a limit giving the number of days of Limits accumulated trend information that causes an alarm condition Enter a number of days between 10 and 90 The storage alarm con dition is indicated by flashing the front panel Record Storage LED and activating a selected alarm contact Note the alarm contact assigned to this is displayed as a read only value It s set as part of the recorder s configuration see Storage Alarms on page 8 7 CDR Accumulation This is a read only indicator set to Recycle when Continuous Distu bance Recording is enabled Time Display and Settings The Time Control tab displays the recorder s current time and provides con trols to describe the IRIG B time signal input In the absence of an IRIG B in put there is a facility to set the time manually r Time IED Time is displayed as LN s Eme ue 2003 Jan 28 10 14 02 C Local Time with DST no sync Incoming IRIG Time
203. ance 6 Angle 41804 180 to 180 10 Impedance 7 Magnitude 41805 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 7 Angle 41806 180 to 180 10 Impedance 8 Magnitude 41807 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 8 Angle 41808 180 to 180 10 Impedance 9 Magnitude 41809 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 9 Angle 41810 180 to 180 10 Impedance 10 Magnitude 41811 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 10 Angle 41812 180 to 180 10 Impedance 11 Magnitude 41813 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 11 Angle 41814 180 to 180 10 Impedance 12 Magnitude 41815 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 12 Angle 41816 180 to 180 10 Impedance 13 Magnitude 41817 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 13 Angle 41818 180 to 180 10 Impedance 14 Magnitude 41819 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 14 Angle 41820 180 to 180 10 Impedance 15 Magnitude 41821 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 15 Angle 41822 180 to 180 10 Impedance 16 Magnitude 41823 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 16 Angle 41824 180 to 180 10 Impedance 17 Magnitude 41825 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 17 Angle 41826 180 to 180 10 Impedance 18 Magnitude 41827 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 18 Angle 41828 180 to 180 10 Event Information See Accessing 42052 42144 TESLA Event Information below Length in 16 bit registers of the cur 42052 rent event message Event Identification 42053 Event Message 42054 42137 Fault Locator ID 42138 Fault Type 42139 TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix D 15 Appendix D Modbus Functions
204. ansform ers It is intended for quick temporary connection to existing circuits The Clamp on CT has the same characteristics as the standard AC Current In put Module It is scaled for a 5A nominal current with a dynamic range that can pass 20x nominal currents continuously The outputs from the CT are scaled and impedance matched to connect directly to the TESLA s analog input con nectors Due to impedance matching requirements the CT cannot be connect ed to more than one TESLA input channel Modules can be located up to 1220 meters 4000 feet from the recorder 945 2 4 cm WO p C W 128 Figure F 5 Clamp on CT F 5 AC Low Voltage Input Module Appendix F 6 The Low Voltage Input Module Model 401022 provides 4 channels of isola tion and scaling for low level ac voltages Inputs are ac coupled through trans formers Scaling is set so that a 4 Vrms input represents a nominal signal level with a 2x over voltage full scale range The inputs can withstand 12 Vrms con tinuously and 15 Vrms for 10 seconds Output from the module is scaled to connect directly to the TESLA s analog input terminals Due to impedance matching requirements module channels cannot be connected to more than one TESLA input channel Modules can be located up to 1220 meters 4000 feet from the recorder Shield ed wire e g Belden 9728 or 9730 is recommended for connection to the re corder s inputs The ground cable should be attached only
205. anual D01721R02 61 Appendix ASpecifications TESLA 3000 Disturbance Recorder Item Quantity Specs Note General Weight 12 4 Ibs Dimension 3U high 5 25 19 wide 12 deep Rack mount Nominal Frequency 50 or 60 Hz Power Supply 40 300 Vdc suitable for 48 Vdc 125 Vdc 250 Vdc nominal systems Also accepts 30 200 Vac Burden is less than 15W Available Recording Channels Available Analog and External input channels Sample Rate Analog External 32 cycle 36 64 64 cycle 36 64 96 cycle 36 64 128 cycle 36 64 256 cycle 18 32 384 cycle 9 32 18 channel model is limited to a maximum of 18 Analog and 32 External input chan nels Alarm Contacts 8 or 4 depending on model Sample Rate Samples per cycle and per second 60 50 Hz 32 samples cycle 1 920 1 600 Hz 64 samples cycle 3 840 3 200 Hz 96 samples cycle 5 760 4 800 Hz 128 samples cycle 7 680 6 400 Hz 256 samples cycle 15 360 12 800 Hz 384 samples cycle 23 040 19 200 Hz Measurement Accuracy Amplitude Measurement Accuracy 0 01 of full scale 0 5 of reading above 1 of full scale Phase Measurement Accuracy 0 5 degrees at system frequency Frequency Measurement Accuracy 0 001 Hz at system frequency Frequency Response The following are the highest harmonics of the fun damental frequency 60 Hz 50 Hz that can be passed at the available sample rates Sample
206. are the same as the units set in the relay configuration Fault Information Time of Fault Appendix D 18 Function Code 3 addresses 42141 and 42144 If the current event is a fault location event these registers contain the time of the fault in seconds since 1970 Each of these 16 bit regis ters contains an 8 bit portion of a 32 bit time value Register 42141 contains the upper 16 bits register 42144 contains the lower 16 bits Register Meaning High Byte Low Byte 0x00 Ox1B Event text size 27 0x1B hex 0x46 Ox4C FL Fault locator event 0x32 0x30 2 0 0x30 0x30 0 0 0x53 0x65 S e 0x70 0x32 p 2 0x31 0x20 a 0x32 0x30 2 0 Ox3A 0x31 aol 0x36 Ox3A 0x31 0x36 Ox2E 0x39 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Appendix D Modbus Functions Register Meaning 42064 0x36 0x36 6 6 42065 0x20 Ox3A s 42066 0x20 Ox4C ol 42067 0x69 Ox6E i n 42068 0x65 0x20 e 42069 0x31 0x36 1 6 42070 Ox3A 0x46 dup 42071 Ox4C Ox6F T o 42072 0x63 0x20 e 42073 0x42 0x47 B G 42074 0x20 0x33 B ES 42075 0x39 Ox2E ocn 42076 0x37 0x20 C 42077 0x6D 0x69 m i 42078 0x6C 0x65 T e 42079 0x73 0x00 S D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix D 19 Appendix E DNP3 Reference The SCADA port supports DNP3 All metering values available through the terminal user interfa
207. ase com Tel 1 204 477 0591 TESLA 3000 User Manual Table of Contents D01721R02 61 PENN i Contact NOMADER i Table of COMEN ua iii Using This GUDE ee a uer m to eee omncs vii Version Compatibility eeeeeseeeeeeeeneee een Ix UESTRO RIT 1 1 TESLA System Description seeseeesse 1 1 TESLA 3000 Feature S ua 1 2 FF Er 1 4 Rear CONNECCION S ssecsaicsevitatut T 1 5 2 Connection and Power Up 2 1 WIOUDIEUFPI vaare 2 1 POWer SUPPLERE 2 1 Signal Connections xai ta enata ue aha ise ue eva dod meds 2 2 3 TESLA Control Panel Installation 3 1 PC System Requirements arrranrrnnnrrnnrrnanrrnnnrvnnnnvannnnn 3 1 Installing TESLA Control Panel 3 2 Installation on Windows XP or Windows 3 3 FEST Time Stal D Da ce ram d ieEbVb Doe aA 3 11 4 Communicating with the Recorder 4 1 Communication Ports rrnannranneanvnnnvnarvnnnnnnnnnnnnnnsvnnnennr 4 1 Ethernet LAN LINK cecenii a uu aid e Deu I ii US WEN OSEE 4 2 Direct Serial Linkar saa 4 4 Modemi ERK ve 4 5 Modem LAN Gateway rrnnnnrnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnanennnnnnnnennn 4 8 Accessing SCADA Services rrrrnanrnnanrnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnen 4 9 Setting Windows Serial Port Parameters 4 12 Communication Port Details 4
208. ations e Microsoft Windows XP Professional Service Pack 3 or Microsoft Windows 7 Professional Service Pack 1 32 bit or 64 bit D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 3 1 3 TESLA Control Panel Installation Installing TESLA Control Panel Overview 3 2 You must be logged on to the target computer as a user with local administrator privileges to install TESLA Control Panel Once installed you may be logged in as a Limited User as administrator privileges are not generally required for operation of the program The exception to this is the ability to communicate with TESLA recorders through Modem LAN Gateway see Modem LAN Gateway on page 4 8 Instructions for installing TESLA Control Panel and configuring Windows for its use are covered in the following sections Separate instructions for each ver sion of Windows Operating System are provided for the above steps Use the one that is appropriate for your computer The procedure has the following parts I Install TESLA Control Panel 2 Install the Null Modem driver 3 Create Windows Dial Up Network definitions for modem and direct serial connections Once these steps are complete go to the First Time Start Up section for details on launching TESLA Control Panel see First Time Start Up on page 3 11 Anti virus Anti spyware Software If an anti virus anti spyware software on your local system identifies any of the ERLPhase applications as a potential threat it wi
209. atus Indicator 11 75 IRIG B Input Status Display 11 76 Derived Digital Swing Channels for TESLA Swing RENS 11 76 Derived Channels for L PRO F PRO High Speed RECOANGS vere 11 76 COMTRADE Imus 11 77 PIDE ODUOLDS i subi ib Cade n ir cct o eso teeta ety 11 79 12 Record Export Utility 12 1 COMTRADE Format essere nennen 12 3 Fs ORIN AU RETE P as cad ae eee Sat Y 12 5 Excel CSV FORMAL esanti etan 12 7 13 Cooperative Recorder Group 13 1 How A Cooperative Recorder Group Works 13 1 Setting Up a Cooperative Recording Group 13 3 Working With Records From a Cooperative Recording E 011 o 13 10 Required Cooperative Mode Settings 13 11 14 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling 14 1 Maintenance Menu esee nnne 14 1 Eror AMONG E EO TET 14 4 15 PMU Optional Software Module 15 1 OVNEN xx oct to E qe ceu oar a d 15 1 TESLA 3000 PMU Features esses 15 2 Communication with the PMU 15 6 Identifying the PMU Module Support 15 6 Setting up PMU Communication Mode 15 7 PMU Configuration cccccccsecccsecceeeceeceseeeeeeeseeeeae
210. au LO XX S0 bL 90 LF 2300N so X Ag d uva S AOMddV STONY SIVND3A JYV SIDNVYITOL ALVGdN ATIVANWW JON OG S3HONI NI 38V SNOISN3WIG NIMVUG Q3IVH3N39 AVD Q3I4I234S ISIMHIHLO SSIINN Jenuey Jes 000 VISAL eui jo xipuedde ajnpoy Indul OG y ees senjeA JojsiseJ Buipuodseu1oo pue seDuei 104 SSJON 9JIM pepues e 97 Z jdeooe sxoo q jeuiuue 1S 8 5 7 81SWWS Xiueoud 9JI pepueJss eB gz 9 jdeooe sxoo q jeuiuue 90 G 41S 2 6 OW XIueoug Appendix l 5 Appendix TESLA 3000 Drawings M9IA dop JepJooes V ISd L 1 wn osec a alm pepueJs eB gz zi jdeooe sxoo q jeuiuue LS 91 S 7 81SIAS xiueoug einpo vN Indu OG bBuisn sjeubis Bulpsooey 9 A O0CL Jo umoys jou MOI 9p A 0Sc 8T UIOHOQ UO s eutuue9 Kjddns Je Mog A ddng Jemod SJM pepueJis eb gz z jdeooe sy90 q jeuruue S 8 8 Z 81SINS Xiueoud pnis punoo OL 9JIM pepueJis eb gz z 1deooe sxoo q jeuruue 1S 8 S z 81SIAS xiueougd 8726 uepieg Be died pasim pap alys Xy uo pue VISIL ye pepunosb pjeius woyoq wo MoJ puz sjndu Bojeuy ou Sbn d junow 181 NIG man wonog sINpoN 1ndu pee os BUUEYI p OA 9LOLOV a npoy Jed sjndu 7 o1 dn S4 SUL ALOALO unys jeuieixa YIM yang OV 4 9p vui 009 0j vu jueun OG S4 SW A 009 01 A 007 abuey ybIH eDeyoA OV S4 SWI A OSL OLA LO abuey mo abeyo OV S49P A 088 01 A OSE abuey uBiH eBeyoA OG Sd 9P A 002 HALO uey mo
211. b 2 A dialog box appears with the old name Modify and click OK to rename the view Figure 11 53 Rename Dialog Box Displays or hides the channel list on the left hand side of the screen to allow more space for the graphs Displays or hides the toolbar on the left hand side of the screen to allow more space for the graphs TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 33 11 Graphing Records Graphs Adding Graphs Adding Channels Channel Tool tip 11 34 The graph is an area or space in a view where each channel of analog or digital information is shown The information 1s shown as X Y data with X time and Y magnitude l Select Graph gt Set Graphs Per Page or right click on the graph to bring up the context menu and select Set Graphs Per Page to add selected number of graphs to the Timeline View Select Graph gt Add Analog Graph or right click on the graph to bring up the context menu and select Add Analog Graph to add an analog graph to the Timeline View Select Graph gt Add Digital Graph or right click on the graph to bring up the context menu and select Add Digital Graph to add an digital graph to the Timeline View Click the desired channel to be displayed on the graph OR Drag a channel and drop it onto the desired graph Depending on the view type following action takes place Ina Timeline View the existing channel is replaced and only one chan nel is allowed per graph n an Overlay View up to 32 traces can
212. b le d IS p ays N vn ir ud o 0 832K 0 0 812K 0 0 024K m A Unit 4 le Unit 4 lc 1 9 533K 16 9 227K 140 8 819K 102 I I U Misc In TRISCD Y 2 0 772K 33 0 848K 133 0 245K 1219 B Harmonic Am plitude A Mise Vac Bus 4G Vbe 3 0 575K 108 0 557K 55 0176K 80 4 0 303K 1719 0 255K 10 0100K m V Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbe 4 030 t 0255k 10 0 100 e with corresponding i Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbc 6 0 233K 149 0 190K 54 0 078K 24 P h ase Ang les Misc Vac Bus 4J Vbc 7 ne Ton narm aara namm aana Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Vn y Analog Input36 Aij analog Timeline A Symcom Symcom fp Harmonic E oben sl Scale Primary Figure 11 63 Harmonic View Harmonic View is designed to analyse harmonics associated with analog channels In order to view harmonics markers should be enabled by select ing Measure gt Markers A maximum of 3 traces can be analysed per view e The view displays analog channels a bar graph of harmonics and a table which contains RMS values of the harmonics with phase angle The maximum number of 25 harmonics order displayed is based on the sample rate See Table 7 1 and 7 2 on page 7 6 Channel instantaneous values are displayed on the RHS of the analog graph Markers are permanently set on the graph one cycle apart Grab the marker and move on the time line axis to display a new set of harmonics All harmonic phase angles are referenced wit
213. box You can override this Default template by saving any other template as a de fault template The user defined default template path 1s stored in the registry key based on the product and the type of recording applicable for all products For example e TESLA HS high speed e TESLA LS low speed e TESLA Trend slow recordings TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 57 11 Graphing Records Managing Template Whenever a new record file is loaded into the RecordGraph it automatically Files loads the relevant template file names in a list box attached to the main tool bar The template files are filled or updated based on certain rules Templates are stored based on product type Ifa user defined default template is available it is loaded as the first item in the list box otherwise a static Default template is listed as the first item Template files are matched based on IED serial number in the case of TESLA recorders and are common in case of relay products B PRO F PRO L PRO T PRO If template files for a TESLA recorder are created and stored for example with serial number TESLA 2000 981103 07 these template files can not be applied to another recorder with different serial number such as TESLA 2000 981103 08 On the other hand if template files are created for relay products such as L PRO this template can be applied to any relay IED B PRO F PRO L PRO or T PRO Hence templates are IED based serial numbe
214. btained from the recorder later using the Get Information from IED button see below Model Select TESLA 3000 36 Channels or TESLA 3000 18 Channels as appropriate to the hardware model IP Address Must be the same IP address configured in the recorder in Step 1 Communication Must reflect the method of remote access to the cooperative recording group e Select Modem Link if a modem is used Specify the appropriate tele phone number e Select Network Link if the group will be accessed through a network Get Information optional If a communications link is available to the recorder this from IED button can be used to retrieve the recorder s name location and serial number information Any information in the corresponding fields of the IED Definition will be overwritten and saved if you exit with OK These values are configured on the recorder as part of its Unit Identification 2 Create IED Definitions for each of the other group recorders Once an IED definition for the Master Recorder has been created you can create IED definitions for the remaining group members The group can have up to four recorders The following table provides a setting guide for the IED definitions of group members IED Definitions for the Other Group Recorders IED Name e Should identify both the recorder and its cooperative group e Should have the same name as the recorder s Unit ID The Unit ID is configured on the recorder through the
215. c Amps A CB 431a Dt H H rem Time Window control is CB file 1 0 ISI Bun Val LG moved to include TIS Kv Dus Vb LG SKV Bu VeAV LG c different range of the data Letele Vac MO Pol Vol CB 1140 La Ape CR 1140 Ib Ape Cb 1140 ko Ange FMR 2 lac Neutral CR 1190 La Anpe CB 1150 Ib Amps CB 1150 le Ange MA 81 dac Polarong Window 3 ip vahis 1176 CB 116010 eps 20s Postion s 0007 Ch 1160 ib Amps CB 1160 Je Amps R Ota 108 258 x Ote 1 60 CD 117010 Amps CB 1170 Ib Amer 4 R Otvta 106 299 x Ota 5 es 1 CB 1170 10 Ange val A Y V y V V V N V V V i N N V v U t Time Window enlarged i i i i l 200 150 100 50 0 Time Window s al gt Width s 1 176 a4 w 0 200s 1 1835 Position s 0 007 X Marker 4 R Ohms 106 289 X Ohms 57 605 T 0 200 O Marker 4 R Ohms 106 289 X Ohms 57 605 T 0 200 Figure 11 69 Time Window Control Moved to New Location In the above case the data is included from range 0 007 to 0 007 1 176 where 1 176 1s the data width The 1 176 width remains same If you resize the TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 47 11 Graphing Records 11 48 thumb track then the width can be controlled or you can double click near the number 1 176 to get a dialog box to enter the data range precisely LT ang De Yew Gah femur Kale pons be ipe A OT se gt sevje mi dej 5 nj HN l
216. cables that are run outside of the panel in which the TESLA is located noting that the shield should be grounded only at the recorder Belden 9388 or its equivalent is an example of an acceptable cable that can be used Any of the recorder s analog input channels can be connected to any of the available input modules The software configuration identifies the type of input module associated with each channel Input module channels can be connected to only one recorder input Source and load impedance matching are used to minimize noise susceptibility connecting to two channels will produce incorrect read ings All input modules must be grounded via the ground stud on the mod ule Re calibration is required whenever an input module is replaced or moved to a different channel see Analog Input Calibration on page 7 11 For further information on the input modules see Input Modules in Appendix F AC Voltage Input Module This 3 channel ac voltage input module Model 401006 provides isolation and scaling for standard voltage signals The nominal signal level is 69 V RMS 120 Root 3 The module has a dynamic range that can measure 2X nominal voltages AC Current Input Module This 4 channel ac current input module provides isolation and scaling for stan dard current signals The module s channels are connected in series with the current signal source All models have a dynamic range that can pass 20x nom
217. cal Components Display symmetrical components measurement for the active graph You must select a b and c phase quantities in Overlay View to enable this option see Readouts and Measurements on page 11 64 TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 21 11 Graphing Records Scale Menus 11 22 Scale gt Zoom X Axis TTT xloK File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help C bank 8 19851 9911 E High Speed Channels E Analog Zoom X Axis Zoom Y Axis Zoom Y Axis Ctrl Ctrl y PTIM1 PTLN2 PTLN3 VW CT114 HE u CT11BHS Ay CTLICHS A CT24AHS A CT2 1B HS CT21C HS CT31ALS y CT31BLS CT3 1CLS j CTA1ALS CT4IBLS y CTAICLS CT51A TS Av CT5 1B TS Ay CTS1CTS av la Operating Ib Operating Ic Operating y la Restraint Ib Restraint y Ic Restraint I External E Summation Zoom In X axis Undo Zoom Reset Zoom CtrcR p93 47 781441 Change Scale Y axis X Timeline Ctrl Y Seconds 125 75 50 25 25 50 75 100 bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr L mr 0 20 0 00 0 20 0 40 0 60 0 80 1 00 1 20 P L dla B x eeel tf a N mln 15 P al Scale Secondary A Figure 11 36 Zoom X Axis Select this option to decrease the x axis range b
218. can browse the Web and read email Connect to a business network uzing dial up or PM 20 you can work from home a field office or another location Set up an advanced connection Connect directly to another computer using your serial parallel ar infrared port or set up this computer so that other computers can connect to it Figure 3 4 Windows XP Network Connection Type 6 When prompted for a phone number enter 1 and click Next 7 For Connection Availability select Anyone s use and click Next Mew Connection Wizard Completing the New Connection e Wizard Tou have successfully completed the steps needed to create the following connection APT_SERIAL Share with all users of this computer The connection will be saved in the Network Connections folder To create the connection and clase this wizard click Finish Figure 3 5 Windows XP Connection Availability 8 When the Completing the Network Connection Wizard dialog box appears click Finish 3 6 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 3 TESLA Control Panel Installation New Connection Wizard Completing the New Connection Wizard Tou have successfully completed the steps needed to create the following connection APT SERIAL Share with all users of this computer The connection will be saved in the Network Connections folder To create the connection and clase this wizard click Finish Figure 3 6 Windows XP Completing the New Conne
219. ce are available by DNP3 protocol Included are the device profile implementation table and the point list for the DNP3 protocol Device Profile D01721R02 61 Vendor Name ERLPhase Power Technologies Device Name Recorder Model Highest DNP Level Supported For Requests 2 For Responses 2 Device Function Master x Slave Maximum Data Link Frame Size octets Transmitted 292 Received 292 Maximum Application Fragme Size octets Transmitted 2048 Received 2048 Maximum Data Link Re tries None x Fixed at 3 Configurable range to Maximum Application Layer Re tries x None Configurable range to Requires Data Link Layer Confirmation Requires Application Layer Confirmation Never Never Always Always not recommended Sometimes x When reporting Event Data Slave x Configurable either always or never x When sending multi fragment responses Slave Sometimes Configurable Timeouts in seconds while waiting for Data Link Confirm None x Fixedat2 Complete Application Fragment x None Fixed at 2 Application Confirm None x Fixed at 5 Complete Application Response x None Fixed at 2 Others Select to execute delay None x Fixed at 10 Sends Executes Control Operations WRITE Binary Outputs x Never Always SELECT OPERATE Never x Always DIRECT OPERATE Never x Always DIRECT OPERATE No ACK Never x Always Count gt 1 x Never Always Pulse
220. ce descriptions 15 8 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 D01721R02 61 15 PMU Optional Software Module Communication Service Port Direct Serial Port 1 Baud Rate 38400 X Port 2 ID 21 Mode Network TCP Baud Rate 38400 C Direct Serial External Modem IP Address of DC 192 158 100 126 Data Concentrator Port of DC 4712 Modem Initialization String Mi Internal Madem BaudRete 33400 Modem Initialization String SCADA Mode iso Parity 19200 y Serial Port 3 rd Odd Modbus ASCII C Even Slave Address 1 C Modbus RTU Mone DNP3Level2 Datalink Timeout ms 0 to disable Ethernet Network Port DNP3 Level 2 TCP Master IP Address C DNP3 Level 2 UDP Port Unit ldentheston h Communication Recording A Time Analog Input Calibration A Notty f Safe Shutdown Save To Base Memory Close Figure 15 6 Setting up PDC communication information PDC options under PMU are P Address of DC This option is enabled only if the Mode is either Network TCP or Network UDP otherwise it 1s disabled This choice allows you to configure the IP address of the DC required for the Network UDP on ly Port of DC This option is enabled only if the Mode is either Network TCP or Network UDP otherwise it is disabled This choice allows you to con figure the port number of the DC to connect via
221. ces using com munications Port 2000 The TESLA 3000 Power System Monitoring Recorder V2 6 or better has provisions available to reconfigure this communication port to use the ERLPhase registered IANA Port 7631 This operation may be enabled through the TESLA 3000 Maintenance Menu Maintenance Menu and Error Handling on page 14 1 TESLA Recorder Serial Ports Location Function Front Panel Serial port for direct connection to a computer Default baud rate set at 38 400 baud Rear Panel Serial port for connection to an external modem or for direct con nection to a computer configurable Default baud rate set at 38 400 baud This port is unused when the recorder is equipped with the optional internal modem unless the modem is disabled via the Maintenance Menu Rear Panel Connection to SCADA DNP3 or Modbus interface Default baud rate set at 19 200 baud f Direction Signal Name PC lt gt IED Pin on the IED Port DCD RxD TxD DTR Common DSR RTS CTS D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 4 13 4 Communicating with the Recorder Signal Name No connection Notes ED is DCE PC is DTE e Pins 1 and 6 are tied together 1 Male DB 9 Cable End for IED Port Pin on Cable Direction PC lt gt IED Pin on the IED Port nternal to the IED Female DB 9 Cable End for Computer Port Pin on Cable 1 1 2 2
222. components Channel Types and Naming Channel names consist of three parts the Element Name the Channel Type and an optional Descripton field These fields are combined to produce the full channel name in the format Element Type Description e g Line Al ELBRKRI a This is the name that will appear beside a channel when it is displayed in a graph or a log For example the recorder s Event Log might contain this entry for a change in state of a external input 2005 Jan 12 20 44 33 672 Line 1 EI BRKK1_a open Details on the channel name components are given in the following table TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 8 Configuring the Recorder Free form text describing the power system element associated with this channel e g Line 1 Channels that are logically related can be grouped through the use of the same element name Element Name 10 chars Standardized channel type descriptors are automatically generated Channel Type when you select the channel type Examples Phase A voltage Phase C current Neutral current Generic AC voltage DC voltage or current External inputs Sequence component set pos neg zero Summation of Phase A voltages Watts vars set PF Power factor Z1 Impedance Logic Logic function FLoc Fault locator Frequency Frequency one per channel group Description Often the combination of the Element Name and the Chan
223. connect to IED please wait Opening Port Port Open Dialing Device Connected All Devices Connected Verifying User free Main Menu TESLA Control Panel Figure 4 3 Connect Button Dialog Box Direct Serial Link 4 4 Your PC must be appropriately configured for serial communication see TESLA Control Panel Installation on page 3 1 Port 2 direct modem Model 2000 Serial Extension Cable Port 1 or rear Port 2 to DB 9 female laptop Laptop PC Figure 4 4 Direct Serial Link 1 Create a direct serial connection between the computer s serial port and the recorder s Port 1 or Port 2 e Use a standard straight through male to female serial cable provided with the recorder For port pin out and cabling information see Com munication Port Details on page 4 13 Port 2 may not be used if the recorder has an internal modem installed unless the modem is disabled via the Maintenance Menu for details see 14 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling on page 1 2 Ensure the recorder port and your PC s port have the same baud rate and communication parameters The recorder s Port 1 and Port 2 serial ports are fixed at 8 data bits no parity and 1 stop bit and have a default baud rate of 38 400 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 4 Communicating with the Recorder The baud rate and communication parameters of your computer s serial port is set through the APT SERIAL Dia
224. corders They are con figured as stand alone units and retain their normal recording capabilities Instructions for setting up recorders to operate in a cooperative recording group are provided later in this chapter How A Cooperative Recorder Group Works Local Network Remote Access Master Recorder Cooperative Group IED D01721R02 61 cooperative recorder group is comprised of two to four TESLA 3000 record ers typically located in a substation control house The recorders communi cate with each other through an Ethernet LAN which allows cross triggering between recorders along with the normal record transfer user interface and SCADA functions The cooperative recorder group can have its own network or can be connected to a larger network in the substation There are two ways to remotely access a cooperative recorder group Over a wide area network 1f a network link to the substation 1s available 2 Viaamodem connected to one of the group recorders One member of the cooperative recorder group is designated as the Master Re corder The Master Recorder is the primary interface between the cooperative recorder group and TESLA Control Panel In addition to its normal recording role the Master Recorder Maintains the list of group recordings Provides IP address information about the other group members Acts as the communication gateway for remote access when a modem link is used Within Control Panel a spec
225. ction Wizard 9 A Connect APT SERIAL dialog box appears select Cancel to close the box Connect APT SERIAL User name Password Save this user name and password for the following users Me only Anyone who uses this computer Figure 3 7 Windows XP Connect APT_SERIAL 10 In Network Connections gt APT SERIAL right click to bring up the Prop erties dialog box D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 3 7 3 TESLA Control Panel Installation 3 8 Modem Configuration Generic Mull Modem COM Maximum speed bps Modem protocol P APT SERIAL Properties Hardware features Enable hardware flow control General Options Security Networking Advanced Enable modem error control Connect using ET Modem Generic Mull Modem COM 2 Enable modem compression Show terminal window Enable modem speaker Phone number Phone number C Use dialing rules Show icon in notification area when connected Figure 3 8 Windows XP Select Modem 11 With Generic Null Modem highlighted select Configure to view the Ge neric Modem Configuration dialog box and set the maximum speed to 38 400 Select OK This sets up the baud rate for the null modem The baud rate can be set at rates up to 115 200 38 400 is the default baud rate of the recorder
226. current states of active sockets 3 View routing tables View routing tables 4 View MAC address View MAC address 9 Flush gateway entries Flush the routing tables of all gateway entries 6 Ping Check network connection to given point 7 Enable or disable port 2000 Toggle port 2000 port 7631 configuration 8 Exit network utilities Exit network utilities menu and return to maintenance menu commands Storage Memory Utilities 1 Repair record storage Attempts to repair a corrupted FLASH or Hard Drive parti tion used to store transient and swing records trend data event log etc 2 Repair CDR data storage Attempts to repair a corrupted FLASH or Hard Drive parti tion used to store Continuous Recording Data 3 Activate storage memory Activates newly installed pre formatted FLASH or Hard Drive to be used on the unit Any pre existing data are deleted Exit storage memory utilities Exit storage memory utilities and return to maintenance menu commands The recorder has hardware and software self check capabilities that work to keep it operational and provide an indication if a failure occurs Output Contact 1 on the rear panel is a normally open contact that closes to indicate a problem with the device The contact is controlled by a hardware watchdog circuit ensuring a failure is reported even if the unit s processors are not functional The state of the Failure Contract is mirrored by the front panel Recorder
227. d When an internal modem is installed Port 2 is disabled Modem LAN Gateway 4 8 Recorders on a LAN can be remotely accessed through a modem on a designed master recorder The master acts as a gateway to the LAN providing a route for IP communication between Control Panel or RecordBase and other TESLA 3000 recorders to the network Although commonly used as a part of a coop erative group configuration a gateway modem can also be used simply as a means to communicate with networked recorders TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 4 Communicating with the Recorder I Connect the recorders to the LAN and set their IP addressed See Setting Up a Recorder Network on page 4 8 2 Configure one of the recorders now designated the master recorder with an internal or external modem see Modem Link External or Modem Link Internal 3 Set up TESLA Control Panel to communicate with the master recorder via the PC s modem and create and configure an appropriate JED Definition for it see Modem Link External TESLA Control Panel Setup 4 Create an or modify existing JED Definition for each recorder to be ac cessed through the gateway not including the master recorder Under Communication select Connect Through IED and pick the master IED cre ated in the previous setup 5 To initiate communication with any of the recorders choose the target re corder from the Select IED list in TESLA Control Panel s Main Menu and use the Co
228. d m IC Line Current C D12C Zca Phase Phase High Speed Lanta wer Terent ha ripis Prose Giard f JP j m E F T Pham Phacs Fra Fax F Zea F zae u D Zim f Zlod F zes r Been T F zee ura al Fiaecced rame FLCORLE 2000 11 40 04 24 67 fa R Ohms 10 t t t 20 10 30 Time Window s 4 Width s 00108 as 0 1567s 0 0510s Position s 0 0619 LIT Scale Secondary A Figure 11 72 Example Superimposing the Zone Characteristics In the above example phase phase impedances Zab Zbc and Zca are selected indicated by a check mark but only Zca is in the zoom range All the four zones mho characteristics are superimposed You can see that the Zca impedance has entered the Zone 2 and Zone 3 You can use a combination of zoom and time window control to analyze the precise time at which the im pedance enters the zones AiTrecorasraon x File View Graph Measure Opti j Scale Options Help ond gje ael x Aeee a obo o n HNI e al Select relay characteristics data from R20364 2000 11 08 03 12 31 843 pr 2 LPRID tings fil Curent record D12C Zab Phase Phase High Speed m JA Line Current A D12C Zab Phase Phase High Speed File iB D12C Zbc Phase Phase High Speed m B Line Current B D12C Zbc Phase Phase High Speed D12C Zca Ph4 rrent C D12C Zca Phase Phase High Speed Line Impedance r Impedance options r Configuration r Zones to display B A d d 2
229. d channels Summation Positive sequence Negative sequence e Zero sequence Watts single and three phase Low Speed Calculated channels Summation Positive sequence Watts single or three phase Vars single or three phase mpedance External Type and number of channels available for the view depends on the configura tion information Choose Options Calculate Derived Channels Now to add the calculated chan nels If this option is disabled then the calculated channels are already avail able File View Graph Measure Scale Options mi TESLA Ad pe Analog p External Poe Negative Sequence an Positive Sequence i He Summation a atte Poe zer Sequence El Low Speed Channels pe Analog p Frequency B Impedance Ut Positive Sequence r1 pu Summation PT Ware e Watts Calculated Channels Figure 11 97 Calculated Channels TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 71 11 Graphing Records Exporting Views Copy to Clipboard Save View as Metafile 11 72 Export active visible views to windows standard clipboard or to an enhanced metafile Following options are available Copy To ClipBoard e Save As MetaFile cL laix File view Graph Measure Scale Options Help Add T rrm xat EE de Al vu T 5 mi T2 Ex x elelee wd 2 J mele e m Aa r Rename Tab recorddemo2 2000 05 31 16 31 25 366 Line 1 Ic C Ph Current High Mag 150 0K a Copy
230. d minor ticks on all graphs On Off toggle Scale Secondary PA Figure 11 44 Show X Axis Ticks Show X axis ticks on all graphs TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records Options gt Show Legends M RecordGraph File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help gl lt Default gt Galculate Derived Channels Now ini xj TR4CD X Ib recordemol tlr Show Grid G High Speed Channels Show X AxisTicks T E Analog v Show Legends L Ay TR4CD XVacVat Show Trigger Marker TRACD X In Lock Markers K pt Extend Print Range TRACD X la Set Phase Colors TRACD Y Vac Vat TR4CD Y In TRACD Y Ic TRACD Y Ib TRACD Y la TR44B X Vac Vab TR44B X In TR44B X Ic TR44B X Ib TR44B X la Misc In TRT8CD X In Misc In TRT7AB X In Misc In TRT7AB Y In TR4AB Y Vac Vab TR44B Y In TR4AB Y Ic TR4AB Y Ib TR4AB Y la Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vc LUnit 4 Vc Unit 4 la Unit 4 la Unit 4 1b Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 Ic Unit 4 Ic Misc In TRT8CD Y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbc Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbc Misc Vac Bus 4J Vbc Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Vn y Analog Input36 E External Show Hide legends on all the graphs Figure 11 45 POP PPP CPP CPP PPP PPP CPP PPP CPP CPP CPPS Set Precision O Unit 4 Vvb Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 vc Unit 4 vc Seconds si y Overlay alej Ba x eleke 2 sj af e HN le recordemo 1 tlr 1999 06
231. d onfof toggle on all graphs Scale Secondary i Figure 11 43 Show Grid Turn grid on or off on all graphs Options gt Show X Axis Ticks p TUAE m File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help FAS penus Saute Derived channels no 2 amp Ela x eelle al aala amp N je e ES G Show Grid Phase 0 Ath tlr amp High Speed Channels v ED X AxisTicks T Phase 0 4thtlr 2002 05 29 10 21 41 000 Manual trigger MOW Legends 150 7 H M be Show Legend l rd X41013482V p a se NLM AM MA AA MIL 9 105027 Lock Markers K 0 if o TTT TTT EEG 82754322Y Extend Print Range 100 i 150 s Set Phase Colors 20 05 Set Precision i i sd TIPNE J 40 0758 V 2002 May 29 10 21 41 000 1 ge t t A400497 V Winniped 1 i 20 0 4 Analog Input3 1009 X 0 5703 V NxtPhase 4 i i O 0 5703 V 2002Mavi29 10 21 41 000 H 3 j j j 440 0000 V Winnipeg ril aa haa ty 1 00 i Line 1 la 1097 X 0 0115 A B NxtPhase 1 0 0115 A 2002May 29 10 21 41 000 I 7 A 0 0000 4 Winnipeg 1 i 1 004 Line 1 Jb B Ph Current 203 i x i E i X 40 0074 A NxtPhase 4 0 0 0074 A 2002Mav 29 10 21 41 000 T it 400000 A Winnipeg 1 H i 407 Line 1 Ic C Ph Current 29 X 40 0138 A hlviDhase us i i 0 1N249 A Seconds 010 go h 0 10 0 20 0 30 0 40 oso X D0000s O 0 0500 s 4 A 0 0600 s y Analog1 Turn major an
232. e Phase Angle Reference Channel on page 8 11 Trigger Settings Rate of Change Interval Specifies the period of time over which both positive and negative rate of change is measured 0 5 to 8 0 cycles Single Harmonic Number Selects the harmonic of fundamental frequency that will be used by the Single Harmonic trigger 2 to the highest harmonic allowed which is defined in Table 8 1 and Table 8 2 on page 6 Nominal Level Provides a nominal level for the sag and swell detectors Available on voltage channels only See sag and swell detector details below D01721R02 61 Limit Specifies the trigger levels for the magnitude single harmonic THD sag and swell triggers Specifies the magnitude portion of the rate for rate of change triggers Delay Specifies how long the trigger condition must be present before a trig ger is declared Magnitude and Rate of Change triggers 0 to 1 200 seconds in half cycle increments Single harmonic and THD triggers 1 to 10 000 seconds in 1 second increments Trigger Actions Enable Enables or disables the associated trigger A trigger can be disabled without altering the rest of its settings Fault Initiates a fault high speed recording when triggered Swing Initiates a swing low speed recording when triggered If both Fault and Swing are enabled the recorder will attempt to cre ate a combined record Log Logs a message in the Event Log w
233. e ously at the selected rate Maximum number of channels Up to 60 channels can be trended simultaneously A channel with multiple accumulation modes is treated as multiple channels e g the trending of minimum maximum and average readings of a selected input would require 3 trend channels Trend storage The recorder can store 90 days of data from each trend channel regardless of the sample rate or the number of configured trend channels This is a non configurable parameter Channels and Triggers Analog Inputs High and low threshold positive and negative rate of change harmonic level THD level sags swells All triggers have independent controls for delay logging transient or swing record initiation alarm contact activation and cross triggering Summations High low threshold rate of change 2 or 3 input channels Positive Sequence High low threshold rate of change Negative Sequence High level Zero Sequence High level Watts VARs High low threshold rate of change Frequency High low threshold rate of change Impedance Positive sequence circle External Inputs digital Appendix A 2 Rising edge falling edge or both TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 Disturbance Recorder Item Logic Quantity Specs Rising edge falling edge or both Appendix A Specifications Fault Locator Triggered by intern
234. e al Felter Ve or come A dialog box pops up to enter the width or data range indicated by the size of the thumb track The scale indicates the step by which i ai Vals 1176 the data is incremented pm 5000 Figure 11 70 Indicate Data Range A dialog box appears to enter the width or data range which 1s indicated by the size of the thumb track The scale indicates the step by which the data is incre mental For example when the spin control arrow is clicked after closing the dialog box if an up arrow 1s clicked the data is incremental from present po sition to present position 5 On the other hand if the down arrow is clicked the data is decremented by 5 Example to Superimpose the L PRO Relay Characteristics Ini xi De Yew Gah terre Kae Options Heb miel mr simi el 2 s SS gt ppl sl cla 5 0j sd sled 5 7 8 F eier V Pract opem A CB 114509 Amps Lee Phase Prhase Hign Speed nie high Speed ef tim Ang Click this button to apply L PRO relay characteristics through the impedance options Ero O Beliy chasarherntics dala ard init Options act ino Dhaka a bor e LER istri fe Fr Fraga Tren bey dopey r D Phage Ground pt a P M rite Fra Fr Fa F Zeal fw v r raten F Pore ure F Hr F Load FF Zonet us KT Bike E Diei F Fred urs Hodne buicha Male Secondary Figure 11 71 Superimpose the L PRO Relay Characteristics When yo
235. e Split Core CT is designed to clamp around the secondary circuit wires from the primary current transformers It 1s intended for situations where an outage Is not possible to connect an in line CT The Split Core CT has the same characteristics as the standard AC Current In put Module It is available in 1A nominal Model 401017 and 5A nominal Model 401013 versions with a dynamic range that can pass 20x nominal cur rents continuously The outputs from the CT are scaled and impedance matched to connect directly to the TESLA s analog input connectors Due to impedance matching requirements the CT cannot be connected to more than one TESLA input channel The Split Core CT can be located up to 1220 me ters 4000 feet from the TESLA 0 4 1 016 cm ID Q 2 47 6 274 cm Q EE 2 1 5 334 cm 9 2 286 cm Figure F 3 Split Core CT Current Flow from main CT to measuring device To Polarity of Measuring Device Relay in Panel From Polarity of main CT Optional Split Core CT Leads to the Input of the TESLA Recorder White lead to dot polarity mark of TESLA Recorder Analog input Black lead to non polarity mark of TESLA Recorder Analog input Figure F 4 Split Core CT Connection TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix F 5 Appendix F Input Modules F 4 Clamp On CT The Clamp on CT Model 401012 is a clothes pin style device designed to clamp around the secondary circuit wires from the primary current tr
236. e communication between this computer and a TESLA recorder A Null Modem driver is provided with the TESLA installation CD ROM This section provides step by step instructions on how to install the Null Mo dem driver I Start Windows Control Panel by going to Start gt Control Panel 2 Double click the Phone and Modem Options icon 3 Select the Modems tab Select Add to open the Add Hardware Wizard 4 Select Don t detect my modem I will select it from a list then select the Next button TESLA 3000 User Manual 3 3 3 TESLA Control Panel Installation Step 1 Start gt Settings gt Control Panel Step 2 Double click Modems icon E Cantino Panel gt w gt amp Pp menor sep ST mnn t Phone aud Moden Options See Alro Weirdos Lipdastes Install New Modem Do you vani W inidown bo detect your modem Window well nier Up bo delect pour modem Belen eonbruang you 3 hook 1 IE thes majem e alba hesd ip pou computer malos puse il is ture on 2 Oust any papan that may be ung the modem Dick Hent wher you ane needy to confine Fe Dor detect sy modem I eril select from a lot BER Step 4 Select Don t detect my modem I will select it from a list Select Next Figure 3 1 Null Modem Driver Installation 5 Select the Have Disk button select Browse To find the file go to c Pro gram Files NxtPhase TESLA Control PanellNull Mdm Inf Select OK This is th
237. e default location for TESLA Control Panel If you selected a dif ferent location to install TESLA Control Panel you will find the Null Mo dem driver Null Mdm Inf in that directory Install From Disk breast thes masnulscturen t ralallstkon dk ard then make pe thal the comect deve m selected below Copy manul sckurer s files from AX Locate File C data CRecordBase view My Fiecerit TESLA Control Panel Documents Figure 3 2 Browse for Null Mdm Inf 3 4 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Step 3 Dial up Network Connections DUN D01721R02 61 3 TESLA Control Panel Installation 6 Selectthe Generic Null Modem driver and select Next If you are given more than one option select the one that has the most recent date associated with it 7 Select the serial port you wish to use You are setting up a serial port to be used for a direct cable connection to a TESLA Typically COMI or COM2 are available on a PC for this purpose Select Next Phone and Modem Options 3 Dising Rules Modems Advanced L The following modems ate installed Add Hardware Wizard Phone and Modem Options 17 Dialing Rules Modems Advanced The following modems ae installed M Add Hardware Wizard Install New Modem Select the por s you wari to install the modem on You have selected the following modem Generic Nul Modem v2 1 2003 03 25 On which ports do you wart to install
238. e disturbance each will send a trigger message to the others A trigger buffer is used by each recorder to sequence overlapping triggers and produce a single record whose trigger time is that of the first detected event Records are retrieved from cooperative group members and combined into a single group record by TESLA Control Panel When you initiate a record trans fer from the group s Master recorder Control Panel automatically transfers the corresponding records from the other group members and combines them into a single record Within Control Panel the resultant record is stored under group s Cooperative Group IED record list It is possible in some circumstances for a record from a group member to be omitted from the combined record This could be caused by a settings mis match network communication problem or loss of the IRIG B time signal If the record was captured by the recorder it can still be retrieved and viewed as a single record from the individual recorder using standard 1 e non coopera tive mode methods For further details on cooperative group records see Working With Records From a Cooperative Recording Group on page 13 10 RecordBase Central Station v2 0 and above can work with a TESLA 3000 co operative recording group RecordBase can e Automatically collect records from group members and combine them into a single record Issue swing record cross trigger commands to the group Communicate with i
239. e set using the Export to option By default the base filename is the same as the record you are exporting You can edit this or use the Browse button to set a new directory and or base filename Station Name and Identifi The Station Name field is set by default using the unit s Station cation Name setting It is written as the third line in the output file If desired you can edit this text The Identification field is not written to the PTI output file Header Text The Header Text field contains the text that is written as a single line in the fourth line in the output file By default the field contains the Location Name Number and Unit ID of the recorder that produced the record This text can be modified deleted or extended as desired Version The Version field lets you select between PTI version 1 and ver sion 2 Please refer to PTI documentation for details on the dif ferences of these versions Format Only ASCII format output files are available Format ASCII is the only format option for PTI D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 12 5 12 Record Export Utility 12 6 Name Channel Selection PTI Settings Title Use Channel Selection to select channels to export You must select the channels from the record that you want to include in the output file For convenience the digital data recorded is classified into High Speed Analog and external digital input channels sam pled at the
240. e special information Example Describes Start gt Settings gt Control Panel Choose the Control Panel submenu in the Set tings submenu on the Start menu Right click Click the right mouse button Recordings Menu items and tabs are shown in italics service User input or keystrokes are shown in bold Text boxes similar to this one Relate important notes and information Indicates more screens D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual vii Version Compatibility TESLA 3000 Version Compatibility TESLA 3000 Firmware Setting Version TESLA 3000 4000 Control Panel v2 6 204 4000 v1 3 and greater v2 5a 204 4000 v1 3 and greater v2 5 204 4000 v1 2a and greater v2 4 203 4000 v1 1 and greater v2 3d 203 v2 3 and greater v2 3c 203 v2 3 and greater v2 3b Beta 203 v2 3b Beta v2 3a 203 v2 3 or greater v2 3 203 v2 3 or greater v2 2a 202 v2 2 or greater v2 2 202 v2 2 or greater v2 1 Beta 202 v2 1 v2 0a 201 v2 0a or greater v1 0e 201 v1 0a or greater v2 0 201 v2 0 v1 0d 201 v1 0a or greater v1 0c 201 v1 0a or greater v1 0b 201 v1 0a or greater v1 0a 201 v1 0a or greater v1 0 201 v1 0a or greater Please contact ERLPhase Customer Service for complete Revision History D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual Ix 1 Overview TESLA System Description D01721R02 61 The TESLA Disturbance Recorder is a multi time frame recording system used to
241. e the easiest and least expensive to obtain Most often distributors stock 2 and 5 resistors in the E24 series 1 re sistors in the E96 series and 0 1 0 2 and 0 5 in the E192 series The values are not linear but are instead approximately equal percentages apart from each other Each value is related to the next by a ratio of approxi mately the Nth root of 10 where N is the series number 3 to 192 E24 E12 E6 and E3 Series of Resistor Values generally used for 2 and 5 resistors D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix F 13 Appendix F Input Modules Appendix F 14 m 0 UJ N H D np J B ho HO ee c o D a E192 E96 and E48 Series of Resistor Values for 1 resistors 17 182 187 191 196 He 20 20 2 n 21 2 NO NO NO 226 n N NO Bs UJ e J 232 237 2 2 WBS Y gt e Ul Ne W 2 Ul 2 2 Y 2 J 280 287 294 3 309 Oo Hm TESLA 3000 User Manual MN Dm 3 i r 0 1 0 2 and 0 5 resi Ul No H s Oo oo Co Ke UJ UJ UJ O o 7 TN CO Uu o D No PBs Co J J DN OY OF Ul Ui H p LO Ul ul H Ke Nel eo NO ON N Bs co Co W AN NO Bs NO CO C Re sJ rally used fo E192 ee i 324 os 328 L 332 396 340 344 348 352 ET ETG 2365 1
242. ed Settable from 0 to 5 000 ms in eighth cycle incre ments The delay setting is in addition to the pickup delay imposed by the input glitch filtering which is approximately 700 microseconds Label Text to designate the active and inactive states Default is on and off Maximum 8 characters Trigger Actions Enable Enables or disables the associated trigger A trigger can be disabled without altering the rest of its settings Fault Initiates a fault high speed recording when triggered owing Initiates a swing low speed recording when triggered If both Fault and Swing are enabled the recorder will attempt to cre ate a combined record Log Logs a message in the Event Log when triggered Notify Contacts the RecordBase Central Station when triggered Can be used to initiate wide area swing recordings and or automated record transfer Notify on page 7 13 Cross Trigger Activates the cross trigger contact 4 to trigger another device Priority Specifies the priority to be assigned to records created by this trigger The priority is used to determine Central Station notification 1 3 3 is the highest priority Notify on page 7 13 D01721R02 61 Alarm Contact Specifies a rear panel contact to be closed when triggered Contacts are closed momentarily for one second Contact assignment is not exclusive allowing multiple triggers to activate the same contact Available contacts 2 3 5
243. ed modified or deleted from the TESLA Control Panel Main Menu using controls in the Select IED dialog box see Figure 5 1 The Edit button displays the selected recorder s definition screen The Add New button is used to create a new recorder definition The JED definition is shown in Figure 5 2 and the settings are described in the following table Edit IED IED Definition IED Narne comments Location IED Serial Number Modet TESLA Configuration TESLA 3000 4000 36 Channels PMU Module Communication f Direct Serial Link Serial Link COM1 ERLPhase Null Modem T Baud Fate fi 15200 Phone Number C Network Link First IP Address C SecondPAddess Connect Through IED gt Add Mew Modem Serial Link Get Information From TESLA Folder placement Recordings Folder C Documents and Settings ERLPHASE My Docume Browse Configs Folder C Documents and Settings ERLPHASE My Docume Browse Figure 5 2 Recorder Workspace Definition IED Workspace Settings IED Definition D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 5 3 5 Working with TESLA Control Panel IED Name The IED Name is the name you assign to this recorder s workspace It appears in the IED selection and the Current IED display at the bottom of the TESLA Control Panel window We recommend that you use the same name for this workspace as the Unit Name given to the recorder
244. ed by the user The frequency estimation is accurate over 60 of nominal system fre quency There are 12 PMU Analog channels per TESLA 36 analog channel recorder that can be streamed to a remote PDC PMU Data Concentrator The quanti ties are MWatts MVars and MVA There are 64 digital contact channels or statuses pre TESLA 3000 recorder that can be streamed to a remote PDC PMU Data Concentrator System Frequency Frequency 60 HZ 50 HZ Reporting rate frames 10 12 15 20 30 10 25 50 per second For a reporting rate N frames per second the reporting times are evenly spaced through each second with frame number 0 numbered 0 through N 1 coincident with UTC second rollover usually the 1 second PPS provided by GPS These reporting times time tags are to be used for determining the instantaneous values of the synchrophasor This is illustrated below in Figure 1 where the reporting times are a 0 To 279 319 419 etc as per IEEE C37 118 standard TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 PMU Response Time PMU Accuracy Signal Frequency Variation Signal Magnitude Phase Angle Total Harmonic Distortion lt 0 2 Out Of Band Frequency Deviation D01721R02 61 15 PMU Optional Software Module VV UU V VATAN Figure 1 A sinusoid with a period of T observed at instants that are multiples of To apart Tg is not an integer multiple of T The response time is the interval of time between the instant the step c
245. ee Sam ple Rate on page 8 5 Pre trigger Time The length of data that is recorded prior to the trigger time At least 0 1 seconds of pre trigger time is recommended to ensure the trig gering event is included in the records Normal Record Length Normal Record Length Edge Mode is the total length of the record including pre trigger data without any record extension D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 1 7 7 Recorder Setup Utilities 7 8 Post Trigger Time Recording Settings Post Trigger Time Duration Mode is the length of data that is cap tured after the falling edge of trigger event Maximum Record Length Edge Mode The maximum length of the record including pre trig ger post trigger and extensions To enable record auto extension for multiple triggers the Maximum record Length must be larger than the Normal Record Duration Mode The maximum length of the record including pre trigger trigger and post trigger Low Speed Recording Sample Rate Samples at 50 or 60 samples second 1 sample cycle producing record lengths of a few minutes to capture slower system dynamic swings The sample rate for low speed recording is based on the recorder s system frequency which is a factory setting Pre trigger Time The length of data prior to the trigger time that is included in the recording Normal Record Length The total duration of each recording under single trigger conditions I
246. eference Appendix E 10 Name Point Index Analog Input 16 DC Change Event Units Scale Class Analog Input 17 Magnitude Analog Input 17 Angle degrees Analog Input 17 THD Analog Input 17 SHL Analog Input 17 DC Analog Input 18 Magnitude Analog Input 18 Angle degrees Analog Input 18 THD Analog Input 18 SHL Analog Input 18 DC Analog Input 19 Magnitude Analog Input 19 Angle degrees Analog Input 19 THD Analog Input 19 SHL Analog Input 19 DC Analog Input 20 Magnitude Analog Input 20 Angle degrees Analog Input 20 THD Analog Input 20 SHL Analog Input 20 DC Analog Input 21 Magnitude Analog Input 21 Angle degrees Analog Input 21 THD Analog Input 21 SHL Analog Input 21 DC Analog Input 22 Magnitude Analog Input 22 Angle degrees Analog Input 22 THD Analog Input 22 SHL Analog Input 22 DC Analog Input 23 Magnitude Analog Input 23 Angle degrees Analog Input 23 THD Analog Input 23 SHL Analog Input 23 DC Analog Input 24 Magnitude TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Appendix E DNP3 Reference Change Event Name Point Index Units Scale Class Analog Input 24 Angle degrees Analog Input 24 THD Analog Input 24 SHL Analog Input 24 DC Analog In
247. el The Sag threshold is configurable between 50 and 90 of Nominal The minimum Sag level is fixed at 10 of Nominal The Swell threshold is config urable between 110 and 150 of Nominal The maximum Swell level is fixed at 180 of Nominal The duration of a Sag or Swell is fixed at any value between 0 5 cycle and 1 minute TESLA 3000 User Manual 8 19 8 Configuring the Recorder External Input Channels Description Input Calculation Triggers Recording Number of Channels Types Settings 8 20 Recording channels for the recorder s external digital input signals The recorder s physical external input channels The binary state of each external input is read at the selected high speed sample rate A filter is applied to the samples to prevent triggering on spurious state changes requiring that a state change be present continuously for a minimum of approximately 700 microseconds to be considered valid for triggering pur poses Active state Inactive state Records the state of all external input channels at the selected high speed sam ple rate The input filter is not applied to the recorded data all state changes are included in the records Up to 64 External Input Channels can be defined one for each physical input limited to 32 on an 18 channel model The numbers of channels are reduced at high sample rates Table 8 1 on page 6 and Table 8 2 on page 6 EI TESLA External Input Configurati
248. em disturbance recorded at different times and at different loca tions using the template When a template is opened the predefined layout information is automatically applied based on the new record or set of records You can save time by view ing the data recorded without manually loading the traces again Templates are the first step in generating a visual report You automatically form a template when you create views and graphs To re apply the template to a different recording from the same or different recorder you must save this layout information in a file You can extend or alter tem plates by manipulating views graphs and traces Templates are not saved automatically but must be saved using the File gt Save Template option Template files can be shared and customized The list of tem plates is dynamically created and displayed in the tool bar When a record is added to RecordGraph an automatic scan search is done to list the templates corresponding to the record loaded This list may have both single or multi re cord templates 1f the record loaded is a part of multi recorder template If no match is found a Default template is loaded You can define any number of templates based on a single recorder or multiple recorders Hard coded static default templates are created whenever you open the Re cordGraph application These are not stored in the file but are dynamically created and displayed as Default in the list
249. ement forms the first part of the channel name The Element is selected when the channel is created and is fixed once assigned when you are working in the Element Tree view Description Optional field 12 characters Provides an additional description of the channel that forms part of the channel name Use if Element Name and channel Type do not sufficiently identify the channel Ref Channel Grouping and Naming on page 8 8 Fault Locator Index Identifies the Fault Location function You can select any available function If the only option is undefined you have already used all available channels Initiating Event Any External Input Channel or trigger detector from any other channel or function Note that the initiating Event typically requires a 1 5 cycle delay to obtain accurate fault location information D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 8 39 8 Configuring the Recorder Power Factor Functions Description Input Calculation Triggers Recording Number of Channels Types Notes Settings 8 40 Power Factor Functions monitor the real and reactive power values calculated by a Watts Vars Channel and trigger depending on total power level Inductive power factor is defined as a situation where the calculated reactive power is positive Capacitive power factor is defined as a situation where the reactive power is negative A previously defined Watts Vars Channel The Power Factor Detector monitors
250. ent Graph Phase PosSeq NegSeq ZeroSeq Unit 4 la Unit 4 la Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 Ic Unit 4 Ic Misc In TR18CD Y Mag RMS Phase Mag RMS Phase Mag RMS Phase Mag RMS Phase Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc A 2 020K 154 At 1 649K 159 A 398 659 134 AO 6 461 co fd Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbe B 1 348K 30 B 1549K 38 B 398 659 106 BO 6481 77 Diplay of Phases A B C 3 Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbc C 1657K 67 C 1 649K 81 C 398 659 14 co 6 461 77 CPPCC PPP PPP PPP PPP PPP PPP PPPS ni n Loss C Analog Input36 Aj Analogt Vy Timeline SET Symeom lu Harmonic re Jas E c oomen Asy Scale Primary Figure 11 62 Symcom View e Symcom View is designed to analyse symmetrical components of voltage or current channels You must load 3 voltage or current channels to view the components and associated phasor plots from the same record e The view displays analog channels positive negative zero sequence phasors and corresponding table which contains numerical values of these components and phase angle e All the components are calculated in RMS values Channel instantaneous values are displayed on the RHS of the analog graph Markers are permanently set on the graph one cycle apart Grab the marker and move on the time line axis to display new set of com ponents and phasor values D01721R
251. ent corresponds to the x and y coordinates When this option is selected you can measure coordinates of any graph in the active view Measure gt Primary TE io x File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help ajajaja mr TI eo ae Ea x eleele al a a 8 H me rm bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr Secondary PT4 v1 250 00K El Time Alignment ST VITAL 1999 Nov 01 04 59 47 781441 Absolute Time SUB EAST 200 00K Fundamental RMS True RMS Harmonics 150 00K Symmetrica y CT21C HS 100 00K CT31ALS CT31BLLS CT31CLS A CTATALS CT41BLS CTA1CLS y CT5 IATS 0 00 CT51B TS CTS1CT5 y la Operating 50 00K Ib Operating V lc Operating y la Restraint 100 00K V Ib Restraint Ic Restraint El cmm et rimar cale i V 200 00K 250 00K v Seconds 0 040 0 060 0 080 0 100 0 120 0 140 0 160 KN w X Timeline y Set scale to primary values depending on the scale Factor for the active view Scale Primary h Figure 11 34 Primary Set scale to primary values depending on the scale factors CT PT ratios on all the graphs in the currently active view The current choice primary or second ary is displayed on the status bar TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records Measure Secondary E IE pia ee Fj 3 zal gt eelle Bl t amp A mle F8 bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr
252. ere TESLA 3000 User Manual 8 33 8 Configuring the Recorder Frequency Channels Description Input Calculation Triggers Recording Number of Channels Types Notes Settings 8 34 The Frequency Channels measure the frequency on their assigned input chan nel Any Analog Input Channel A voltage channel is recommended for best re sults Frequency is measured over a multi second time window to improve resolu tion and accuracy The frequency measurement operates in a band that is ap proximately 15 of the nominal frequency High amp low magnitude Negative and positive rate of change To prevent multiple triggers on threshold conditions the frequency magnitude triggers have a fixed 0 02 Hz hysteresis Low Speed Frequency measurements at a rate of one value per cycle 2 Frequency Channels are available Freq Frequency channels are not associated with particular Elements Their names are fixed as Frequency and Frequency 2 fly TESLA Control Panel Config Edit 4 Bl x File Edit Config View Help Element Tree TESLA Frequency Measurement Configuration Identification El Channel Group 1 El Line til Frequency derived from Line 81 Va A Ph Voltage v Analog Inputs External Inputs Rate of Change Interval fi D z cycles Summations Sequence Functions Impedance Functions Le e Tem De Tm Watts Vars Functio
253. ereas for a 5A CT module 0 1 A is used as the limit When the data is copied to the clipboard the discarded values of R and X values are not exported Channel Types Quantities Supported Products High Speed HS Voltage and Current L PRO TESLA COMTRADE High Speed HS Positive Sequence Voltage TESLA and Current Low Speed LS Voltage and Current TESLA Low Speed LS Watts Vars and Voltage L PRO TESLA Phase and Sequence Low Speed LS Positive Sequence Voltage L PRO TESLA and Current Low Speed LS Impedance Phase and L PRO TESLA Sequence To add an Impedance view select View Add or the Add a View tool bar but ton From the dialog box select Impedance View TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 43 11 Graphing Records 11 44 inl x s Help Graph Measure File View Grap e Scale Options F ii e ESL untitled LPRO me Fa S 2e EX zt LPRO 21 00 02 DPN 02 2002 08 19 15 0 High Speed Channels mme Tirneline Z Impedance j E IL cd click OK to create a new view Cancel Figure 11 64 View gt Add gt Impedance The Add View dialog box lists the Impedance View only if the se lected record is from L PRO or TESLA or COMTRADE records de pending on the record type When the Impedance View option is selected the Impedance screen is dis played The components and controls associated with this screen are described below 2
254. es Response Function Codes Qualifier Codes 1 0 Binary Input All Variations 1 read 0x00 0x01 0x06 0x07 0x08 0x17 0x28 1 1 Binary Input default 1 read 0x00 0x01 0x06 0x07 0x08 0x17 0x28 129 response 0x00 1 2 Binary Input with status 1 read 0x00 0x01 0x06 0x07 0x08 0x17 0x28 129 response 0x00 2 0 Binary Input Change All Varia 1 read 0x06 0x07 0x08 tions 2 1 Binary Input Change without Time 1 read 0x06 0x07 0x08 129 response 0x17 2 2 Binary Input Change with Time 1 read 0x06 0x07 0x08 129 response 0x17 default 2 3 Binary Input Change with Relative 1 read 0x06 0x07 0x08 129 response 0x17 Time 10 0 Binary Output All Variations 1 read 0x00 0x01 0x06 0x07 0x08 0x17 0x28 10 2 Binary Output Status default 1 read 0x00 0x01 0x06 0x07 0x08 0x17 0x28 129 response 0x00 30 0 Analog Input All Variations 1 read 0x00 0x01 0x06 0x07 0x08 0x17 0x28 129 response 0x01 30 1 32 bit Analog Input 1 read 0x00 0x01 0x06 0x07 0x08 0x17 0x28 30 2 16 bit Analog Input 1 read 0x00 0x01 0x06 0x07 0x08 0x17 0x28 129 response 0x01 30 3 32 bit Analog Input without flag 1 read 0x00 0x01 0x06 0x07 0x08 0x17 0x28 129 response 0x01 30 4 16 bit Analog Input without flag 1 read 0x00 0x01 0x06 0x07 0x08 0x17 0x28 129 response 0x01 default 32 0 Analog Input Change Event All 1 read 0x06 0x07 0x08 129 response 0x
255. estriction is that nested summations require the input summation to have a lower Summation Index If the only option is undefined you have already used all available channels Input 1 Input 2 Identifies the channels to be used in the summation The available list Input 3 includes all previously defined analog channels and any summation channel with a lower summation index number The list grows auto matically as you define new channels Scale Factor Specifies a multiplier for each of the inputs The scale factor is applied in the secondary domain Angle Offset Specifies a phase angle shift to be applied to each of the inputs Note that when an offset is specified a high speed summation record ing which uses sample by sample addition rather than phasor addi tion is not generated All other functions including low speed recording are available and will reflect the offset D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 8 23 8 Configuring the Recorder Summation Channel Settings Trigger Settings Rate of Change Specifies the period of time over which both positive and negative rate Interval of change is measured 0 5 to 8 0 cycles Limit Specifies the trigger levels for the magnitude triggers and the magni tude portion of the rate for the rate of change triggers The period por tion of the rate is specified by the Rate of Change Interval Delay Specifies how long the trigger condition must be present before
256. evious zoom levels Scale Secondary aA Figure 11 40 Undo Zoom Display the previous zoom level Scale gt Reset Zoom zip xi File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help mjEEe koera Soma i a el dalal Ela x elelee a tla a 1 H ej e 3 bank 8 r19851 9911 Zoom Y Axis Ctrl bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr High Speed Channels Zoom Axis Ctrl E Analog y PTT Undo Zoom y PTIN2 59 47 781441 PTIN3 100 CT1AAHE Change Scale Y axis Ctrl CTLABHS y CTLICHS 75 y CT21AHS y CT21B HS A CT24C HS 50 A CT31ALS CT31BLS CT31CLS A CTATALS 25 Ay CT41BLS Ay CT4ICLS 125 al CT51B TS y CT51C TS y la Operating 25 A Ib Operating Ic Operating y la Restraint 50 y Ib Restraint Ic Restraint H External Summation Reset zoom levels 100 CTEIATS o 125 r m mr n Seconds 020 000 0 20 0 40 0 60 0 80 1 00 120 al e r Timeline Reset the graphs to initial zoom level Scale Secondary h Figure 11 41 Reset Zoom Reset the graphs to the initial zoom level 11 24 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records Scale Change Scale Y Axis
257. ew events that have occurred since the last Refresh Event List Fault Location Event Preset When Set to 0x464C Function Code 3 address 42053 Identifies fault location events These events are identified by FL 0x464C in this register Non fault location events contain in this location Read Event Message Function Code 3 addresses 42054 42137 Contains the current event message Two ASCII characters are packed into each 16 bit register All unused registers in the set are set to 0 Fault Location Fault Locator ID Function Code 3 address 42138 If the current event is a fault location event this register contains the ID of the fault locator The numbers from 1 to 5 are used for 18 channel record ers the numbers from 1 to 10 are used for 36 channel recorders Fault Information Type Function Code 3 address 42139 If the current event is a fault location event this register contains the type of the fault The following type bitmap 0x0001 Phase A 0x0002 Phase B 0x0004 Phase C 0x0008 Ground Any number of the flags may be set for a given fault If recorder could not determine the fault type then the register will not have any flags set and will read 0x0000 Fault Information Fault Distance Function Code 3 address 42140 If the current event is a fault location event this register contains the distance to the fault It is scaled up by a factor of 10 The units
258. for modems and similar equipment DCEs generally have a female DB connector Data Terminal Equipment an RS 232 term for a terminal or computer DTEs generally have a male DB connector External Input A contact status brought into TESLA from the outside world This contact must be exter nally wetted with a voltage from 30 to 150 Vdc Correct polarity must be observed E ST TE N ED Intelligent Electronic Device referring to a power system substation device which com munications on a substation network such as Modbus IEEE 1344 IEEE 1344 is an enhancement to the basic IRIG B time code that embeds information such as the year the UTC local offset under certain conditions only and daylight sav ings time into the time stream IEEE standard 1344 95 IEEE Standard for Synchro phasors for Power Systems outlines the implementation and use of accurate time standards for power systems relaying and recording Annex F describes an IRIG B extension using previously unused control bits in the signal which provides extensive information beyond that of standard IRIG B D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix C 1 Appendix C Glossary IRIG B Inter Range Instrumentation Group time code format type B see Range Commanders Council Telecommunications and Timing Group IRIG standard 200 95 IRIG Serial Time Code Formats Describes an implementation for distribution of precise timing informa tion especially to power
259. for the selection set such as a Get from IED or a Get and Delete from IED Command TESLA 3000 User Manual 9 3 9 Record and Log Management Trend Log The trend manager services are available from the Trend item accessible from the Main Menu h TESLA Control Panel Trends CD x File Edit View Help Range of Dates for Trend Summary Trends and Events Local Files 0 bytes rane 2120s A Remote Files 2204 bytes Transfer 2204 bytes To bre Trend Status ACTIVE Trend Days 22 Events 2003 02 11 SLUT Trending Lc 2003 02 11 11 38 13 000 Manual trig 2003 02 11 11 56 39 000 Manual trig 2003 02 11 11 59 36 000 Manual trig 2003 02 11 13 53 45 000 Manual trig 2003 02 11 13 54 20 000 Manual trig 2003 02 11 13 55 37 000 Manual trig 2003 02 13 12 25 38 000 Manual trig 2003 02 13 12 26 26 000 Manual trig 2003 02 13 12 27 12 000 Manual trig 2003 02 13 2 22 000 Manual trig Trended Channels Frequency2 Undamped Element 1 Get Today s R Get Get Delete Graph Delete I Events Trevis Print Events Close Main Menu Records Trends TESLA Control Panel Current IED DV 36 channel Connected pr Figure 9 2 Trend Listing Range of Dates Set the time range using the two date control boxes From and To The initial setting is for the previous three days When you change these settings the re mainder of the display
260. formers The nominal signal level is 69 V RMS 120 Root 3 with a full scale 2x over range capability that can be sustaining continuously Output from the module is scaled to connect directly to the TESLA s analog input terminals Due to impedance matching requirements module channels cannot be connected to more than one TESLA input channel Modules can be located up to 1220 meters 4000 feet from the recorder The wire used for the connection between the modules and the recorder can range in size from 16 to 20 AWG It is highly recommended that twisted shielded wire be used for cables that are run outside of the panel in which the TESLA is located noting that the shield should be grounded only at the recorder Belden 9388 or its equivalent is an example of an acceptable cable that can be used TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix F 1 Appendix F Input Modules o z Er iu I G www erlphase com E 3 o o z 3 a a e o o 12 lt N LL S 3 I rd E tel hu lo SCALE 8 1 ale es sjej SIS E ES Eo SSS s BY 2350 HWK m 5 01 CAD GENERATED DRAWING DO NOT MANUALLY UPDATE 127 3 rt MEE NM APPROVALS ETY ANGLES t5 XX 25 x ARE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES TOLEI MATERIAL NEXT ASSY USED ON APPLICATION APPROVED REVISIONS DESCRIPTION
261. fset settings The resulting phasors are added to form the summation The high speed recording of a Summation Channel is created by adding the in dividual data points from the input channels The Scale Factor 1s applied to each channel before the addition High amp low magnitude Negative and positive rate of change To prevent multiple triggers on threshold conditions an hysteresis of 2 of setting 1s applied to magnitude triggers High Speed generates a channel that is the sum of the individual data samples with the Scale Factor applied A high speed channel is not generated if a non zero Angle Offset has been specified on any of the summation s input channels Low Speed generates a channel that 1s phasor sum of the input channels at a rate of one phasor per cycle 30 Summation Channels are available Specific Va Vb Vc Ia Ib Ic In use where appropriate Generic Vac Iac The primary to secondary scale factor used by the Summation Channel is the same as that of its first input channel TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 8 Configuring the Recorder Settings TESLA Summation Function Configuration Element Type Description Summation Index Element fvasum si ve z f Units V Seale 1 V V Rate af Change Interval Oo Cycles Detine Inputs Element Type Description Scale Factor Angle Offset Input 1 Element Vactst vat X i fo Input 2 fElementt vbitst vit 1 X is fo Input 3 ene Vo I 1 X
262. g telephone line or switch and turn it on A standard telephone cable with an RJ 11 connector is used 3 Configure the recorder s Port 2 to work with the modem Port 2 settings are accessed through the recorder s standard user inter face a Establish a network or a direct serial connection between your com puter and Port 1 on the recorder run TESLA Control Panel soft ware and initiate a connection to the unit b When connected select Utilities in the Main Menu list and go to the Communication tab to access the Port 2 s settings 4 6 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 D01721R02 61 4 Communicating with the Recorder From Main Menu select Utilities then the Communication tab TESLA Control Panel Main Menu Flle View Help 15 x TESLA Control Panel Records Trends Events Select IED z Edit elete l x Set Baud rate erial Port 1 Baud Rate 38400 v m Direct Modem Port Select Direct Serial Port 2 istesscnecnenesvecoseouencescessresconetves eveasvaoe Baud Rate 2500 v Modem Initialization String M1L1 SCADA Mode Serial Port 3 Modbus ASCII Modbus RTU C DNP3 Level 2 Ethernet Network Port C DNP3 Level 2 TCP C DNP3 Level 2 UDP m Parity Baud Rate a600 C Odd C Even Slave Address 1 None Datalink Timeout 1000 ms Oto disable Master IP Add
263. gating in TESLA Control Panel Working Area Control Tabs Status Bar 5 6 TESLA Control Panel uses a split screen format The left pane is used for nav igation or selection The right pane is the working area for each of the pro gram s main sections To bring up the Control Tabs shown below you must select the appropriate item on the Navigation Tree by double clicking Navigation Tree Select Item Working Area Nie TESLA 3000 Control Panel Mein Menu Fila View Help TESLA 3000 Control Panel Select IED R ds Events Metering Utilities Configuration ts Re Size Bar Main Menu Records Trends Continuous Metering Utilities Config Mar TESLA 3000 Control Panel Current IED TESLA Demo Unit Connected Control Tabs Status Bar Figure 5 3 TESLA Control Panel Display Sections Navigation Tree The left pane provides a means of moving between TESLA Control Panel functions or selecting items within a function e g channels from a record TESLA Control Panel functions Records Trend Events Metering Utilities and Configuration are activated by a double click You can optimize the screen space between the tree and the working area to create a larger working area Some screens have a Hide Tree button to maxi mize the working area The Working Area on the right pane of the display represents the main working area of each section of the TESLA Control Panel The Control Tabs are a row of
264. ge 7 13 Cross Trigger Activates the cross trigger contact 4 to trigger another device D01721R02 61 Priority Specifies the priority to be assigned to records created by this trigger The priority is used to determine Central Station notification 1 3 3 is the highest priority Notify on page 7 13 TESLA 3000 User Manual 8 29 8 Configuring the Recorder Impedance Channel Settings Alarm Contact Specifies a rear panel contact to be closed when triggered Contacts are closed momentarily for one second Contact assignment is not exclusive allowing multiple triggers to activate the same contact Available contacts 2 3 5 6 7 or 8 on a 36 channel model and 2 or 3 on an 18 channel model Contacts 1 and 4 are reserved for Recorder Functional and Cross Trigger respectively Contacts assigned for stor age alarms Storage Alarms on page 8 7 will not be available for use here 8 30 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 8 Configuring the Recorder Watts and Vars Channels Description Input Calculation Triggers Recording Number of Channels Types Notes D01721R02 61 The Watts Vars Channels calculate apparent power volt amps real power watts and reactive power vars from voltage input and current inputs The channel can produce either single phase or three phase values Analog Input Channels Summation Channels or Sequence Component chan nel can be used as inputs to a Watts Vars
265. ger conditions Dynamic swing record from 10 seconds to 15 minutes with automatic record extension up to 30 minutes under multiple trigger conditions Combined transient and swing records can capture a fault and the resultant system dynamic response Record compression to reduce record size maximize storage capacity and minimize transmission time Up to 4 recorders can be operated as a cooperative group Automatic cross triggering over a LAN with IRIG B synchronized time stamps Automatic record retrieval with consolidation into a single group record e 250 day entry event log circular 90 day analog measurement trend log circular or alarm when full 90 day long term event log circular or alarm when full Voltage sag and swell logging e Automatic fault location on up to 10 lines Fault location data available in the event log in recordings and through SCADA ntuitive power system element model simplifies complex configurations Integrated record and configuration management tools Offline mode allows records to be viewed and configurations created without connecting to the recorder Record display shows record summaries with trigger event lists so that a pre liminary evaluation can be made before the record is transferred e Real time metering display shows all input and calculated quantities in user customizable layouts Recorder configuration and relevant event information 1s embedded in each
266. gger Time 0 120 seconds 120 10 300 seconds 120 120 1800 seconds Trend Recordings Sample Rate 300 seconds sample Records second channel RMS samples second channel Continuous Disturbance Recording CDR Sample Rate 60 Storage Storage Alarms Accumulation Mode Status Alarm Limits Enabled Contact HightLow Speed Recycle v when ful ACTIVE 80 full E 5 Trends Recycle when full ACTIVE E days accumulated I 1 lecycle ACTIVE Not applicable for CDR data id 4 P el Unit Identification Recording Analog Input Calibration Save To Base Memory Safe Shutdown Main Menu Utilities TESLA 3000 Control Panel Current IED NERC116 Connected A Figure 10 4 Utilities The command Safe Shutdown Mode is available only at the service access lev el for TESLA Control Panel or via Port 1 login for maintenance utilities When the command Safe Shutdown Mode is used all TESLA 3000 application tasks are stopped ensuring all accumulated data are written out to the flash drive all open files are closed and the file system status 1s updated The front panel Test Mode and Alarm LEDS start blinking indicating that it is safe to turn off the unit The unit stays in the safe shutdown mode for 15 minutes and then is re booted automatically The Event Log will maintain a record of all received Safe Shutdown commands All accumulated co
267. gt Save to Metafile or right click on the graph to bring up the context menu and select Save to Metafile 2 A dialog box appears prompting you to save the file in a selected folder saveas ll 2 xl Savein temp O denge RecordGraph Testing File name Line 1 empl Save as type Enhanced Meta File emf v Cancel 4 Figure 11 99 Save to Metafile TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records Exporting Channel Data Any channel data can be exported to the clipboard from the active view Ifa graph has multiple channels all the channel data is exported to the clipboard This option copies the trace data to the clipboard and using Edit gt Paste to paste into other applications like Microsoft Word or Excel Copy Trace Data to Clipboard l8 x 59 Fl al Ez x eL else a tt 54 1 mle JB Ren File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help Set Graphs Per Page Add Analog Graph f C Add Digital Graph recorddemo2 2000 05 31 16 31 25 366 Line 1 lc C Ph Current High Mag Hic Delete Graph Fi X 17 219KV mel Move gt O 2 040Kv X Copy Trace 19259KV 4 Paste Trace Delete Trace s itage H Copy Trace Data to Clipboard Ctrl D Change Trace Color E Lo Trace Information eo MM itage Frequency 4 Impedance Positive Seq X 0 056KA Summation m Line 1 la A Ph Current
268. guration you must set up the desired analog and mm a New Setting or summation and or sequence channels as explained in the Configuring the Recorder section of the TESLA User Manual Once the channels are defined the procedure as explained in PMU Configuration on page 15 10 can be fol lowed to define PMU phasors 15 10 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Configuring PMU Phasors with Existing Settings D01721R02 61 15 PMU Optional Software Module To configure PMU phasors offline the following check must be performed in the Main Menu s Select IED view Open TESLA Control Panel software and click on the Edit option to open the following screen Figure 15 8 Enabling PMU Module configuration support through Edit IED dialogue To allow PMU configuration you must check the PMU Module in the Edit IED dialog box enabling the TESLA Control Panel configurator If the PMU Mod ule option is unchecked the configurator will not allow PMU configuration After you check the PMU Module select Save IED definition to accept the changes then select the Configuration option to open the configuration view Select an existing configuration file by double clicking on the file and the fol lowing screen appears Element Tree Identification TESLA Device Configuration O Channels HO PMU TEST Unit ID CS TESLA 3000 117 EKCI Analog Inputs Model TESLA L vb Settings File Direct from IED Mi Se
269. gure 11 27 Paste Trace Add or replace an existing trace in the selected graph In Timeline View an an alog graph supports one trace per graph In an Overlay View you can select up to 32 traces per graph If you use the paste operation in Timeline View and if the graph has a trace it is replaced with the one just copied or adds the trace if there is no trace In Overlay View it adds the trace to the existing graph Graph gt Delete Trace lolx File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help season mi mI e alal md xj elele a win of N mm se r8 HB ar Add Digital Graph Ctr Ins bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr Hic Delete Graph Del Move gt P Copy Trace Ctrl C Paste Trace Ctr v Delete All Traces Alt A Copy Trace Data to Clipboard Ctrl D Change Trace Color Alt R Active Trace Information A CT31ALS A CT31B LS A CT31CLS A CTATALS y CT41BL5 Ay CT51ATS ARTNA Av le Geet Delete Trace removes diee this trace from the graph r 1 r r r 7 1 Seconds 0 090 0 100 0 110 0 120 0 130 0 140 0 150 0 180 al pu wj 3 Ay Overlay Delete a trace from the active graph Scale Secondary A Figure 11 28 Delete Trace Select a graph and the trace to be deleted and use Delete Trace to delete from the active graph In the case of Overlay View a graph can have multiple traces You can select a trace by clicking on the channel name and use delete trace
270. h on all its serial ports Function arrow and control keys Terminal keys Emulation VT100 Font A font that supports line drawing e g Terminal or MS Line Draw If the menu appears outlined in odd characters the font you have selected is not supporting line drawing characters 3 Select the device on your PC you will communicate through In HyperTer minal this is done in the Connect Using field of its Properties control For a direct serial link select an available serial port For a modem link select the appropriate modem Fora network link select TCP IP Winsock available with Hyper Terminal v1 2 or greater 4 Initiate the connection The TESLA will respond with a login prompt In HyperTerminal use the Call button or menu command to initiate the connection 5 At the login prompt log in as maintenance Lower case No password is required If you are asked for one there is a mistake in the login name Press Enter to get another Login prompt and try again TCP HT3 HyperTerminal TESLR 3000 System Utilities v2 3 Modify IP Address subnet mask and default gateway if applicable View system diagnostics Retrieve system diagnostics Restore ALL default settings including calibration Restore only default recorder configuration settings channel definitions Restore only default system setup ports time settings Force hardware reset Network utilities Monito
271. h respect to A phase voltage in a configured channel in TESLA recorder For COMTRADE records the first A phase voltage is considered as the reference phase 11 42 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Impedance View D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records Impedance View is an R X plot The R X quantities are calculated over the en tire data range from the recorded analog voltage and current channels R X plot is useful in analyzing the performance of L PRO relays and swing disturbances from the TESLA recorders Since the information to be displayed involves time as a third dimension this view provides meticulous cursor and zoom con trol over the data points being viewed Optionally it supports superposition of the relay characteristics Zone 1 Zone 2 Line Blinders etc from L PRO re cords or files generated from any L PRO Offliner settings program The following table summarizes the types of channels from which impedance R and X values is derived along with the supported product RecordGraph displays these channels on the left hand side in the tree view Depending on the product the following basic quantities are used the respective impedance chan nels In an impedance calculation a threshold limit is used based on the fundamental RMS value of the current to include or exclude the R and X values for plotting This limit depends on the CT module used for the relay or recorder application For 1A CT module 0 02 A is the limit wh
272. hange is applied and the time tag of the first phasor measurement for which the TVE total vector error enters and stays in the specified accuracy zone correspond ing to the compliance level 196 as per IEEE C37 118 standard Total Vector Error TVE 1 as per C37 118 standard As per IEEE C37 118 standard Level 1 for details see Table 15 1 PMU Stan dard Level 1 on page 15 4 As per IEEE C37 118 standard Level 1 for details see Table 15 1 PMU Stan dard Level 1 on page 15 4 As per IEEE C37 118 standard Level 1 for details see Table 15 1 PMU Stan dard Level 1 on page 15 4 lt 0 2 As per IEEE C37 118 standard Level 1 for details see Table 15 1 PMU Standard Level 1 on page 15 4 As per IEEE C37 118 standard Level 1 for details see Table 15 1 PMU Stan dard Level 1 on page 15 4 TESLA 3000 User Manual 15 3 15 PMU Optional Software Module PMU Module Requirements Firmware Release vX Firmware Versions Calibration Influence Quality Reference Range of influence quan Conditions tity change with respect to reference and maximum allowable TVE in percent for each compliance Level Signal Frequency 0 5 Hz Signal magnitude 100 rated Harmonic distortion lt 0 2 of 10 0 any THD harmonic up to 50th Out of Band interfering signal at lt 0 2 of 10 0 of input frequency fi where input signal signal magni fj fol gt Fs 2 magnitude tude F phasor reporting
273. hanges depending on the date range For example years months or months days or days hours or hours minutes or minutes seconds Each analog graph in a trend view can display one trace A maximum of 32 graphs can be added per view TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 55 11 Graphing Records Templates Templates associated with a record 15 x d s mis x eleele a tt oJ 1 mies Ja ap recorddemo2 2000 05 31 16 31 25 366 Line 1 lc C Ph Current High Mag 4 T T T 1 T X 0483K4 0 8K TI O 0757KA 6667 0 5K d 1 Cd A 1240KA 0 3K4 Hl Summatior Mise Er RR 0 0 He Watts 0 3K4 H Zero Sequence 0 5K Low Speed Channels 0 8K4 Analog 1 0K4 m RecordGraph File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help recorddemo E High Speed C Frequency 1 3K Impedance H Positive Sequence Summation E Vars Watts Line 1 Jb B Ph Current 1 X 2418KA 1 0248KA 2000 Mav 31 16 31 25 366667 i A 1 867K4 Line 1 ZeroSeq V TI X 13320KkV O 15 903Kv 2000 Mav 31 16 31 25 3566667 i i A 2582KV i m Seconds 0 200 0 150 0 100 J 0 050 og doso x 01 o 00 al mu P 01 ii Timeline Fy overtay RecordGraph v0 63 Scale Primary A Left Margin Figure 11 83 Template List Template contains user defined layout information including Views graphs and their location along with the traces channels Mar
274. he conversion is also abandoned A new configuration file is set to the latest Setting Version by default To cre ate a new configuration file for a recorder with older firmware change the Set ting Version appropriately after creating the new configuration TESLA Control Panel 3000 can work with configuration files of any Setting Version including those for TESLA 2000 recorders creating editing storing and transferring them to and from a recorder as needed Note TESLA Control Panel should be updated as needed whenever you update the firmware on your recorders This will ensure it can generate configuration files with the latest Settings Version oince Control Panel can work with back versions of configuration files and can communicate with recorders with older firmware the newest version of Control Panel can always be safely installed The Sample Rate setting controls the rate at which the TESLA 3000 reads its analog and digital input channels The setting determines the number of sam ples per second stored in high speed fault records and used to display calculat TESLA 3000 User Manual 8 5 8 Configuring the Recorder Comments 8 6 ed high speed channels The sample rate does not affect the data rate of downstream calculations that generate data for low speed swing record ings low speed calculated channels the metering display update rate or the trending rate The Sample Rate will also determine the number of cha
275. hecked Z Load Displays the coordinate of the load impedance can be checked or unchecked Blinders Available only if the Phase Phase option is chosen Directional Displays the directional characteristics Zones to display Phase Ground or Phase Phase Zone 1 to 4 Zone1 Zone4 displays the respective zones impedance charac teristics can be checked or unchecked Apply Redraws the display with the currently selected options Launch Launches the setting file through the Offliner settings program Note that the L PRO Offliner setting program should be installed for this to work successfully Closes the dialog box In the Relay data and impedance options dialog box check the Zone 1 to Zone 4 boxes and select the Apply button All the four zone characteristics are super imposed on the calculated phase impedances note that the characteristics are zoomed using free form zoom to get a better resolution D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 49 11 Graphing Records 11 50 lum iBi x File View Graph Measure Scale Options allel 38 le 2 2 HN lel ale Trini lay chatear diate fon R20364 2000 11 08 03 12 31 843 lpr i fv Cunsntiecced 12C Zab Phase Phase High Speed m JA Line Current A D12C Zab Phase Phase High Speed 12C Zhbc Phase Phase High Speed m B Line Current B D12C Zbc Phase Phase High Speed Fie 12C Zca Phase Phase High Spee
276. hen triggered Notify Contacts the RecordBase Central Station when triggered Can be used to initiate wide area swing recordings and or automated record transfer Notify on page 7 13 Cross Trigger Activates the cross trigger contact 4 to trigger another device Priority Specifies the priority to be assigned to records created by this trigger The priority is used to determine Central Station notification 1 3 3 is the highest priority Notify on page 7 13 TESLA 3000 User Manual 8 17 8 Configuring the Recorder Scaling Input Channels DC Scaling Analog Input Channel Settings Alarm Contact Specifies a rear panel contact to be closed when triggered Contacts are closed momentarily for one second Contact assignment is not exclusive allowing multiple triggers to activate the same contact Available contacts 2 3 5 6 7 or 8 on a 36 channel model and 2 or 3 on an 18 channel model Contacts 1 and 4 are reserved for Recorder Functional and Cross Trigger respectively Contacts assigned for stor age alarms Storage Alarms on page 8 7 will not be available for use here AC Scaling When you select the View Set Scale button on the Analog Input form for an ac channel Control Panel displays the Scaling dialog box Figure 6 12 The scal ing factor represents the turns ratio of the primary transducer CT or PT The nominal secondary value is used as the default calibration level for the channel If you are u
277. here 8 24 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 8 Configuring the Recorder Sequence Component Channels Description Input Calculation Triggers Recording Number of Channels Types Notes Settings D01721R02 61 Sequence Component Channels calculates positive negative and zero se quence components in one step The positive sequence component may also be used as an input to a watts vars or impedance function Analog Input Channels or Summation Channels can be used as inputs to a Se quence Component Channel The sequence component algorithm is applied to produce positive negative and zero sequence components Positive sequence high and low magnitude Positive sequence negative and positive rate of change Negative sequence high magnitude Zero sequence high magnitude To prevent multiple triggers on threshold conditions an hysteresis of 2 of setting 1s applied to magnitude triggers High Speed Positive negative and zero sequence values at a rate of eight val ues per cycle regardless of the system sample rate Low Speed Positive negative and zero sequence values at a rate of one value per cycle 12 Sequence Component Channels are available Vseq ISeq The primary to secondary scale factor used by the Sequence Component Chan nel is the same as that of the selected Phase A channel TESLA Sequence Function Configuration Element Type Description Sequence Index Units Element vses fist
278. high speed transient data rate High Speed 480 sec Analog and internal logic channels pro duced 8 times per cycle Low Speed 60 sec Analog input channels sampled at the low speed swing data rate Select the desired channel from the list with a left click Multiple channels can be selected using standard Windows selection actions click Ctrl or Shift keys Place selected channels in the Exported Channels list box 22 Place all channels into the Exported Channels list box lt Delete a channel from the Exported Channel list box lt lt Delete all channels from the Exported Channel list box Offset negative start times to begin at zero When checked this option shifts the negative time to start from zero TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Excel CSV Format 12 Record Export Utility CSY Export Settings Ed Export to data Nina s Recorder Records 2001 01 24 16 14 45 00021 csv Browse Station Name Identification tation Node Header Text Version Location comer Name Station Number 1 Unitld Nodel Simple v Format g fasc Low Speed 60 sec m Exported Channels Fy J Elementl Va tst Val 1 Magnitude Elementl Va tst Val 1 Phase Element Vb tst Vbl 1 Magnitude n Element b tst Vb1 1 Phase Elementl Vc tst Vc1 1 Magnitud Element Vc tst Vol 1 Phase Elementl la tst lal 1 Magnitude Elementl la tst lat 1 Phase Unused Rec Chan Magnitude
279. ial Cooperative Group IED is created to work with the cooperative recording group When the Cooperative Group IED is set as the Current IED Control Panel functions are applied to the group of recorders rather than an individual one Records from the cooperative recorder group are transferred combined and viewed in this way TESLA 3000 User Manual 13 1 13 Cooperative Recorder Group Triggering and Recording Record Collection and Consolidation RecordBase Central Station In a cooperative recorder group a trigger detected by any recorder results in time synchronized recordings on all group members These records are re trieved and combined into a single record by TESLA Control Panel Cross triggering between group members takes place over the LAN The trig ger message includes the timestamp of the initiating trigger to allow each re corder to capture data from the same time period Sample clock coordination among the group recorders derived from the IRIG B clock signal ensures that the data points from all the recorders are synchronous All cooperative group recorders must be synchronized from a com mon external IRIG B time source The trigger message also specifies the type of recording to be created If the initiating trigger was configured to produce a transient recording a swing re cording or both the receiving units will create the same type of record or re cords If multiple recorders detect a trigger during the sam
280. iately lost and cannot be re established until the unit completes its start up 8 Network utilities Enter network utilities sub menu 9 Monitor SCADA Shows real time display of Modbus or DNP 3 data 10 Enable Disable internal modem Enables or disables the optional internal modem Allows an internal modem to be disabled so that an external modem can be used 11 Save recent trend data Saves any accumulated Trend Data that hasn t yet been saved to disk This should be executed prior to 7 Force Hardware Reset if trend logging is enabled 12 Storage memory utilities Enter storage memory utilities sub menu 13 Enter safe shutdown mode Suspends TESLA application and stops FLASH Drive opera tions This should be executed prior to cycling power to the unit to prevent accidental FLASH Drive corruption 14 Modify point to point IP addresses Modify point to point addresses used for TCP IP communi cation over serial or modem connection 15 Monitor PMU Displays outgoing PMU data frames in real time 16 Calibrate DSP clock Performs DSP clock calibration 17 Exit Logs off as Maintenance user TESLA 3000 User Manual 14 3 14 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling Error Handling Failure Contact Failure Handling 14 4 Network Utilities Menu Commands 1 View protocol statistics View IP TCP and UDP statistics 2 View active socket states View
281. ication Save To Base Memory Main Menu Records Trends Continuous Events Metering Utilities Config Mar TESLA 3000 Control Panel Current IED TESLA Demo Unit Connected Figure 7 5 Recorder Setup Utilities Duration Recording In Duration Recording the duration of the trigger determines the record length The record stores the configured amount of pre trigger data continues to re cord while the trigger is active and then records a configured amount of post trigger data If a trigger remains active the TESLA stops recording once the Maximum Record Length limit is reached If a subsequent trigger occurs while a record is being created it will be combined with the first trigger using a log ical OR operation as long as it is not near to the maximum record length limit If the trigger 1s processed near the end of the record a new overlapping record will be created instead of combining the triggers Records with combined High Speed and Low Speed data can only be combined during the High Speed data capture portion of the record Duration Recording mode captures all the data during the fault trigger but tends to create larger records that may contain unimportant data Recording Settings High Speed Recording Trigger Mode Select Edge or Duration mode See above for descriptions Sample Rate Displays the configured high speed sample rate The sample rate is set in the configuration file downloaded to the recorder S
282. ication parameters 1s done through the recorder user interface Use TESLA Control Panel to connect to the recorder then go to the SCADA section of the Utilities Communication tab Setting descriptions follow TESLA 3000 User Manual 4 9 4 Communicating with the Recorder fl TESLA Control Panel Main Menu loj x File View Help From Main Menu select Utilities then the Communication tab TESLA Control P Records Trends Events Disconnect Edit Delete loj xl File Help A Communication Service Port Direct Serial Port 1 Baud Rate 38400 Direct Modem Port Select Baud Rate o600 v Direct Serial Port 2 _ hdem Port 2 Modem Initialization String Port 3 z SCADA dem M1L1 SCADA i Mode Serial Port 3 Modbus ASCII Modbus RTU TESLA C DNP3 Level 2 Datalink Timeout 1000 ms Oto disable Ethernet Network Port BRPS Level 2 TCP Master IP Address 192 168 1 1 C s DNP3 Level 2 UDP Port 20000 T JH Unit identification Communication Analog Input Calibration Restore IED Settings Save Close Main Menu Records Trends Events Metering Utilities Config Mar TESLA Control Panel Current IED TESLA Demo Unit Connected Z Figure 4 9 SCADA Protocol Settings SCADA Protocol Settings Mode Select one of the available SCADA modes Baud Rate Port 3 se
283. ics recycler who is familiar with local regulations TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix H 1 Appendix TESLA 3000 Drawings This appendix contains mechanical and connection drawings for the TESLA 3000 TESLA 3000 Mechanical Overview 2 TESLA 3000 Rear Panel View TESLA 3000 AC Input Module Connection TESLA 3000 DC Input Module Connection Electronic versions of the drawings in both PDF and DWG formats are avail able on the TESLA 3000 CD in the Manuals directory The PDF documents are scaled for 11 x 17 printing for improved readability D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix l 1 Appendix TESLA 3000 Drawings 17 43 442 7mm 34 18 31 465 1mm TESLA Disturbance Recorder Model 3000 5 19 131 8mm www erlphase com e 19 00 482 6mm THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF ERLPHASE ANY REPRODUCTION IN PART OR WHOLE WITHOUT THE www erlphase com WRITTEN PERMISSION OF ERLPHASE IS PROHIBITED 5 21 132 3mm THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF ERLPHASE ANY REPRODUCTION IN PART OR WHOLE WITHOUT THE www erlphase com WRITTEN PERMISSION OF ERLPHASE IS PROHIBITED 227 11 60 5 6mm 294 6mm OG Recorder Functional Q nies Functional Recorder Triggered o 475 120 6mm 5 19 QO test Mode 131 8mm O Alarm Q Records Stored Port 1 12 28 311 9mm UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES CAD GENERATED DR
284. ilities screens by double clicking on Utilities in the Main Menu tree c You are now in the Utilities Cooperative Mode Setup screen as shown in Figure 13 2 D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 13 7 13 Cooperative Recorder Group Cooperative Mode Setup IV Enable Cooperative Mode V Member 2 Dorsey Rec2 IV Member 3 Dorsey Rec3 IV Member 4 re not connected Iv Meme Status connected not connected NEGI not connected Dorsey Rec1 Master Figure 13 2 Cooperative Mode Setup Screen Save Close d Check the Enable Cooperative Mode box Note To exit Coopera tive Mode this box must be unchecked and the chosen recorders in part e must also be unselected User must choose Save to complete disabling Cooperative Mode e Select the recorders you want to be part of the cooperative group us a ing the pick lists The Master recorder is automatically assigned as Member 1 Note If an expected recorder does not appear in the Member pick list check the recorder s IED Definition for errors This list also determines the order in which records are combined The member number shown here is pre pended onto each analog and digital channel in the combined record to identify which record er it came from 3 Enable cooperative recording group operation Click Save TESLA Control Panel will connect to each member re corder to provide member IP addresses and enable cross
285. ing Utilities TESLA Control Panel Current IED TESLA V64 Connected A Figure 8 23 Meter Group Configuration Screen A Meter Group Is a collection of measured and calculated values that are pre sented as a group by the Control Panel s Metering function Metering Groups are referred to by a user specified name and the name of the Metering Group appears on the tab in the Metering display There are two default metering groups and ten user defined groups for a total of twelve metering groups The Metering display has fixed displays for analog and external input chan nels You may add additional displays containing any set of channels orga nized as you wish 1 To create a meter group right click on the Meter Groups entry in the Con figuration menu 2 Select Add Meter Group A New Meter Group line appears and the New Meter Group text is selected 3 Type the Meter Group name then Enter The text you type replaces the New Meter Group text 4 Inthe meter group screen you can place any defined channel in any cell The resultant meter group display will show the desired channels in the specified place on the screen Phase angle readings displayed in meter groups are based on the configured Phase Angle Reference Channel Phase Angle Refer ence Channel on page 8 11 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Trend Logging D01721R02 61 8 Configuring the Recorder R TESLA Control Panel Config Edit
286. ing with the Recorder on page 4 1 To make use of a modem link connection to multiple recorders the Con trol Panel user must be logged into Windows with local administrator privileges This is required to permit temporary access to the computer s network routing table Create an IED Definition in TESLA 3000 Control Panel for the Master Recorder The Master Recorder is a recorder in the group designated as the primary interface between the recorder group and Control Panel In addition to its role as a recorder the Master Recorder maintains the list of group records and provides the IP addresses of the other group members to Control Panel If remote access to the recorder group will be through a modem the Master Recorder must be the recorder with the modem The following table provides a setting guide for the Master Recorder s IED definition IED Definitions for the Master Recorder IED Name e Should identify both the recorder and its cooperative group e Should have the same name as the recorder s Unit ID The Unit ID is configured in the recorder through the Utilities menu See Unit Identification on page 7 2 Should indicate that the IED is the Master Recorder for the group TESLA 3000 User Manual 13 5 13 Cooperative Recorder Group Should be the name and or location of the Substation IED Serial Number Can be left blank if the unit s serial number is not known The serial number can also be automatically o
287. ion setup is done through TESLA 3000 Control Panel soft ware For the PMU you must set the rate at which the data needs to be trans ferred and the communication mode such as TCP IP UDP modem or serial communication You must also setup the Phasor Data Concentrator PDC in formation to transfer the data First connect to the TESLA 3000 DFR and check whether it has PMU capabilities Identifying the PMU Module Support Open TESLA 3000 Control panel software Connect to the TESLA 3000 DFR unit Double click on the Utilities item in the tree view Select the Unit Identi fication tab the PMU information is displayed as shown below Ifthe unit has PMU capability the PMU version information will be displayed TESLA 4000 Control Pamel Urilitims 8 21 3 r TESLA 3000 3653535 35 rz A 65 17 25 que Sire sso 204 704 w t Steton Nore Fi frase Figure 15 3 PMU Module feature identification on the TESLA unit using Unit Identifi cation screen If the unit does not have the PMU capability it displays PMU Not Installed TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 15 PMU Optional Software Module TESLA S000 Castood Paral Liti lii imi wi NN Trae TESLA 3DDO 353505 1 EIFrmvre Veco vith Fenes isng sans ADM Orue r AA Piana Rap HE Seon ane farne Sion ambe cs Location es TES A AOERD Gertrud Praed 0 01 Cures XD C5 TE3523008 517 Fn Unit T Figure 15 4 Example of Unit Identification
288. is displayed before this action is carried out Record Retrieval Enter year month day hour and minute information in the start date Request Section and a Length for the requested record These fields are pre filled with a time that is computed from the To time minus the initial Length value Graph Launch RecordGraph with the selected record or records Save as Brings up a dialog to save the selected record with a new name and or location Export Brings up the Export utility to export the selected record in a different format Delete Deletes the selected records from the local file system Rename Allows the user to rename the record keeping the original file extension TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Safe Shutdown Mode Handling Configuration Changes D01721R02 61 10 Continuous Disturbance Recording Since data is being continuously written to the storage device it is important to follow a safe shutdown procedure This will ensure data integrity A new command Safe Shutdown Mode is added to the maintenance menu and to the TESLA Control Panel Utilities screen Sample Rate Normal Record Length Maximum Record Length Ame 5760 10 10 Duration samples second Pre trigger Time 0 2 0 1 seconds 0 2 15 seconds 10 30 seconds r Low Speed Recordings Sample Rate Normal Record Length Maximum Record Length 60 samples second Pre tri
289. ities of Watts VARS and VA and all 64 digital sta tus quantities available from a 36 64 channel TESLA recorder The PMU functionality does not affect the existing TESLA 3000 features it is designed to work simultaneously with the existing features such as triggering recording and trending Synchrophasors phasor measurements with angles referenced to a global time standard have been used in limited scope by electric power utilities in North America for well over a decade as a means of measuring and predicting dy namic stability of the power grid Recently a growing concern about the sta bility of the power system has increased interest in the use of synchrophasors on a broader scale The formulation of a new standard to define the calculation and transmission of synchrophasors IEEE C37 118 2005 and the launch of a major synchrophasor project on the eastern north American power grid North American Synchro Phasor Initiative NASPI formerly EIPP have so lidified the requirement for devices which can provide synchrophasor mea surements in real time To transmit the PMU data reliably you must connect to the IRIG B signal from a Global Positioning System GPS clock or receiver to the TESLA Distur bance Recorder Model 3000 as described in the TESLA User Manual The GPS signal must comply with the specification as mentioned in the IEEE C37 118 standard D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 15 1 15 PMU Optional Software Module
290. kers position X O and trigger marker T Views and graphs title options e X axis scaling zooming information Y axis scaling zooming information e X axis shift time alignment of each channel Measurement readout options e Left Margin Template stores the easy to manage layout information in a file based on prod uct type B PRO F PRO L PRO T PRO TESLA COMTRADE When the template information is stored it can be applied to any recording normally from same IED or product for which the template is valid For ex ample if a template has 3 views with 3 graphs per view and has 1 2 and 3 an alog channels displayed with various options this information can be applied to any record with that common framework The concept is to re use the com mon layout information and update the data information with the new recorded channels thus reducing the graph re creation processing time These flexible and user defined templates can be shared among different users Normally under default installation options templates are stored on the local hard disk in a sub folder where the RecordGraph application resides for exam ple c Program Files NxtPhase NRecordGraph template 11 56 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Default Templates D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records The template graphical layout file contains information about fixed views graphs traces marker positions read out scaling and zoom range You can analyze a syst
291. key 3 Using the Records tab select a local record from the tree list Click the Graph button 5 x Select IED ah TESLA Demo Unit Connect Metering Edit Utilitie D De configwation In the Records tab select mm Click on Graph button to launch jm a local record from the tree list RecordGraph File Trigger ren rem Record Filter IV Get Remote Summaries Latest 25 Records Y v cet Remote Events DV 36 channel 2003 02 04 11 autopoll Autoprint ecord Type Fault and Swing Record Version 10 Record Priority 1 Records from DV 36 channel Unit ID DV 36 channel 2003 02 13 2003 02 11 Graph 2003 02 04 On IED Get from IED DV 36 channel 2003 02 04 18 32 35 959 Ee DV 36 channel 2003 02 04 18 32 34 217 z DV 36 channel 2003 02 04 18 32 30 600 DV 36 channel 2003 02 04 18 31 18 392 E DV 36 channel 2003 02 04 18 29 17 659 DV 36 channel 2003 02 04 18 29 15 367 DV 36 channel 2003 02 04 18 29 11 317 Ee DV 36 channel 2003 02 04 18 28 05 584 Ee DV 36 channel 2003 02 04 18 27 33 750 Ee DV 36 channel 2003 02 04 18 27 27 459 DV 36 channel 2003 02 04 18 26 31 817 Rename 6 DV 36 channel 2003 02 04 18 26 07 975 z DV 36 channel 2003 02 04 18 26 07 175 dass z DV 36 channel 2003 02 04 18 23 03 867 Ee DV 36 channel 2003 02 04 18 22 52 667 Trigger Time Local Tue Feb 04 2003 18 32 35 00830220 8200 ee cU0S n2 Ue ELEN 2 PAO alle 2 JH tehsil gl Get and Delete
292. l High Mag 2012 pr26 13 Connected to RecordBase on attempt 2012 pr26 13 TestIP94 Va Val High Mag Erase Refresh Print Main Menu Events TESLA Control Panel v0 08 Current IED TESLA3000 IP94 Getting Events Figure 9 3 Event Log Display The recorder maintains a log of time stamped events Event messages can be produced by any of the recorder s detectors if configured to do so Event messages can also be viewed in the Record Summary and Trend Summary displays The Event Log stores up to 250 events with automatic overwrite of the oldest event For greater event storage or to prevent automatic overwrite the record er s trending function can also be used to store event messages The text of an event message is derived from the configuration of the detector that generates it The general format for event message 1s Date Time ElementName Type Description Detector State where e ElementName is the user assigned name of the element associated with this channel e ChannelType describes the member of the element or the type of channel which the detector is monitoring Description 1s user assigned text available to further identify the detector Detector is the type of detector e State indicates whether the detector is picking up or dropping out In the case of external inputs this text 1s user assigned to accommodate different external devices TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Printing Event Log
293. l Properties May cause a UTC time mis match between recorders that results in trigger messages being rejected Setting should be the same on all group members Recorder Time Zone Set ting May cause a UTC time mis match between recorders that results in trigger messages being rejected Setting should be the same on all group members Recording Control Settings Utilities gt Recording Trigger Mode In Duration mode triggers from other recorders result in a record of Maximum Record Length as their duration is not evident to the receiving recorder Setting should be Edge on all group members Pre Trigger Mode Records with a pretrigger time different from that of the Mas ter Recorder s record will be left out of the combined group record Setting must be the same on all group members At least 0 1 seconds of pre trigger is recommended Normal Record Length Records of different duration can be combined into a group record The group record can be displayed but not exported in COMTRADE format Settings should be the same if COMTRADE export of the combined record is desired Maximum Record Length D01721R02 61 Controls the capability of each recorder to automatically extend a recording to include subsequent triggers TESLA 3000 User Manual A minimum of 0 1 second of auto extension Maximum Record Length gt Normal Record Length is recom mended to avoid multi
294. l Up Network see Setting Windows Serial Port Parameters on page 4 12 3 Choose the target recorder from the Select IED list in TESLA Control Panel s Main Menu e If there is not already an entry for this recorder create one using the Add New button The method of communication with the recorder is specified as part of its IED definition Use the Edit button to view or change this informa tion Ensure the Direct Serial Link option is selected For details on IED definitions see Working with TESLA Control Pan el on page 5 1 4 Initiate the connection by selecting the Connect button A dialog box will appear to show connection progress The connection state and the current IED you are connected to is shown on the Windows status bar at the bottom of the screen Status Bar shows TESLA Control Panel software is connected to the recorder and the name of the Current IED Main Menu TESLA Contre Enel Current IED TESLA Demo Unit Connected Figure 4 5 Status Bar If the connection fails check the following The APT SERIAL dial up network has been created and has the correct settings see TESLA Control Panel Installation on page 3 1 e The communication parameters are the same on both ends see Step 2 above The correct serial port has been selected on your computer Some newer laptop computers do not have serial ports A USB serial converter adapter can provide a surrogate seria
295. l port for a direct connection to the TESLA recorder The Edgeport USB Serial Adapter model Edgeport 1 from B amp B Electronics www bb elec com is an example of such a device Modem Link External Modem Your PC must be appropriately configured for modem communica tion see TESLA Control Panel Installation on page 3 1 D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 4 5 4 Communicating with the Recorder Modem Cable as supplied with modem Analog Telephone Modem Adapter je Analog Port 2 Direct Modem Telephone Telephone System TESLA Disturbance Reorder Model 2000 External athe E Modem Desktop Computer Modem Adapter part 101629 Can be ordered separately DB 9 Male Male Figure 4 6 Modem Link External Recorder Setup I Connect a PC compatible external serial modem to Port 2 on the rear of the recorder The cable between the recorder and the modem requires a crossover and a gender change as both devices are configured as RS 232 DCE ports You can use the ERLPhase Modem Port Adapter part 101629 to make the recorder s Port 2 appear as a DTE like a PC serial port A standard modem cable can then be used to connect to the recorder For port pin out and cabling information see Communication Port De tails on page 4 13 Ifthe unit has an internal modem Port 2 will be disabled and an external modem will not work 2 Connect the modem to an analo
296. l range data is viewed Use the graph zoom control to zoom the x and y axis from top to the position indicated and the traces are zoomed in ye Pure Qa FRK Figure 11 67 Example of Graph Zoom Control When you move the mouse near the edge of the Time Window control the cur sor shape changes from normal arrow to two headed arrow as shown in the di agram Now you can resize the thumb track to a desired level of data range In the example the data starts at position 0 200 and ends at 0 200 1 383 where 1 383 is the width total data range Therefore only small portion of the data can be viewed TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records uz qun SETET AT VF Laker Vip v wees Lie ag E em lines zh ghapesdondumrdq ik ar OO High ipd Channel EL SA Leer walk v Lp Tab Face Tage Ph Speer wA CA 018 Ate Prise eh pers Pronk LAG TR teller Vb oe L g hc Phaps hapse igh Grass ap ON db Amps Tec Fhaas Phaca FHigh Speed Ag Pee Vid L GET er Ap ole ae Ls Lieka Vb LG Lesia Vc LE iy DA imp CE Mth Arps o OB aD hs tong i UE 4113 Api r DE Angi D di Be dengan E A2 La Avnet s 42 fh feng C A2 c nga DE la rer Ol db tongs OG Ac mp VIS EE Bs Va KV LG Ay 18 E un Vek AR TIS E Bas Me KL S mw gie vele Lio dog Preareg Preirpp ped wn GET Aaga Ios Peas rien spen
297. la x sje xj tt af e me ae bank 8 rit El High Speec Primary bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr El Analog V Secondary X4804252V S Time Alignment i 439 8155 V A Absolute Time ay o Fundamental RMS TrueRMS m PTA V4 V Harmonies Na Ji T N Symmetrical Components HT M CTZICHS Amplitude readouts N Cus corresponding to j amp O CTAJALS Ay CT41BLS Aeg VET Ay CT5 IB TS V CT5 1C TS la Operating 25 Ib Operating y Ic Operating la Restraint 50 Ib Restraint av Ic Restraint Al MI mM External E Summation 45 M PT1V3 c Tr desees corresponding n to X amp ee ea 125 mi G E r T T T T 1 m Seconds 0 000 0 020 J TN D 080 0100 0120 0140 0160 0 180 0 0332 s 0 0639 al 0 0308 s Ay Timeline Ay Overlay Set Clear Markers X and O on all graphs in the active view If the Markers are out of range double click on the time axis t Scale Secondary Ui Figure 11 32 Markers Set or clear markers X and O on all graphs in the active view If the markers are out of range double click the time axis to bring them back into the view When markers are placed depending on the type of measurements option readouts appear on the right hand side as shown corresponding to the positions of X and O ma
298. letely Record priority is determined by the highest priority trigger included in the record Trigger priority is set as part of each channel s configuration 1 14 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 7 Recorder Setup Utilities Password Protection Access to various TESLA functions can be protected through the use of pass words View Level tr Mo Password Required C Password Change Level f Mo Password Required Password Service Level No Password Required f Password password 0 Figure 7 9 Passwords There are three user access levels VIEW CHANGE and SERVICE Setting Passwords Passwords can be viewed and set through the Passwords tab of TESLA Con trol Panel s Utilities screen You have the option of explicitly disabling the password protection for each access level Leaving the VIEW access level password disabled for example will allow free use of the TESLA for read only operation The Password tab can only be accessed when connected via direct serial link through the recorder s service port Port 1 This provides protection from unauthorized remote access while ensuring that on site staff can freely use the recorder D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 1 15 7 Recorder Setup Utilities Function Required Access Level Records Display Record List from IED VIEW Delete Record from IED CHANGE Create Fault or Swing Record VIEW Rename Loc
299. ll be necessary to con figure your anti virus anti software to classify it as safe for its proper oper ation Please consult the appropriate anti virus anti spyware software documentation to determine the relevant procedure TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 3 TESLA Control Panel Installation Installation on Windows XP or Windows 7 Step 1 Install TESLA Control Panel Software from CD ROM Step 2 Installing Null Modem Driver Software D01721R02 61 Insert the TESLA CD ROM 1n your drive The CD ROM should start automatically If it doesn t go to Windows Ex plorer and run the CD exe file at the root of the CD ROM directory To install TESLA Control Panel software on your computer select the TES LA Disturbance Recorder icon then the Install TESLA Control Panel The installation program starts automatically but may take a few minutes to be gin During installation a prompt appears asking whether your TESLA recorders are 50 Hz or 60 Hz units For proper operation it is important to select the correct one If you need to change this in the future re install TESLA Con trol Panel When the installation is complete a TESLA Control Panel icon is placed on your desktop Use the icon to launch Control Panel If you prefer you can start Control Panel through Windows Start menu Start Programs NxtPhase TESLA Control Panel A virtual software modem called a Null Modem must be set up for direct se rial cabl
300. log Inputs Delay d Output D E Actions Frequency 1 x Line 1 Trend ACTIVE State OPEN v 7 m WM IM Iv 1 INACTIVE State CLOSED E m v m i sov Primary Units Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Main Menu Records TESLA 3000 Control Panel Current IED TESLA 3000 Demo Connected Ui Save Close Config Edit Config Mar Figure 8 20 Logic Function Configuration 8 36 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 8 Configuring the Recorder Logic Function Settings Element Identifies the group to which this channel belongs The Element forms the first part of the channel name The Element is selected when the channel is created and is fixed once assigned when you are working in the Element Tree view Description Optional field 12 characters Provides an additional description of the channel that forms part of the channel name Use if Element Name and channel Type do not sufficiently identify the channel Channel Grouping and Naming on page 8 8 Logic Function Index Identifies the logic funtion You can select any available function the only restriction is that nested logic functions require the input logic to have a lower Logic Function Index If the only option is undefined you have already used all available channels Inputs 1 5 Selects the source of the input state for each stage of the boolean cal culation
301. m Adapter converts this port to a Data Terminal Equipment DTE to simplify connection to an external modem Default Setting 38 400 baud 8 data bits no parity 1 stop bit N B Port 2 is disabled if the recorder is equipped with an inter nal modem Port 3 Rear RS 232 DCE female DB9 Used for SCADA communication Default Setting 19 200 baud 8 data bits no parity 1 stop bit Internal Modem Port Rear RJ 11 receptacle Used for user interface access via the optional internal modem Network Port Rear RJ 45 receptacle for 10 100 Base T Ethernet Default IP address 192 168 1 100 Used for User interface access e DNP SCADA access Cooperative mode operations External converters may be used to convert communication ports and increase the options available for connection to devices and networks See Appendix G for optional devices available TESLA 3000 User Manual 4 1 4 Communicating with the Recorder Ethernet LAN Link 4 2 PC with TCP IP 10 100BaseT Ethernet TCP IP Network Network Port T o Figure 4 1 Ethernet LAN Link Recorder Setup 1 Connect recorder s Ethernet port to the Ethernet LAN hub using an appro priate 10 100BaseT cable 2 Modify the IP address if necessary e The default IP address is 192 168 1 100 e To modify or view the IP address use the recorder s Maintenance menu for details see 14 Maintenance Menu
302. ment To remove an element from the tree select it and press the lt Del gt key or right click and select Delete Element from the shortcut menu Channels can be created in either the Element Tree view or the Channel Tree View Element and Channel Tree Views on page 8 10 To create a new channel in the Element Tree view I Select the desired element in the tree 2 Right click and select the desired channel type If appropriate choose the type that matches the input you are monitoring e g Va For an ac signal that has no specific phase designation you can select New AC Voltage or New AC Current If you chose New Ia Ib Ic or New Va Vb Vc three en tries are created and the configuration screen for the first is displayed The new channel s will be inserted automatically in the list To create a new channel in the Channel Tree view 1 Select the desired element in the tree TESLA 3000 User Manual 8 13 8 Configuring the Recorder Expand the branches in the tree to show the channels for each group Select the channel number and an input screen appears on the right side Type in the information required to configure the channel Mn A Ww N When you close the screen you are asked to save the configuration to the recorder Select Save to Recorder Step 1 Select Analog Step 2 Right click and Step 3 Choose type Input select New Analog Input Yi TESLA I ontrol Panel Config Edit E
303. model number is 3000 Version and issue will each be positive integers say X and Y The TESLA is defined as Model 3000 Version X Issue Y Accessing TESLA Event Information All TESLA detector event messages displayed in the Event Log are available via Modbus This includes fault location information The following controls are available Refresh Event List Function Code 6 address 42049 Fetches the latest events from the TESLA s event log and makes them available for Modbus access The most recent event becomes the current event available for reading Acknowledge Current Event Function Code 6 address 42050 Clears the current event from the read registers and and Get Next Event places the next event into them An acknowledged event is no longer available for reading Get Next Event Function Code 6 address 42051 Places the next event in the read registers without acknowledging the current event The current event will reappear in the list when Refresh Event List is used D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix D 17 Appendix D Modbus Functions Size of Current Event Message Function Code 3 address 42052 Indicates the number of 16 bit registers used to contain the current event Event data is stored with two characters per register A reading of zero indi cates that there are no unacknowledged events available in the current set NB The Refresh Event List function can be used to check for n
304. more com patible dc channels are selected two calibration areas appear on the screen You may calibrate the points in either order as is convenient DC calibration is not complete until both points have been calibrated and the associated offset and gain values accepted An error message 1s displayed if the applied signal as seen by the recorder dif fers from the value entered in the Applied Signal field by more than 10 This helps to prevent erroneous calibration If you change the type of isolation module associated with a channel you must specify the new module type in the input channel s config uration before calibrating TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Notify Automatic Record Transfer Cross Trigger Notification D01721R02 61 7 Recorder Setup Utilities The TESLA recorder can call a ERLPhase RecordBase Central Station via mo dem or LAN to notify it of selected events Notification is used for two purposes I To initiate cross triggering of dynamic swing records on other recorders 2 To initiate record transfer to RecordBase when a new record is created The Notify tab of the Utilities screen contains settings to control the dial out process and the initiation of record transfers You can control which records are automatically transferred to the RecordBase Central Station by specifying the required record priority The setting ranges from 0 all records to 3 highest priority only and provides an option to
305. n termediary to insert the delay When a user configurable event occurs the fault locator assesses the distance to fault using the user supplied line parameters If one or more of the imped ances 1s consistent with a fault on the line fault identification e g B G and location information is generated in the form of an event message N A Fault Locator Functions are not recorded 10 Fault Locator Functions are available FLoc When a Fault Locator Function is triggered it writes a message into the Event Log identifying the time the Element the faulted type e g A B B G and the distance to fault The output of the Fault Locator Function is available through SCADA It can not be metered or trended TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 8 Configuring the Recorder Settings TESLA Fault Locator Configuration Element Type Description Fault Locator Index Element1 FLoc 1 bul initiating Ewent Element vbitst bl 1 Syvvell Phase 4 volts Eiement watst vat 1 Phase HB ots Element Wh tat vb 1 Phase volts Element Uwicttst c1 1 Phase Amps unassigned Phase B Amps lt unassigned Phase t Amps lt unassigned Pos Sequence Impedance o j E Pri ohms Zero Sequence Impedance o j E Line Length 0 Figure 8 21 Fault Locator Function Configuration Pri ohm Fault Locator Function Settings Element Identifies the group to which this channel belongs The El
306. ncentrator A check will enable this PMU channel Name to Report PMU Phasors Analog and Digitals This column allow the user to re name the streaming PMU channel that will be reported to the remote Data Concentrator PMU Metering PMU metering does not require any special configuration settings Once the PMU phasors are defined as explained in the previous section the PMU me tering automatically displays the metering screen through a separate PMU tab Phasor magnitude and respective phase angles are displayed in primary or sec ondary units All the user interface and update features available for the normal metering are also available for the PMU metering In addition to the phasor channels configured in the PMU configuration a frequency channel will also be displayed if one is already configured A typical PMU metering screen is as shown below TESLA 4000 Contped Penal dey o risg efx PMU TEST VaMag 137 995 kv PMU TEST VaAng 0 000 PMU TEST VbMag 137 987 kV PMU TEST VbAng 118 58 PMU TEST VcMag 157 886 KV PMU TEST VcAng 120 006 PMU TEST IlaMag 8004 46 PMU TEST lang 29 855 PMU TEST IbMag 8010 65 PMU TEST IbAng 90 414 PMU TEST leMag 8001 96 A PMU TEST IcAng 148 615 PMU TEST Vseq STN Seq Mag 0 006 kV PMU TEST Vseq STN Seq ang 0 0000 PMU TEST Vseq STN Seq Mag 137 988 kV PMU TEST Vseq STM Seq Ang 0005 PMU TEST Vseq STN Seq Mag 0 006 kV PMU
307. ncludes the pre trigger time Max Extended Record Length The maximum length of the record including pre trigger post trigger and extensions To enable record auto extension for multiple trig gers the Maximum Record Length must be larger than the Normal Record Trend Recordings Sample Rate Read only display of the trending interval in seconds The trend log ging rate is configured in the recorder s setting file see Trend Log ging on page 8 43 Continuous Disturbance Recording CDR Sample Rate Read only display of the recording rate in RMS samples second channel The rate is configured in the recorders setting file for details see Continuous Disturbance Recording on page 10 1 Storage High Low Speed Accumulation Mode Selects whether to overwrite the oldest transient or swing records when the storage space is full or the 1000 record limit has been reached or to stop storing new records The Storage Alarm can be used in conjunction with the Stop setting to provide notification in advance of the full condition High Low Speed Storage Alarm Limits When enabled you can enter a limit giving the percentage of recording space that causes an alarm Enter a number between 60 and 90 The storage alarm condition is indicated by flashing the front panel Record Storage LED and activating a selected alarm contact Note the alarm contact assigned to this is displayed as a read only v
308. ndard straight through male to female serial cable can be used If both the recorder and your computer have modems you can access the Maintenance Menu through the telephone system If both the recorder and your computer are on the same LAN or WAN you can access the Maintenance Menu through your network 2 Configure your terminal program as described in the table below For a direct serial link the baud rate must be same as that of the record er s serial port The default baud rate for Port 1 1s 38 400 The baud rate can be viewed and changed in the Utilities Communication tab of TESLA Control Panel Fora modem link the baud rate and other communication parameters only determine how your computer talks to your modem Usually the fastest possible baud rate is chosen to maximize your modem s com pression capabilities Foranetwork link only the Emulation and Font settings from the table are relevant Terminal Program Setup Baud rate For a direct serial link the baud rate must match that of the recorder serial port Port 1 default baud rate is 38 400 For a modem link the baud rate refers only to the link between your computer and its own modem Data bits 8 Parity None Stop bits 1 TESLA 3000 User Manual 14 1 14 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling 14 2 Terminal Program Setup Flow control Hardware or Software Hardware flow control is recommended The recorder automatically supports bot
309. ndividual group members via WAN or a modem on the Master recorder TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 13 Cooperative Recorder Group Setting Up a Cooperative Recording Group Edit IED E IED Definition ED Mami Corses Rec Group Comments Cooperative Fieconder Grap Recorders Location Dorsey Converter S ED Serial Number Modat TESLA Configuration TESLA 4000 Cooperative Mode r Communication c Serial Links cut Geren t u ccs 2003 03 25 eds 8 Beud Rabe pe L D Serial mber TESLA AH 1 1 02085 DUO k ret TESLA Contpestion TESLA 30009000 16 Channels PRS tortie Fur Latte Tu arii Aul Cu Direct Deisi Link Tenn Linc ZEEE Dead Rais hee el Connect Through ED borse Reri Master Acid Hew ModemSerisi Link Folder placement ciem Link Recordings Fodder C Program Pies thas ie bor sey Rec Grou Brereetit i C pebweork Link Parad P Adrere VEKE 168 100 v Ganga Folder i j Second P Address 192 168 O F oe m ewm OOOO Telephone 4 Switch UY ee Cooperative Group Foicker p aoemerd pre se EA Coniigz Poder c hogan F e z visti rase qoo en Fei BEI Bec cm canon ED Name Dorsey Rec Commerts Cooperative Recorder Group Member Location Dorsey Converter Sty ED Detritcn Master Recorder ED Sens Number TESLA 4000 010516 01 Modet TESLA Configurators T
310. ne the format of the incoming time if IEEE 1344 data is not available Use IEEE 1344 If Present If Use IEEE 1344 if Present is checked and the source clock generates IEEE 1344 data the recorder uses the time zone offset from the IEEE 1344 data embedded in the IRIG B time signal reads the IEEE 1344 data to determine the mode of the incoming IRIG signal UTC Local Local with DST Otherwise the recorder uses the manually entered time zone offset and clock source mode settings Do not use IEEE 1344 If Do Not Use IEEE 1344 is selected the recorder will ignore any IEEE 1344 data in the IRIG B signal and use the manually entered time zone offset and clock source mode settings IRIG Source Specifies the mode of the incoming clock signal Ignored if IEEE 1344 data is present in the IRIG B time signal and the Use IEEE 1344 If Present setting is enabled Manually Set IED Time Allows the recorder s clock to be manually set if an IRIG B signal is not present If an IRIG B signal is present but does not contain IEEE 1344 data the year can be set manually Recorder Time Zone Setting TESLA 3000 User Manual Provides the offset from local time to UTC in hours For example Cen tral Time has a 6 hour offset from UTC This setting is ignored if IEEE 1344 data is present in the IRIG B time signal and the Use IEEE 1344 If Present setting is enabled D01721R02 61 7 Recorder Setup Utilities Changing
311. nel Current IED TESLA E Connected Figure 8 1 Configuration Manager If a communication link to the Current IED is available you can work directly with the recorder s configuration by either double click on the Present Settings item in the list or by selecting Present Settings and using the Edit button This will read the configuration from recorder and displays it in the Configuration Editor TESLA 3000 User Manual 8 1 8 Configuring the Recorder Editing a Recorder s Present Configuration Saved Configuration Files 8 2 Present Settings Wo TESLA Control Panel Config Mgr File Help Settings Date El Configurations for Dev TESLA 2001 Apr 19 16 14 30 asdf El Saved Settings 2000 08 18 21 59 43 2000 Aug 18 15 25 16 None Figure 8 2 Present Configuration When you close the Configuration Editor you are given the option of loading the configuration back into the recorder This gives you a quick way to make changes on the fly You can also transfer the recorder s present configuration to a saved file in Control Panel using the Get from IED button When transferred the configu ration appears in the Saved Settings list Saved Settings ill TESLA Control Panel Config Mgr i IDE XI File Help Name SettingsDate Comment Edit IF Configurations for Dev TESLA Present Settings 2001 Apr 18 15 14 30 asdf Get from IED Saved Settings 2000 08 18 21 59 49
312. nel RJ 11 Internal Modem Port Requires that the recorder has the internal modem option installed Port 2 is automatically disabled when the internal modem is installed and enabled The internal modem can be disabled through the Maintenance Menu Baud Rate Sets the baud rate of the recorder s port 2 The default baud rate is 38 400 baud For a direct serial connection on Port 2 the baud rate must match that of the serial port of the computer connected to this port For details about changing the baud rate see Setting Windows Serial Port Parameters on page 4 12 When configured for an internal or external modem the baud rate specifies the rate at which the recorder communicates with the modem The actual communication rate between modems is less than or equal to this setting depending on what the modems can negotiate over the phone line For best results use the maximum baud rate that your communication link and equipment can sustain Modem Initializa When using an internal or external modem a modem initialization tion String string can be entered containing modem control codes The factory default for this field is M1 Refer to the modem manual for details SCADA The SCADA protocols can be accessed via either the serial Port 3 SCADA Port or the Net work Port Modbus ASCII Modbus RTU or DNP3 Level 2 is selected Port 3 is used If DNP3 Level 2 TCP or DNP3 Level 2 UDP are selected SCADA can be accessed via
313. nel Type is optional sufficient to fully identify a channel e g Line 1 Va In other cases the 12 chars Description is required to clarify the channel name e g You might name an external input channel as Line 1 EEBRKR1 a D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 8 9 8 Configuring the Recorder Element and Channel Tree Views The Config Editor can display recorder channels in two distinct views Ele ment View and Channel View The title at the top of the tree pane indicates the present viewing mode The button at the bottom of the tree pane lets you switch to the other viewing mode Element Tree The Element Tree View organizes channels by the element names you create In the following figure Element Line 1 has been expanded to show some of the channels associated with it such as Va Present viewing mode Element Tree 15 x File Edit Config View Help Element Tree Angle Reference Channel gt Identification for this Channel Group Bees h Channel Group 1 Frequency Channel Configured 7 Second Frequency Channel Configured El Line 1 amp Analog Inputs f inputs Derived External Inputs f Analogs Digitals Summations Sequence Impedance Watts Vars Logics Fault Locators PF Detector BTS erations line 6 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 es pli jen 01 9 B Impedance Functions Temp 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 E Watts Vars Functions Unas
314. nels for the recorder s analog input signals The recorder s physical analog input channels The RMS amplitude of the fundamental is calculated using a DFT function The resultant phasors are used for rate and level triggers metering low speed recording trending and sag swell detection The single harmonic and THD de tectors are calculated directly from the input samples High amp low magnitude Negative and positive rate of change Single harmonic magnitude THD magnitude Sag and swell To prevent multiple triggers on threshold conditions an hysteresis of 2 of setting 1s applied to magnitude triggers High Speed records the samples generated from the A D converters at the se lected sample rate Low Speed records the calculated phasors at a rate of one phasor per cycle Up to 36 Analog Input Channels can be defined one for each physical input limited to 18 on an 18 channel model The numbers of channels are reduced at high sample rates see Table 8 1 on page 6 and Table 8 2 on page 6 Specific Va Vb Vc Ia Ib Ic In use where appropriate Generic Vac Iac DC Note the DC type indicates that a DC Input Isolation Module is used on this channel This module can in fact be used with either ac or dc signals The Analog Input Channel also produces THD and Single Harmonic readings that are available to the metering display SCADA and the long term trending function TESLA 3000 User Manual 8 15 8 Config
315. ng tab Select Internet Protocol TCP IP and press the Properties button Configure the settings as shown in Figure 3 11 Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General You can get IP settings assigned automatically if pour network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings C Use the following IP address a 8 Obtain DNS server address automatically C Use the following DNS server addresses gps Po Figure 3 11 Windows XP Internet Protocol Settings 15 Press the Advanced button and configure the settings as shown in Figure 3412 Advanced TCP IP Settings General DNS WINS This checkbox only applies when vou are connected to a local network and a dial up network simultaneously When checked data that cannot be sent on the local network is Forwarded to the dial up network PPP link Use IP header compression Figure 3 12 Windows XP Advanced TCP IP Settings 16 Click OK to apply the setting to APT SERIAL properties and close the APT SERIAL dialog box TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 3 TESLA Control Panel Installation First Time Start Up Starting TESLA Control Panel Data Location D01721R02 61 To start TESLA Control Panel double click the TESLA Control Panel icon placed on your desktop by the installation process or select Start gt Program
316. nge On change External I P 32 Change latch 10288 Off no change On change External I P 33 Change latch 10289 Off no change On change External I P 34 Change latch 10290 Off no change On change External I P 35 Change latch 10291 Off no change On change TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 D01721R02 61 External I P 36 Change latch Off no change On change Appendix D Modbus Functions External I P 37 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 38 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 39 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 40 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 41 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 42 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 43 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 44 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 45 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 46 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 47 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 48 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 49 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 50 Change latch Off no change On change External I
317. ngs displayed in meter groups are based on the configured Phase Angle Reference Channel see Phase Angle Ref erence Channel on page 8 11 6 2 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 7 Recorder Setup Utilities The TESLA recorder has global setup parameters that establish its identity and define its operation Setup parameters define Unit identification Communication port parameters Record length and mode settings e Time display and settings e Analog input calibration Central Station trigger and record notification Passwords TESLA 3000 Control Panel Utilities E nl xl File Help Unit Identification Identification Mode 3000 serial Number TESLA 3000 999999 99 Unit ID My TESLA 3000 53 IED Firmware version 1_0D Required Settings version 201 Communication version 701 System Frequency BGO Hz Station Name Horth Station Station Number 146 Location Plains Region un 4 e eH J Unit Identification Cancel Save Close Main Menu Utilities Figure 7 1 Recorder Setup Utilities The setup parameters are accessed through the Utilities tab on TES LA Control Panel You must be communicating with the IED for the Utilities tab to be available For details on connecting to the recorder using TESLA Control Panel software see Communicating with the Recorder on page 4 1 D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 1 1 7 Recorder Setup Utilities U
318. nit Identification The Unit Identification tab identifies a particular recorder and its records Dou ble click Utilities to bring up the tabs select Unit Identification Unt Identification Identification Model 3000 1 2 Required Settings Version Communication Version System Frequency Statign Station Marne North Station Station Number 148 Location Plains Region serial Number TESLA 3000 999999 99 Unit ID My TESLA 3000 53 IED Firmware Version v1 D 201 201 b Hz Figure 7 2 Recorder Setup Utilities Unit Identification Unit Identification Settings Identification Serial Number Read only field displays the serial number of the TESLA unit currently connected Unit ID User entered field that identifies the unit It is part of the name given to records produced by the unit to identify their origin By convention this name should be the same as the IED Name assigned to the recorder and recorder s workspace The name must not contain the following P V or any other character not valid for a Windows file name IED Firmware Ver sion Read only field that displays the firmware version of the currently con nected TESLA unit Required Settings Version Describes the version of the settings file required by the connected recorder Control Panel is capable of
319. nnect button Note To connectto recorders through a modem gateway you must be logged into Windows with local administrator privileges on the computer running Control Panel or RecordBase Administrator privi leges are required to handle updates to the network routing table Accessing SCADA Services Serial Port Connection Ethernet Connection Protocol Settings D01721R02 61 The recorder supports DNP3 Level 2 and Modbus SCADA protocols as stan dard features This section describes how to connect and configure the servic es Protocol details including point lists are provided in the appendices Both DNP3 and Modbus protocols are available on the recorder s serial Port 3 an RS 232 DCE port with a female DB9 connector The port is wired to sup port a connection to a PC serial port or equivalent using a standard straight through male to female serial cable An external RS 232 to RS 485 converter can be used to connect to an RS 485 network For port pin out and cabling in formation see Communication Port Details on page 4 13 The DNP protocol can also be available over Ethernet using TCP or UDP A standard 10 100BaseT Ethernet cable is required The Ethernet port can support DNP SCADA and user interface access via TES LA Control Panel at the same time For details on setting the recorder s IP address for details see 14 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling on page 1 Configuration of the SCADA protocol and commun
320. nnels the recorder can record For sample rates up to 128 samples cycle 7680 samples second on a 60Hz system frequency the recorder supports all its channels 36 analog and 64 digital For sample rates above 128 samples cycle the number of channels is reduced proportionally Channel reductions always take place starting from the highest numbered channels The numbers of available calculated channels e g watts is not affected by the sample rate The Sample Rate also determines the frequency response of the front end anti aliasing filters and therefore the bandwith of the analog channels See the fol lowing tables Table 8 1 Sample Rates 60Hz System Frequency Samples Samples Analog External Highest Approx Record Second Cycle Channels Channels Harmonic Size kbytes Ko Ko Table 8 2 Sample Rates 50Hz System Frequency Samples Samples Analog External Highest Approx Record Second Cycle Channels Channels Harmonic Size kbytes Limited by the anti aliasing filters For a 1 second fault record assuming typical compression Note 18 channel models are limited to a maximum of 18 analog channels and 32 external chan nels In the Comments section you can enter a description of the configuration for reference purposes This description is also displayed in the configuration management screen to identify saved configuration files TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Chatter Limits Storage Alarms
321. nnennnnnvanennnnennnrnnnnen 8 22 Sequence Component Channels 8 25 Impedance Channels cccccceccceeececesecetseeteeeteenees 8 28 Watts and Vars Channels ccccccccceeeeeeeceeeaeeeeaees 8 31 Frequency Channels ccccccccsecccsececeeesneeceeeseeeeseees 8 34 LOGG FINEST eet 8 36 Fault Locator FUNCIONS e tec n 8 38 Power Factor Functions cccccceecceeeceeeceseeeeeeeeeaees 8 40 Meter GrOUDS va 8 42 Trend LOGGING ss etec heal tole ie ataia 8 43 PANG ape 8 45 9 Record and Log Management 9 1 REC COTOS C M MT eee eae dee 9 1 Tend Eoo rtr cp d EE 9 4 EE EN 9 6 10 Continuous Disturbance Recording 10 1 11 Graphing Records 11 1 Geng SETE ERR 11 1 RecordGraph Menu Items ccccccseeceeeceseeseeeeneenees 11 6 VIEWS T 11 32 GIGS ea tia ee eat sedate hc ei pane a ete mE UEM rU MEC LM SEDED 11 34 TEMAET 11 56 iv TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Table of Contents View and Graph Titles eeeseeeese 11 62 Readouts and Measurements esses 11 64 Calculated Channels eeeeeeeeeeeeess 11 71 EXDOFUHg VIeMWS See 11 72 Exporting Channel Data eseeeeesesee 11 73 Record SUNT EN vere 11 75 Digital Channel St
322. ns High Magnitude o Hz jo ea Logic Functions Low Magnitude 0 M im O Fault Locators Negative Rate of Change 0 Hz 0 sec M Li imi JL 11 Frequency Positive Rate of Change 0 Hz 0 sec v r7 T In 1 Channel Group 2 l Meter Groups Trend Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Close Main Menu Utilities Records Config Edit TESLA Control Panel Current IED TESLA Demo Unit Connected A Figure 8 19 Frequency Channel Configuration Screen Frequency Channel Settings Frequency derived Identifies the analog input channel on which to measure frequency A from voltage channel is recommended for best results TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 D01721R02 61 Trigger Settings 8 Configuring the Recorder Frequency Channel Settings Rate of Change Interval Specifies the period of time over which both positive and negative rate of change is measured 0 5 to 8 0 cycles Limit Specifies the trigger levels for the magnitude triggers and the magni tude portion of the rate for the rate of change triggers The period por tion of the rate is specified by the Rate of Change Interval The high magnitude limit is 7 6 x nominal frequency low magnitude limit is 5 6 x nominal frequency Delay Specifies how long the trigger condition must be present before a trig ger is declared 0 to 1 200 seconds in half cycle increments Trigger Actions Enable Enables or disables the associated trigger A t
323. ntinuous disturbance recording data is discarded every time new settings with modified continuous recording configuration are loaded on TESLA 3000 Continuous recording configuration includes sample rate ana log input configuration continuous recording channel selection and order if changes to existing settings are made and user attempts to load them into the TESLA the following dialog will appear TESLA 3000 User Manual 10 5 10 Continuous Disturbance Recording Warning on CDR data xj iF any of the Following changes are made to the configuration 1 CDR sample rate 2 CDR channels 3 Analog Input channel configuration Do vou wish bo continue i Cancel i Existing Continuous Disturbance Recording CDR data may be ERASED Figure 10 5 Utilities Screen showing Safe Shutdown button 10 6 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records Getting Started Launch RecordGraph from TESLA Control Panel D01721R02 61 RecordGraph 1s a tool used to display and analyze records from ERLPhase re lays and recorders Use it to graphically view the data recorded during fault swing and trend modes RecordGraph is integrated with TESLA Control Panel Method 1 Records 1 Open TESLA Control Panel by double clicking on the TESLA icon on your desktop If the application is not installed install the application and then proceed 2 Double click on the Records item 1n the tree list or select Records and use the Enter
324. nual D01721R02 61 D01721R02 61 Appendix E DNP3 Reference Object 110 111 Octet String for Event Log access Object 110 and Object 111 are Octet String objects used to provide access to the Event Log text of the TESLA These objects are described in Technical Bulletin 9701 004 zip 71 available from the DNP user group web page www dnp org Object 110 always contains the most recent event in the TES LA Object 111 1s the corresponding change event object As stated in the DNP technical bulletin the variation of the response object represents the length of the string The string represents the ASCII values of the event text The first 2 characters in the string can be used to quickly identify fault location events Fault locator events begin with the characters FL 0x46 0x44 hex The fol lowing example shows a fault distance event returned through either of the oc tet string objects DNP Example Event Message 2000Sep21 20 16 16 966 Line 16 FLoc BG 39 7 miles DNP Octet string object contents 0x46 Ox4C 0x53 0x65 0x32 0x30 0x31 0x36 0x20 Ox3A 0x65 0x20 Ox4C Ox6F 0x20 0x33 Ox6D 0x69 TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix E 21 Appendix F Input Modules F 1 AC Voltage Input Module D01721R02 61 The AC Voltage Input Module Model 401006 provides 4 channels of isola tion and scaling for standard secondary voltage Inputs are ac coupled through trans
325. o change On change External I P 10 Change latch 10266 Off no change On change External I P 11Change latch 10267 Off no change On change External I P 12 Change latch 10268 Off no change On change External I P 13 Change latch 10269 Off no change On change External I P 14 Change latch 10270 Off no change On change External I P 15 Change latch 10271 Off no change On change External I P 16 Change latch 10272 Off no change On change External I P 17 Change latch 10273 Off no change On change External I P 18 Change latch 10274 Off no change On change External I P 19 Change latch 10275 Off no change On change External I P 20 Change latch 10276 Off no change On change External I P 21 Change latch 10277 Off no change On change External I P 22 Change latch 10278 Off no change On change External I P 23 Change latch 10279 Off no change On change External I P 24 Change latch 10280 Off no change On change External I P 25 Change latch 10281 Off no change On change External I P 26 Change latch 10282 Off no change On change External I P 27 Change latch 10283 Off no change On change External I P 28 Change latch 10284 Off no change On change External I P 29 Change latch 10285 Off no change On change External I P 30 Change latch 10286 Off no change On change External I P 31 Change latch 10287 Off no cha
326. o open the Records screen If you only want to access previously down loaded records the connection to the Master Recorder is not necessary ip TESLA 3000 Control Panel Records E pi x File Trigger View Help Record Filter V Get Remote Summaries Record Summary 25 Records YI Get Remote Event Record Name 2006 03 15 07 49 10 000F 1 tlr Autopol Autoprint Record Type Fault Record Version 10 Record Priority 0 Unit ID Trigger Time Local Wed Mar 15 2006 07 49 10 000 Events Records from Dorsey Rec Group 006 03 15 On IED 2006 03 15 07 51 36 000 2006 03 15 07 49 10 000 a Save As Export Delete Rename Refresh Trigger Fault Trigger Swing Trigger Both Main Menu Records TESLA 3000 Control Panel Current IED Dorsey Rec Group Connected Figure 13 3 Records display Records shown as being on the recorder On JED branch are on the Master Re corder When you initiate record transfer Control Panel automatically re trieves records with the same timestamp from all group members and combines them into a single group record The record also combines event data from all recorders in the group chronologically sorted Records listed under the Local branch have already been transferred and combined To eliminate naming ambiguity and identify the data associated with each re corder channel names and event entries in the combined record are prefixed wi
327. oca tion TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 59 11 Graphing Records Template Tool Tip Template Single IED 11 60 Import Imports a file from any location to the current template location and registers the template as a high low speed or trend default template if one of the option is chosen Browse Sets the new template location This folder stores all the template files avail able for the analysis based on the recorder refer Templates section under Graphing Records for detailed explanations Close Saves the current information of the template manager refresh the template list box and exit the session Template Tool Tip f RecordGraph E 10 x File view Graph Measure Scale Options Help TESLA ad Fol 5 ala x 2 amp I EE End Bax i IED TESLA Default template Default SI 1 TESLA 2000 981103 06 recorddemo2 2000 05 31 16 31 25 366 Line 1 1c C Ph Current High Mag ME recorddemo2 El High Speed Channels Analog External Negative Sequence Line 1 la A Ph Current X 0483KA 1 O 0757KA 2000 Mav 31 16 31 25 366667 il A 1 240K4 Positive Sequence Summation Watts Zero Sequence ow Speed Channels m RA Analog i El Frequency Line 1 lb B Ph Current T X 2418KA Impedance 2 0K A AA Af 2 22 fi Posiva Sequens 2000Mav 31 16 31 25 366667 L A 1867KA
328. oltage PMU TEST V Z STN Seq 276 kW R PMUTEST VZSTN PMU TEST H STN Seg 40000 A cd PMU TEST I1 STN Row 14 PMU TEST12 STN Seq 40000 A Iv PMUTESTIZSTN PMU TEST IO STN Seg 40000 A V PMUTESTIXSTN PMU Analogs Row 1 PMU TEST Wafts LINE 1 MAMY 33120 MW F Line Mats PMU TEST Vars LIME 1 MAMY 33120 MYAR Line 1 MiVars Row 3 PMU TEST VA LINE 1 MAMY 33120 MVA Iv Line 1 MVA unassigned F unassigned eunassigned gt El sunassigned sunassigned Ir sunassigned sunassigned aM i lt unassigned gt sunassigned gt E lt unassigned gt xunassigned Ire unassigned Row 10 PMU TEST WVatts LINE 2 MM 33120 MUN F Line 2 Watts PMU TEST Wars LINE 2 MMY 33120 MYAR Ta Line 2MVars Row 12 PMU TEST v ALINE 2 MAMY 33120 MNA Ive Line 2 MVA PMU Digitals PMU TEST ELS2 1 I BRKR 1 PMU TEST E1 52 2 reg BRKR 2 PMUTEST EI 52 4 iv BRKR 4 _ PMU TEST E 52 8 E BRKR 8 la 15 12 Figure 15 11 PMU configuration screen with preconfigured analog sequence and summation channels In the above PMU Definition Screen Analog Inputs voltage amp currents Summations and Sequence Functions channels are available for PMU Phasors reporting You can select up to 12 phasors by dragging and dropping the chan TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Sample Rate 60 v 15 PMU Optional Software Module nels on the Selected Channels list or by selecting the phasors from the Combo Box as shown below
329. om the Main Menu Recordings Folder The directory where the IED s retrieved records are stored Configs Folder The directory where the IED s configuration files are saved You can share configuration files and records with other TESLA Con trol Panel users by using common folders TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 5 Working with TESLA Control Panel Online and Offline Operation TESLA Control Panel can be used with or without a connection to the selected recorder Both offline and online modes work within the selected Current IED workspace Offline Not In Offline mode you can manage and display a recorder s local previously up Connected loaded records and create and edit configuration files without being connected to the unit Online Connected In Online mode you are connected to the recorder and have access to both local and remote data and functions Records both local and on the recorder Event log Metering realtime readings of input and calculated channels Channel and trigger configurations the one presently active in the recorder and any saved ones you may have created e Setup utilities and record configuration screens Record graphics display e Trend logs Connection Status The Status Bar at the bottom right side of the TESLA Control Panel window shows if you are presently online or offline D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 5 5 5 Working with TESLA Control Panel Navi
330. oming is disabled Dis able the CrossHair measurement to resize and move the reference line then en TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 51 11 Graphing Records able the CrossHair option to measure the values Select the line option again to remove the line from the graph Legend feature button ad x sie a 5 1 sll JB Be few Graph Measue Scale Cottons heb BEE fm 3 xime aft se gt else fgure t Onsghpeedandtemg Ir 2002 08 91 22 08 2D 417 Leteter V seg te Low Mag se vb y Pam VoiviG OVA Leteier Vak v LO Tab Phate Phace Mgh Speed OM CD 40m Amps Jab Praae Prame Pigh Speed iy teli Val LO OVD Leteler vb AV L 0 Zi Phase Prage Mgh Speed OD CD 40 b Argo Tac Phare Pharti Speed Leteko eteter We KV L G 200 Phase Phase Hgnm Speed B 45k Ampt Ica Fase Stase 4gh Soeed Let nb B 4 ba Aar B 40 Ib Ang OG 0 ko Anpe CB 41 ta Ampt CB 41b Ampr CB 4 ke Ape CB 42 ha snp vert CB 42 Ib Ape CB Ok Ai CB 431a Ans CB 4b Amp tic Ange L d b h all th aake Legend box with all the IS KY But Vakv L4 ENE Irelay characteristi cots relay cnaracteristics EE fimpedance names b 1140 b Ang b 1140 ic Arps XFMR 321ac Neun CB 1150 ba Ae CB 1150 b Aet D 1150 1c Anos JM 1 Lac Pc bru foe p111 Aps B1 Lew B s re 2 1 N CB 11700 Aero fite Vidor 8 4 vasa L CO 110 k Anp x Edens ober Nege Sequence FI 97 cpa sr el 1 of retest Ute Care PRX Figure 11 76 Example of the Legends Fea
331. on Element Elementi Description Channel 9 Definite Delay a ME external Delay pe 0 Cross Alarm i I ACTIVE State Active e M INACTIVE State v E WM F E Figure 8 14 External Input Channel Configuration Screen External Input Channel Settings Element Identifies the group to which this channel belongs The Element forms the first part of the channel name The Element is selected when the channel is created and is fixed once assigned when you are working in the Element Tree view TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 8 Configuring the Recorder External Input Channel Settings Description Optional field 12 characters Provides an additional description of the channel that forms part of the channel name Should always be used with External Input channels to uniquely name the channel Channel Grouping and Naming on page 8 8 Channel Identifies the physical External Input used by this channel This number is identified on the rear of the TESLA chassis The list only shows inputs which have not been assigned to other channels To get an overview of channel assignments switch to the Channel Tree view and look at the External Channel list Trigger Settings Definite Delay Specifies how long the trigger condition must be present before a trig ger is declar
332. on Restore ED Settings ay Close Main Menu Records Trends Events Metering Utilities Config Mar TESLA Control Panel Current IED TESLA Demo Unit Connected Figure 7 3 Recorder Setup Utilities Communication Ports je m Communication Settings Service Port The Service Port is Port 1 on the front of the recorder It can be used for direct serial connec tion with TESLA Control Panel or a terminal program to access the Maintenance Menu Baud Rate Sets the baud rate of the recorder s serial port The default baud rate is 38 400 baud Note The baud rate must match that of the serial port of the computer connected to this port For details about changing the baud rate see Setting Windows Serial Port Parameters on page 4 12 For best results use the maximum baud rate that your communication link and equipment can sustain D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 7 3 7 Recorder Setup Utilities Direct Modem Port The Direct Modem Port refers to either the recorder s rear panel Port 2 or its optional Internal Modem port depending on the Port Select setting Port Select Direct Serial Port 2 is enabled for a direct serial connection with TESLA Control Panel or a terminal program to access the Mainte nance Menu External Modem Port 2 can be used to connect to an external modem through a serial link Internal Modem Enables a modem connection through the recorder s rear pa
333. onic Number Nominal Level Vb kV View Set Scale 0 o oF cycle s s 69 v Vc r la a Cross Ib Hotty Trigger lc High Magnitude Low Magnitude External Inputs 0 Iv Iv Iv Iv O 3 v 0 Iv Iv Iv Vv HH 3 EI BRKR1 Negative Rate of Change 0 v io seca E rj L1 Ci 1 El 21N_Trip Positive Rate of Change 0 v 0 sec Lr LI C L1 1 E Summations Single Harmonic 1 1 sec L r1 C C 1 E Sequence Functions Total Harmonic Distortion 1 1 sec m L L1 C 1 i Impedance Functions 75 1 C v v E 1 H Watts Vars Functions 110 1 v A v NM 1 amp Logic Functions Fault Locators PF Functions p eren te Hide Tree Show Primary Units Main Menu Contig Edit TESLA 3000 Control Panel Current IED TESLA 3000 Demo Disconnected Z Figure 8 8 Individual Channel Configuration Screen 8 12 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Adding an Element Deleting an Element Adding a Channel D01721R02 61 8 Configuring the Recorder To create a new element you must be in the Element Tree view Element and Channel Tree Views on page 8 10 I Select the Channel Group heading or an existing element in the Element Tree 2 Right click and select Add Element or Insert Element from the shortcut menu Add Element creates the new element at the end of the present
334. op tion to delete the selected trace TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 17 11 Graphing Records Graph gt Delete All Traces M RecordGraph lo x File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help eres EEE EEG x elele x ti o je ae Add Digital Graph Ctrl Ins bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr Delete Graph Del Move m m f org 125 Copy Trace Ctrl C Paste Trace Ctri v Delete Trace Ctrl Del PT 1 Copy Trace Data to Clipboard Ctrl D Change Trace Color Alt R Active Trace Information Ay CT31ALS CT3 1B LS CT31CLS CT414 L5 CT4 1B L5 MENT All are EE A CT5 14 15 RPM v CTS1B TS from T T CTS1C T5 y la Operating Ay Ib Operating y Ic Operating y la Restraint Ib Restraint Ay Ic Restraint H External 5 m PTA V3 V Seconds 0 090 0100 0410 0420 0130 0440 0450 0160 4 gt Ay Overlay Delete all the traces from the active graph Scale Secondary Ui Figure 11 29 Delete All Traces Deletes all the traces from the active graph In an Overlay view this action re moves all the traces Graph gt Copy Trace Data to Clipboard Copy trace data from the active graph to the clipboard see Exporting Channel Data on page 11 73 Graph Change Trace Color lul x hgh Speed har IE un ernie FERA pier faena m t ud sitet Tei hole ps mr ENTENDE crater Je TT ERT
335. ords Symmetrical This measurement option displays the magnitudes of the positive negative and Components zero sequence components of 3 phase voltage or current channel 1 Create an Overlay View you must have a 3 phase voltage or current chan nel 2 Place three phase voltage or current channels on the graph 3 Select the Measure gt Symmetrical Components menu option 4 Readout corresponding to the markers is displayed on the right hand side of the graph including e SymCom Title Positive sequence component magnitude Negative sequence magnitude Zero sequence magnitude Rt eee Ini xi De Yew Graph Mesure Sok Opoo hb 3 xj vi fale mide xj aja a sia af 0j 15 me 145 recordemo th 999 0625 1824 31 654 ita e Er 5602 Bt Peut 1npped ia Ia res noe Symmetrical Components ZB ril FEE SETE VV Scale Primary Figure 11 96 Symmetrical Components 11 70 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records Calculated Channels D01721R02 61 Calculated channels are virtual channels derived from the original recorded channels They are calculated based on the configuration information In the TESLA recorder all the calculated channels are added to the original record only once but are available any time to view with the RecordGraph applica tion Calculated channels differ widely depending on the product They are classified under high and low speed categories High Speed Calculate
336. ords are pre loaded into the RecordGraph multiple IED templates are saved matched based on serial number If the record is loaded one at a time then double clicking on each record reapplys the template filling the respective channels D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 61 11 Graphing Records View and Graph Titles View Title 11 62 When a new record is loaded the information corresponding to the options se lected is compiled and the updated information is displayed in the View Title GraphTitle View Title N alni EG 74 HNI Dep irL a input Tappa MAR aa HAN NYT mr Pu W nt WEE ARAN AA ovat nn I LA ink LA AN vn l I VINN HUT me 3 il ore ie euch te VEV F forc Lb Hes mi H I H WT bad kun Eia z M 1 j iT i AUI IBEBERE Vi se 98 0 0 e s Ie pe Pam Nira fne RE in Figure 11 87 View and Graph Titles View Title is the title on the top of each record view When a new record is loaded the information corresponding to the options selected is compiled and the updated information is displayed in the View Title You can choose any of four options by clicking the arrows to move the items in the list The option is saved into the template This option is not available for the Symcom or Har monic Views The option choices are Record Name e Station Name Location Trigger Time UnitID or Recorder Product Type
337. orresponding to the markers is displayed on the right hand side of the graph including True RMS Title Minimum True RMS e Maximum True RMS Average True RMS BE A pepe 59 te Al 1 05 sim 2 2431 484 Depa ri Er BELT Ed sl True RMS Figure 11 94 True RMS 11 68 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Harmonics D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records This option displays the harmonic contents magnitude of the desired channel along with the Total Harmonic Distortion THD in percentage I A trace channel must first exist on the graph Click the graph that you want to show absolute time measurement 2 Selectthe Measure Markers menu option or the Markers button on the tool bar to place the markers on the graph Markers are automatically placed if not selected 3 Select Measure Harmonics menu option 4 Readout corresponding to the markers is displayed on the right hand side of the graph including Harmonics Title e 2nd Harmonic e 3rd Harmonic 4th Harmonic e 5th Harmonic THD of fundamental the number of harmonics included in THD depends on the sample rate See Table 7 1 and 7 2 on page 7 6 Becordireph De Yew Gah Membre se Qos Help misil 7 3 xi mi sje misi xj alajele wl sio sj n4 1s je 1 pecondemo th Hayy Saeed Charnes oT VG EEE 4 Harmonics NE Scale Secondary Figure 11 95 Harmonics TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 69 11 Graphing Rec
338. orted Channels list box Delete a channel from the Exported Channel list box Delete all channels from the Exported Channel list box Offset negative start times When checked this option shifts the negative time to start from to begin at zero Zero 12 4 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 12 Record Export Utility PTI Format PTI Export Settings x Export to Browse datalNina s RecorderyNRecords 2001 01 24 16 14 45 00021 asc Station Name Identification tation Header Text Version Location comer Name Station Number 1 Unitld Nodel Version 2 Format g fasc Low Speed 60 sec m Exported Channels Elementl Va tst Val 1 Magnitud 3 4 Elementl Va tst Val 1 Magnitude Element Va tst Val 1 Phase 3 Elementl Va tst Val 1 Phase Element Vb tst Vb1 1 Magnitud Element Vb tst Vbl 1 Magnitude Element b tst Vb1 1 Phase Elementl Vc tst Vc1 1 Magnitud gt Element Vc tst Vol 1 Phase Element la tst_lal_1 Magnitude Element la tst_lal_1 Phase lt lt Unused Rec Chan Magnitude Unused Rec Chan Phase Rl Offset negative start times to begin at zero OK Cancel Figure 12 3 PTI Settings The PTI file format is used to import records into the Power Technologies In corporated system modelling software Output File PTI export produces a single output file with an asc extension PTI Settings Export to The base filename and directory of the output files ar
339. ot er rir Comar WaisHighlevelDeecort W o eee me FP mw 2 9 es ee D D LOI OL oc atie Positive ROC Detector o 0 ses MO ets teoa rocna Wee MI IE Ie Mk Ro iwatisHighLevelDetesior2 o Ww o be MD Ir pm rit WWatsLowlevelDetector2 Ww o seg IL kb WatsPosveROCDMeda2 Ww o me VM made mw P IWatisNegaiveROODetecior2j0 Ww o se v Wm Mw m P wemmes o wo sev JL J IP iD 0 Warstowteet wo eg T J JF l 0 Wers Postveroc Jo Waro eg T J 1 0 MasWeewenc Jo Waro elr MW T nm imme T Figure 8 18 Watts Vars Channel Configuration Screen Watts Vars Channel Settings Element Identifies the group to which this channel belongs The Element forms the first part of the channel name The Element is selected when the channel is created and is fixed once assigned when you are working in the Element Tree view Description Optional field 12 characters Provides an additional description of the channel that forms part of the channel name Use if Element Name and channel Type do not sufficiently identify the channel Channel Grouping and Naming on page 8 8 Watts Vars Index Identifies the watts vars channel Unlike the analog and external input channels this is not associated with a hardware input but simply identifies which of the internal virtual watts vars channels will be used You can select any available channel without restriction If the only option is undefined
340. oup available to set the PMU identification and com munication ID control of the PMU group allows setting PMU identification number 16 bit integer Mode control of the PMU group allows selecting communication mode for the real time transfer of the PMU data The following commination options are available for the selection via the Mode control Do Not Transmit With this choice no PMU data is reported to the DC Useful for maintenance purposes Internal Modem PMU data reporting is done using Internal Modem Baud rate and the modem configuration are obtained from the Internal Modem group settings Port 2 PMU data reporting 1s done using Port 2 parameter setting informa tion The settings information is obtained from the Port 2 group settings Network TCP This choice transmits the PMU data using network com munication link as set by the user in the IED settings and using TCP pro tocol The port number of the DC is required to set this communication choice Network UDP This choice transmits the PMU data using network com munication link as set by the user in the IED settings and using UDP pro tocol IP address and the port number of the DC are required to set this communication choice The initial values of the above controls are based on the data received from the unit on connect The Notify screen is affected based on the Internal Modem or Port 2 choice which will be explained later in the Notify view user interfa
341. ov Downloads can be found under Resources Tool s for details see 14 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling on page 1 describes a set of utilities that provide diagnostic recovery and TCP IP services Diag Honaity PMU The following procedure helps in diagnosing the PMU functionality Functiona Select the device on your PC you communicate through In HyperTerminal this is done in the Connect Using field of its Properties control For a direct serial link select an available serial port For a modem link select the appropriate modem Fora network link select TCP IP Winsock available with Hyper Terminal v1 2 or greater When you initiate the connection the TESLA responds with a login prompt n HyperTerminal use the Call button or menu command to initiate the connection At the login prompt log in as maintenance Lower case No password is required If you are asked for one there is a mistake in the login name Select Enter to get another login prompt and try again When you get the display of maintenance menu choice choose 5 for PMU di agnostics as shown below TEP Z Hypertens Im x ml EN I he Ett Cue Gel D refe Hiap Dias ols es Restore ALL default settings including calibration 9 Restore only default recorder configuration settings channel definitions b Restore only default system setup ports time settings I Force hardware reset 8 Network utilities 9 Monitor A
342. ple overlapping records in the case of near coincident trig gers 13 11 13 Cooperative Recorder Group 13 12 TESLA Device Configuration Identification screen in the Configuration editor Setting Effect on Cooperative Oper Guideline ation Sample Rate Records with a sample rate Setting must be the same on different from that of the Mas ter Recorder s record will be left out of the combined record group TESLA 3000 User Manual all group members D01721R02 61 14 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling Maintenance Menu D01721R02 61 TESLA has a set of utilities that provide diagnostic recovery and TCP IP ser vices These utilities are available through the Maintenance Menu accessed with a VT 100 terminal connection to the recorder s serial ports modem or Ethernet LAN For security purposes any utilities that can modify the TESLA are disabled when connecting remotely To access these utilities you must con nect to the recorder using Port I on the unit s front panel Any terminal program that fully supports VT 100 emulation and provides z modem file transfer services can be used HyperTerminal which is included in Windows XP and is also available separately as HyperTerminal PE is used here as an example I Determine how you want to connect to the recorder A direct serial link connects your computer s serial port to the recorder s front panel Port 1 Port 1 is set up so that a sta
343. port TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 10 Continuous Disturbance Recording is installed on a unit without the designated continuous disturbance recording partition continuous disturbance recording will be disabled Continuous disturbance recording data retention period depends on the number of selected channels and on the selected sample rate Estimated continuous dis turbance recording data retention periods in days for various combinations of channel number and sampling rate are displayed in TESLA Control Panel s Configuration screen for details see Figure 10 2 Configuring Continuous Dis turbance Recording After all storage space designated for the continuous recording data is con sumed the oldest data is automatically deleted and released storage space is re used to store newly accumulated data There is no indication about recycling of the continuous disturbance recording data storage space provided Continuous The status of continuous disturbance recording and the time interval for each ee ius unit that has continuous recording data accumulated is displayed in TESLA g Control Panel s Continuous Recording and Utlities gt Recording screens The following Status types are possible NOT SUPPORTED TESLA does not have enough storage to support CDR NOT CONNECTED not connected to TESLA ACTIVE CDR active normal operation e DISABLED CDR is not configured e ALARM CDR storage corruption In the case of the Alarm
344. pplied to External Input Channels and trigger detectors from other channels You can choose up to 5 inputs each of which may be inverted and specify a chain of logic oper ations to be performed on each Input Up to 5 inputs Each can be an External Input Channel or the output of a trigger detector from any channel including other Logic Functions with lower Index es Calculation Boolean logic is applied to each input in succession Triggers Active state Inactive state Recording Logic Functions are not recorded Number of Channels 30 Logic Functions are available Types Logic Notes The output of the Logic functions 1s available to the metering display SCADA and the long term trending function Settings il TESLA 3000 Control Panel Config Edit E o x File Edit Config View Help Element Tree TESLA Logic Function Configuration E Identification El Channel Group 1 Element Type Description Logic Function Index Ei Line 1 Line 1 Logic BRKR1 delayed f v Analog Inputs External Inputs NOINY E Summations Input 1 Line 1 E BRKR1_a m A Delay Module E Sequence Functions NOINY Assert 16 67 ms E Impedance Functions Input 2 unassianed v A E Watts Vars Functions Deassert 16 67 ms E MOINS I Logic Functions Input 3 unassianed A 4 Fault Locators A ae B PF Functions p g Line 2 NOINV Temp Input 5 lt unassigned v Ana
345. present before a trig ger is declared 0 to 1 200 seconds in half cycle increments Trigger Actions Enable Enables or disables the associated trigger A trigger can be disabled without altering the rest of its settings Fault Initiates a fault high speed recording when triggered Swing Initiates a swing low speed recording when triggered If both Fault and Swing are enabled the recorder will attempt to cre ate a combined record Log Logs a message in the Event Log when triggered Notify Contacts the RecordBase Central Station when triggered Can be used to initiate wide area swing recordings and or automated record transfer Notify on page 7 13 Cross Trigger Activates the cross trigger contact 4 to trigger another device Priority Specifies the priority to be assigned to records created by this trigger The priority is used to determine Central Station notification 1 3 3 is the highest priority Notify on page 7 13 Alarm Contact Specifies a rear panel contact to be closed when triggered Contacts are closed momentarily for one second Contact assignment is not exclusive allowing multiple triggers to activate the same contact Available contacts 2 3 5 6 7 or 8 on a 36 channel model and 2 or 3 on an 18 channel model Contacts 1 and 4 are reserved for Recorder Functional and Cross Trigger respectively Contacts assigned for stor age alarms Storage Alarms on page 8 7 will not be available for use h
346. put 25 Magnitude Analog Input 25 Angle degrees Analog Input 25 THD Analog Input 25 SHL Analog Input 25 DC Analog Input 26 Magnitude Analog Input 26 Angle degrees Analog Input 26 THD Analog Input 26 SHL Analog Input 26 DC Analog Input 27 Magnitude Analog Input 27 Angle degrees Analog Input 27 THD Analog Input 27 SHL Analog Input 27 DC Analog Input 28 Magnitude Analog Input 28 Angle degrees Analog Input 28 THD Analog Input 28 SHL Analog Input 28 DC Analog Input 29 Magnitude Analog Input 29 Angle degrees Analog Input 29 THD Analog Input 29 SHL Analog Input 29 DC Analog Input 30 Magnitude Analog Input 30 Angle degrees Analog Input 30 THD Analog Input 30 SHL Analog Input 30 DC Analog Input 31 Magnitude Analog Input 31 Angle degrees Analog Input 31 THD D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix E 11 Appendix E DNP3 Reference Change Event Name Point Index Units Scale Class Analog Input 31 SHL Analog Input 31 DC Analog Input 32 Magnitude Analog Input 32 Angle degrees Analog Input 32 THD Analog Input 32 SHL Analog Input 32 DC Analog Input 33 Magnitude Analog Input 33 Angle degrees Analog Input 33 THD Analog Input 33 SHL Analog Input 33 DC Analog Input 34 Magnitude An
347. r Factor Function 2 Level Power Factor Function 3 Level Power Factor Function 4 Level Power Factor Function 5 Level Power Factor Function 6 Level Power Factor Function 7 Level TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix E 17 Appendix E DNP3 Reference Appendix E 18 Name Point Index Units Scale P Power Factor Function 8 Level 375 100 2 Power Factor Function 9 Level 376 100 2 Power Factor Function 10 Level 377 100 2 Power Factor Function 11 Level 378 100 2 Power Factor Function 12 Level 379 100 2 Power Factor Function 13 Level 380 100 2 Power Factor Function 14 Level 381 100 2 Power Factor Function 15 Level 382 100 2 Power Factor Function 16 Level 383 100 2 Power Factor Function 17 Level 384 100 2 Power Factor Function 18 Level 385 100 2 High low speed recording space used 386 per 10 2 Trend Recording Days Accumulated 387 days 1 2 Fault Locator 1 Fault Information DNP Time High 16 bits 388 N A 1 2 Fault Information DNP Time Middle 16 bits 389 N A 1 2 Fault Information DNP Time Low 16 bits 390 N A 1 2 Fault Information Fault Distance 391 User specified 10 2 Fault Information Type see below for defi 392 N A 1 2 nition Fault Locator 2 Fault Information DNP Time High 16 bits 393 N A 1 2 Fault Information DNP Time Middle 16 bits 394 N A 1 2 Fault Information DNP Time Low 16 bits 395 N A 1
348. r SCADA Enable Disable Internal Modem Save Recent Trend Data Storage memory utilities Enter Safe Shutdown Mode Modify Point To Point IP Addresses Monitor PHU Calibrate DSP clock Exit ND CO med ON OF OD NO e port 1 access only Please enter a command 1 17 t Figure 14 1 Maintenance Menu TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Maintenance Menu Commands D01721R02 61 1 Modify IP Address subnet mask and default gateway 14 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling Modify the LAN IP address default subnet mask and default gateway 2 View system diagnostic Displays the TESLAS internal status log 3 Retrieve system diagnos tics Automatically packages up the internal status log plus set ting and setup information and downloads it in compressed form to your computer This file can then be sent to ERL Phase customer support to help diagnose a problem 4 Restore ALL default set tings Restores ALL factory defaults including settings calibration and setup parameters 5 Restore only default recorder configuration set tings Restores the default settings that define channels sample rates and triggers 6 Restore only default system setup Restores the default values for the setup parameters includ ing communication settings record controls and time con trols 7 Force hardware reset Manually initiates a hardware reset Note that the communi cation link is immed
349. r based in case of recorders and product based in case of relays Double click or use the Enter key on the currently active record in the Re cordGraph tree list displayed in bold to apply the template or pick any desired template from the template list box Templates can be renamed duplicated or deleted using template manager from within the RecordGraph There is no limitation on the number of template files used as long as the hard disk space is available Create New I Modify the existing template layout information and save the modified tem Template File plate into a new file 2 Create new views and graphs by deleting the views from the existing layout and saving new ones into a new the template file If the template file is created from multiple records all the records should be pre loaded into RecordGraph to successfully apply the layout information Layout information is applied one at a time If the template involves more than one record apply template double click on each record to fill respective channels The name ofthe recorder IED in the template file are displayed in the tool tip list box window when the mouse cursor is moved over it The tool tip also displays the product name and the user defined default template file name if one exists 11 58 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Templates Menus D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records Save Template Displays a dialog box only if Default template is cu
350. rage alarm condition can also be accessed via the SCADA protocols TESLA 3000 User Manual 8 7 8 Configuring the Recorder Channels and Triggers Channel Grouping and Naming 8 8 The Channels and Triggers branch of the Navigation tree is where you define the recorder s input channels calculated channels and triggers It 1s significant tool with a variety of views and displays to help manage complex recorder s configurations With the large number of input and calculated channels available it is worth while to apply consistent channel organization and naming conventions in your configuration This section describes how the record handles channel names An effective way to organize the many channels available on the recorder is to group them by the power system element they are monitoring With the Con figuration Editor you can identify each monitored element and use its name to group and identify the analog digital and calculated channels associated with it For example if you have a transmission line named 1 you can define an ele ment and name it Line 1 The channels associated with that element might then be Line 1 Va Line 1 Vb Line 1 Vc Line 1 la Line 1 Ib Line 1 Ic External digital inputs can also be reasonably associated with the Line 1 Line 1 EI BRKRI a Line 1EI 21N_ Trip Calculated channels fit the model as well Line 1 W V watts and vars Line 1 Iseq current channel sequence
351. raph Menus Graph gt Set Graphs Per Page iBix Ele view Graph Measure Scale Options Help Wem E I RARO ee eee 7 car en mer EE Add Analog Graph Ins 2 2 5 l alal m milal ES x JIP z ale E A ES NI Ra Al Add Digital Graph Ctrl Ins 3 ample TPR s te E Se NEMEC 5 Move 5 100 Copy Trace CtrlHC s 1 00 a race Giro BONS 3 Gtrl Del elete aces Ala GopyT Data to Clipboard Ctrl D change Trace Golor AIR 1 00 Active Trace Information 1 00 y IA3LV 5603 y B3 LV 5603 C3 LV 5603 y IA4LV 5604 1 00 B4 LV 5504 00 v IC4LV 5604 t A IABTVT y IBETVT A IC5TVt a Operating im b Operating y Ic Operating 1 00 Ay la Restraint Ib Restraint c Restraint I External E Summation 1 00 1 00 1 00 v Seconds 02 000 025 080 075 100 125 150 175 200 Ty Timeline Set eight analog graphs per page Scale Secondary LA Figure 11 21 Set Graphs Per Page Set up the number of graphs per view up to eight graphs are allowed using the Set Graphs Per Page option Timeline Overlay and Trend Views allow a max imum of 36 graphs Use Add Analog Graph or the Insert key to add one graph at a time Graph gt Add Analog Graph Wi RecordGraph File view Graph Measure Scale Options Help amp me IS ALS sr eel Wl td N sales 77 15 Add Digital Graph Ctrl Ins sample TPR la xl e Delete Graph Del 1 00 a Move gt
352. rate Fo F nominal Table 15 1 PMU Standard Level 1 PMU module functionality is an optional feature available with the TESLA Disturbance Recorder Model 3000 In order to have PMU module on an exist ing TESLA the following firmware revisions are necessary The firmware is available through the accompanying CD titled TESLA 3000 Disturbance Fault Recorder vX XX and the corresponding TESLA 3000 Dis turbance Fault Recorder User Manual The instructions to update to the latest version of the firmware are found in the TESLA 3000 Firmware Update In structions document To install the PMU module The TESLA 3000 Disturbance Fault Recorder unit must have a firmware version 2 1 or later Please refer to the website for the latest versions of the TESLA 3000 Distur bance Fault Recorder firmware and the TESLA 3000 PMU Module firmware TESLA Disturbance Recorder Model 3000 voltage and or current input mod ules are optional and a variety of input modules for voltage and current inputs are available therefore you must calibrate the input modules The PMU cali bration requires both the magnitude and phase angle calibration at nominal sig nal level This is very important in order to meet the TVE 1 as per C37 118 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Test Set Requirements Magnitude Calibration Angle Calibration D01721R02 61 15 PMU Optional Software Module You must have an accurate calibration test set to achieve high accur
353. rd en o i LI Configs brings up the context menu I Records Cut with the RecordBase View 4 0 F PRO Offliner Settings Copy Ham HelpDocs 11 Graphing Records RecordGraph Main menu items Components e Tool bar buttons A drop down box lists the templates associated with the current record s IED displayed or analysed A left hand side pane LHS or tree view lists the names of records to be A right hand side pane RHS displays the graphs in various views Initially a single blank screen appears A right click context menu on both the LHS and RHS pane e RecordGraph version is displayed in the Help About RecordGraph Main Menu Template List MAMMA TT EUS TEE T ITUHTTT m WINTIN HU TRY L LHS pane RHS Pane shows graphic display Tree View lists records Figure 11 4 Components of RecordGraph Window 11 4 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records Menus MRecordGraph File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help 2 em Markers CrossHairs Primary Secondary Time Alignment Absolute Time Fundamental RMS True RMS Harmonics Symmetrical Components 1 1 1 1 i i pui m ud uu m T 44 Measure i 1 1 Set Graphs Per Page Add Analog Graph Add Digital Graph Delete Graph Move Copy Trace Paste Trace Delete All Traces Copy Trace Data to Clipboard Change Trace Color Active Trace
354. rd 11 Graphing Records Select a record It should have valid extensions Ipr Ipl tpr tpt Choose the RecordBaseView Launch Graph option Select a record should have valid extensions Ipr Ipl tor tpt tlr bpr fpr EX C Program Files APT data TESLA Demo Unit Records E m oj x m File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Bak v gt Qsearch Gyrolders G5 O3 X wa Eg Address C Program Files APT data TESLA Demo UnitiRecords BH Program Files Access 97 Runtime Folders x name y f ely a recorddema RecordBase View id Launch Graph jaa recordemol eo File Create Shortcut Delete Rename L PRO Settings Product Update RecordBase Server RecordBase View RecordGraph TESLA Control Panel T PRO Offliner Settings Caere Canon Common Files ComPlus Applications E E Properties ogon SJ BE E E eMMMMM MAMMA MM M MM M98 Figure 11 3 Launching RecordGraph from Windows Explorer TESLA 3000 User Manual Er Add Record Accessories Scan For Viruses Export Adobe Open With i APT t8 Add to Zip B PRO Settings t Add to recorddemo2 zip data t3 Zip and E Mail recorddemq uw 38 TESLA Demo Unit EMT Right clicking on the reco
355. record Record graphics provide a flexible multi page interactive display and meas urement of all channels including calculated ones e COMTRADE record export facility TESLA 3000 User Manual 1 3 1 Overview Output Contacts Communication Time Coordination Reliability Front Panel Up to 6 user configurable output contacts can be activated by triggers Cross trigger contact can activate other devices Failure Service Required contact Integrated 10 100 BaseT Optional internal modem e Standard TCP IP communication protocol used to communicate with Control Panel and RecordBase software SCADA Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition Systems protocols DNP3 and Modbus DNP3 over Ethernet is supported RIG B time code input modulated or unmoduled Supports IEEE 1344 ex tensions e Ims event timetagging of events and records Time synchronization indicator on front panel and in each record e Self monitoring supervisory software with hardware self checking circuit and failure contact ensures reliable operation FLASH memory for record storage with separate FLASH memory for pro gram storage Compliance with IEC standards for temperature range transient withstand and RF immunity gt 9 8 TESLA My Disturbance Recorder Model 3000 e al O Recorder Functional IRIG B Functional O Recorder Triggered 1 Status LEDs 2 Port 1 EIA 232 Serial Connection for
356. ress 192 Port N000 Restore ED Settings Main Menu Utilities TESLA Control Panel Current IED DY 36 channel Figure 4 7 Communications Setup Utility Connected c Set the Baud Rate This will be the rate at which the recorder will communicate with the external modem It does not control the rate at which the modems communicate with each other Unlike a direct serial link there is no need for this baud rate to match that of the remote computer A rate faster than the modem s top speed is rec ommended to take full advantage of the modem s compression ca pabilities d Select External Modem e The Modem Initialization String lets you set any special command codes required by your modem The factory default for this field is M1 for external modems These default values are all that are re quired for most modems f Save your changes close the Utilities tab and disconnect TESLA Control Panel Setup 1 Configure your computer to work with its modem Refer to your computer and modem documentation 2 Ensure that an APT MODEM dial up network has been created on your computer see TESLA Control Panel Installation on page 3 1 3 Choose the target recorder from the Select IED list in TESLA Control Panel s Main Menu If there is not already an entry for this recorder create one using the Add New button TESLA 3000
357. rial baud rate Default is 19 200 Parity Port 3 serial parity Note When parity is set to None and a Modbus protocol is selected the number of stop bits automatically is set to 2 as per the Modbus standard Stop Bits Automatic setting Always set to 1 stop bit except as noted in Parity setting above Data Bits Automatic setting The number of data bits is controlled by the selected protocol mode Modbus ASCII 7 data bits Modbus RTU 8 data bits DNP 3 8 data bits Slave Address Identifies the unit to the SCADA master Datalink Timeout DNP Specifies the time in which the recorder expects a response from the SCADA master to primary frame messages If a response is not received in this time the recorder will re transmit the message The timeout is usually set to 0 milliseconds per DNP3 Technical Bulle tin 9804 002 This document is available from the DNP3 User s Group www dnp org For UDP and TCP modes the timeout is not settable and is automati cally set to 0 milliseconds 4 10 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 4 Communicating with the Recorder SCADA Protocol Settings Master IP Address DNP TCP or UDP Defines the IP address of the master SCADA device that will be polling the TESLA This prevents unauthorized mas ter devices from communicating with the TESLA Note This setting does not control IP address of the TESLAS Ethernet card That is done through the recorder s Maintenance Menu
358. rigger can be disabled without altering the rest of its settings Fault Initiates a fault high speed recording when triggered Swing Initiates a swing low speed recording when triggered If both Fault and Swing are enabled the recorder will attempt to cre ate a combined record Log Logs a message in the Event Log when triggered Notify Contacts the RecordBase Central Station when triggered Can be used to initiate wide area swing recordings and or automated record transfer Notify on page 7 13 Cross Trigger Activates the cross trigger contact 4 to trigger another device Priority Specifies the priority to be assigned to records created by this trigger The priority is used to determine Central Station notification 1 3 3 is the highest priority Notify on page 7 13 Alarm Contact Specifies a rear panel contact to be closed when triggered Contacts are closed momentarily for one second Contact assignment is not exclusive allowing multiple triggers to activate the same contact Available contacts 2 3 5 6 7 or 8 on a 36 channel model and 2 or 3 on an 18 channel model Contacts 1 and 4 are reserved for Recorder Functional and Cross Trigger respectively Contacts assigned for stor age alarms Storage Alarms on page 8 7 will not be available for use here TESLA 3000 User Manual 8 35 8 Configuring the Recorder Logic Functions Description Logic Functions are boolean logic statements that can be a
359. rker In case of multiple traces the readout refers to the currently active selected trace D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 19 11 Graphing Records 11 20 Measure gt CrossHair W iRecordGraph E loj xl File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help e als lt Default gt gt Tol mi gl l jr pr x 2 g 3 f al APF AS mj ES e D Ei bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr El High Speed Channels El Analog PTAA 125 100 bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr y PTLVI ST VITAL y PTLV2 1989 Nov D1 04 59 47 781441 Time 0 0936 Amplitude 98 9382 PTLNS SUB EAST A CTLIAHS A CT11BHS A CTI ICHS E E CrossHair y CT21CHS CT31ALS measurements n CT3 1B LS CT31CLS CT41A LS CT4 1B LS A CTAACLS y CTSIATS 0 CT5A4B TS A CTSICTS y la Operating 25 y Ib Operating y Ic Operating la Restraint 50 Ib Restraint y Ic Restraint I External E Summation 25 75 100 125 r r r r r r r r 1 Seconds 0 060 0080 0100 0420 04140 0160 0180 0200 0220 a w X Timeline Scale Secondary A Figure 11 33 CrossHair Set or clear crosshair cursor measurement by dragging the mouse left click and move anywhere on the graph to display the readout The difference be tween the marker and crosshair readout is that the marker values correspond to the data values whereas the crosshair measurem
360. rnal I P 52 10052 Off inactive On active External I P 53 10053 Off inactive On active External I P 54 10054 Off inactive On active External I P 55 10055 Off inactive On active External I P 56 10056 Off inactive On active External I P 57 10057 Off inactive On active External I P 58 10058 Off inactive On active External I P 59 10059 Off inactive On active TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix D 3 Appendix D Modbus Functions Appendix D 4 External I P 60 10060 Off inactive On active External I P 61 10061 Off inactive On active External I P 62 10062 Off inactive On active External I P 63 10063 Off inactive On active External I P 64 10064 Off inactive On active External I P1 Change latch 10257 Off no change On change External I P 2 Change latch 10258 Off no change On change External I P 3 Change latch 10259 Off no change On change External I P 4 Change latch 10260 Off no change On change External I P 5 Change latch 10261 Off no change On change External I P 6 Change latch 10262 Off no change On change External I P 7 Change latch 10263 Off no change On change External I P 8 Change latch 10264 Off no change On change External I P 9 Change latch 10265 Off n
361. rogram RecordBase is available to automatical ly collect and store records from multiple recorders RecordBase provides fast network based access to collected records through distributed RecordBase View desktop clients TESLA 3000 User Manual 1 1 1 Overview AC Current Input Modules LAN Modem eat or Serial Link Panel AC Voltage o 5 Input Modules TESLA L Software Recorder O 3 PE LAN or Modem RecordBase T De puC e Central SE Modules Station Software Split Core CTs Digital Status and Inputs Outputs Clamp on CTs RecordBase View Software RecordBase View Software RecordBase View Software Figure 1 1 TESLA System Overview TESLA 3000 Features Installation Data Acquisition Optional PMU Module 1 2 e 19 rack mount format Small 3U footprint Analog input isolation modules for ac and dc input signals are DIN rail mounted to minimize rack usage and can be located up to 300 meters from the main unit for flexible installation Analog input modules interface with standard signals 1 A 5A nominal ac cur rents 69V 120 Root3 nominal ac voltages dc current or voltage Up to 36 analog input channels 16 bit resolution each channel Up to 64 external digital input channels e Simultaneous operation in transient fault dynamic swing and long term trend time frames
362. row Ctl Lett Array Cli Left Mouse Drag Shift Lett Mouse Drag C Ct Ct Up Arrow Ct Down Arrow Shift Right4rravy Shitt Let Arrow Figure 11 58 Hot Keys Function Select Graph Up Select Graph Down Move Marker amp Fight Move Marker Lett Move Marker O Right Move Marker O Lett Zoom X axis only Zoom Y axis anl Zoominx 25 1 Zoomoutx 25 Zoomin 25 Zoomouty 25 1 Move active graph up Move active graph down Pan right by 10 Pan left by 10 TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 37 11 Graphing Records Right click Context Menu Figure 11 59 Right Click Context Menu 11 38 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records Timeline View Channel Information Record Information i amp ecordGraph a Eh Yew Grech Mascre Seals Osbore feb EE JE la Dj 2 e Dofautt NET T MI m1 Read out Markers V LE T jl AL ill ff vi m TIL dign i vy M TE amp 46 004 v v Line Canoni v j WI I V Lunen 2 E AVES y Devee LP HD 2100 980 730 50019 i vert 2C HONA 0 O Fiecee R20733 2000 04 30 00 01 54 403 kr C n I soar 00 01 54 400280 i TUM i un MN Seconds 0 020 fo 0 k of 020 030 gt as Am Tm Tm Ate mun 28 gt 50 I P MEG Tam Figure 11 60 Timeline View l e Timeline View is designed to stack channels and has single time line axis common for all the graphs e Fach analog graph in this view can hold only one trace
363. rrently displayed in the template list box Since Default template name is reserved for hard coded templates you must save the template information with a new name If any other template file name is displayed other than Default the layout infor mation is updated without the dialog box being displayed Save Template As Displays a dialog box to save the template The option Save as default tem plate if checked saves the template as user defined default template Refer previous section for more explanation on the user defined default template Template Manager Template Manager x Set template location CaProgram Files APTRecordGraphiTemplate Browse Template files AIB Freq test template Rename Basic V amp BPRO CT Sat BPRO 27 8701 Duplicate BPRO 46 50 BPRO 46 51 BPRO 50 BPRO 50BF Delete BPRO 50BF 8701 BPRO 50LS BPRO 50LS 8701 BPRO 50N gt Save As Import and register a template file Register as default C High Speed Import C Low Speed C Trend Figure 11 84 Template Manager Brings up the template manager dialog box which lists all the templates cur rently available Rename Renames the currently selected template Duplicate Copies the contents of the selected template into another file Delete Deletes currently selected template Save As Saves the selected template file from the template files list to the desired l
364. s Summation 16 Magnitude Summation 16 Angle degrees Summation 17 Magnitude Summation 17 Angle degrees Summation 18 Magnitude Summation 18 Angle degrees Summation 19 Magnitude Summation 19 Angle degrees Summation 20 Magnitude Summation 20 Angle degrees Summation 21 Magnitude Summation 21 Angle degrees Summation 22 Magnitude Summation 22 Angle degrees Summation 23 Magnitude Summation 23 Angle degrees Summation 24 Magnitude TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix E 13 Appendix E DNP3 Reference Appendix E 14 Name Summation 24 Angle Point Index Units degrees Change Event Class Summation 25 Magnitude Summation 25 Angle degrees Summation 26 Magnitude Summation 26 Angle degrees Summation 27 Magnitude Summation 27 Angle degrees Summation 28 Magnitude Summation 28 Angle degrees Summation 29 Magnitude Summation 29 Angle degrees Summation 30 Magnitude Summation 30 Angle degrees Sequence Function 1 Positive Sequence Function 1 Negative Sequence Function 1 Zero Sequence Function 2 Positive Sequence Function 2 Negative Sequence Function 2 Zero Sequence Function 3 Positive Sequence Function 3 Negative Sequence Function 3 Zero Sequence Function 4 Positive Sequence Function 4 Negative
365. s 15 10 PMU MEIEN Hasse ALS 15 15 Maintenance and Error Handling 15 16 Appendix A Specifications eeesessse A 1 D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual V Table of Contents vi Appendix B TESLA Hardware Description B 1 Appendix Glossary viadbidstesmetin n hen HRS ERR ix ria C 1 Appendix D Modbus Functions D 1 Appendix E DNP3 Reference E 1 Appendix F Input Modules F 1 AC Voltage Input Module esssesuese F 1 AC Current Input Module eeeseeeeeeese F 3 ele 00 261 Mm F 5 GAP ON T omi esee Ri ue sti bunt iterum std F 6 AC Low Voltage Input Module F 6 DE Input MO AE suisse ati ike S cues adii esI uui F 8 Appendix G Recommended Spare Parts List G 1 Appendix H TESLA Handling and Disposition H 1 Appendix I TESLA 3000 Drawings 1 NA TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Using This Guide This User Manual describes the installation and operation of the TESLA dis turbance recorder and the accompanying TESLA Control Panel user interface software It is intended to support the first time user and clarify the details of the equipment The manual uses a number of conventions to denot
366. s and creates output that complies with the latest 1999 or old er version 1991 of the standard PTI Power Technologies Incorporated PTI produces widely used power system modelling tools TESLA records can be exported in a PTI compliant format for import into PTI tools The export utility supports ASCII format and creates output that complies with PTI version 1 or version 2 formats Excel CSV TESLA records can be exported in basic comma separated values also known as comma delimited ASCII format suitable for importing into standard tools such as Microsoft Excel TESLA 3000 User Manual 12 1 12 Record Export Utility Launch the Export Utility 12 2 To launch the export utility I Double click Records from the Main Menu 2 Selecta local record from the record list 3 Select the Export button to launch the Export window 4 Select the desired export output format and select OK Step 3 Click on the Step 2 Select a record Export button to Step 4 Choose export rom the let launch export window ftype and OK TESLA Control Part Reri ris 215 x seeme SEE Record Fate Get Remote Summanes Record Surtmaey cente FP oaRense tents Racord Nn 1333 12 01 15 5537 835 tk ated TF oos Record Type Fault Fatso from TESLA Dans Und rime B 15951201 Record Prity 1 Da O crop me 1999 12 01 10 02 54 000 Trigger Time Loca Wed Dec Of 1999 15 55 37 006 fig 1903120115553 06 tt Everts By 199912 01 15 54 42 826 00
367. s backward compatible TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records COMTRADE Import COMTRADE Common Format for Transient Data Exchange is an industry standard record format used to share data between tools and to replay faults through a test set The import utility supports viewing of both ASCII and bina ry COMTRADE formats 1991 1999 and 2000 When the COMTRADE file is imported into the RecordGraph all its functionality can be seamlessly used to analyze the record RecordGraph application must be running to access this facility If not launch RecordGraph via TESLA Control Panel RecordBase View or Win dows Explorer Choose File Import 3 Browse to select desired file Double click on the COMTRADE record to apply Default template or select it from the templates list box allt HA TUER PN Wil bi pr OVER la LIL Mp YI pi np i T ss AI AARAU LATA WM xol odid osx wwe E vi Dos Arte Ay ovenay Degert COMTRADE Me Stale Pror we AE ER ars ics a ge jio wn reo en Jn fru MEG m Figure 11 107 Import COMTRADE File D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 77 11 Graphing Records 11 78 Choose COMTRADE File f RecordGraph x eleke tt af 2 mie ae em Au recorddemo2 2000 05 31 16 31 25 366 Line 1 Ic C Ph Current High Mag B High Speed Channels El Low Speed Channels n H d X 17 219KV m Line 1 Va A Ph Voltage 4 H d m Line 1
368. s data between different manufacturers recorders Cooperative Recording Aset of TESLA 3000 recorders that work together to form a larger virtual recorder Group DC Input Module An external input module that can be scaled to accept a wide range of voltage or current signals The model provides galvanic isolation and accepts DC signals or AC signals up to 2 kHz C U Dial Up Networking a facility in Windows providing dial up access to Internet and other networks DUN is provided with the Windows distribution EIA RS 232C Electronics Industries Association recommended standard 232 revision C Interface between Data Terminal Equipment and Data Communication Equipment Employing Serial Binary Data Interchange Defines the most popular electrical connection for serial binary data interchange available on almost all computer systems Element A component in the power system that conveys bulk power within the power system Control Panel provides for a naming convention that groups real and calculated channels with a given element name Has three voltages and three currents associated with it For example a transmission line or a transformer D Daylight Savings Time A seasonal adjustment of time applied in many jurisdictions to compensate for varying day lengths Most often an hour is added to the system time to begin on the second Sunday in March and end the first Sunday in November Data Communications Equipment an RS 232 term
369. s inputs The ground cable should be attached only at the recorder end D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual Appendix F 3 Appendix F Input Modules SHEET 1 OF 1 www erlphase com 9 2 o e a U e o o lt ue LL m 5 Tzmopmw n 5 01 CAD GENERATED DRAWING DO NOT MANUALLY UPDATE l e aryzel DWo NO APPL ENG SCALE 8 1 2000000000 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES TOLERANCI NEXT ASSY USED ON APPLICATION a a gt o amp amp 1 Sfu 3 a o a Fa I z o sj aye amp 2 g 3 g o E 8 s E N 5 NO mM EL ON IN Lo i N e Lo CN e CN N xr Model 401014 S N Power Technologies Ltd TESLA Input Module AC 4 Channel Isolated Current Input Module Nominal 5 Arms Ratio 1KW load 100 Arms 1 580 Vrms 15 Arms continuous AN max 200 Arms for 1 second REPRODUCTION IN PART OR WHOLE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF ERLPHASE IS PROHIBITED 9 Zz a a p I E z a Lu z z o o z o amp 2 o uz z W T E ISTHE SOLE PROPERTY OF ERLPHASE ANY www erlphase com UO ooo Figure F 2 AC Current Input Module Appendix F 4 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Appendix F Input Modules F 3 Split Core CT D01721R02 61 Th
370. s requirements in cluding user selectable recording channels and user selectable recording sam ple rate NERC Standards I Standard PRC 018 1 Disturbance Monitoring Equipment Installation and Data Reporting 2 Standard PRC 002 1 Define Regional Disturbance Monitoring and Re porting Requirements The CDR feature incorporated in the TESLA 3000 Recording System meets and exceeds the requirements of NERC Standards as represented in the follow ing table The continuous disturbance recording data retention period depends on the number of selected channels and on the selected sample rate Estimated con tinuous disturbance recording data retention periods in days for various com binations of channel numbers and the sampling rates are shown in for details see Figure 10 2 Configuring Continuous Disturbance Recording on page 2 The general configuration screen 1s reached from the Configuration branch in the main screen the main Continuous Recording screen is reached from the Continuous Recording branch see for details see Figure 10 1 Main Screen showing the Continuous Recording Branch on page 1 i lni x File View Help TESLA 3000 Control Panel Select IED Records Trends 13000 Internet Demo v Connect Continuous Recording Events Edit Metering Utilities Delete Configuration XU Em Exit Main Menu TESLA 3000 Control Panel Current IED T3000 Internet Deme Not Connected Figure 1
371. se in other software or playback for details see 12 Record Export Utility on page I The Delete button can be used to delete records on the IED or locally More than one file can be deleted at a time using Windows file selection functions Ctrl Shift left click Select Rename to allow a local record file to be renamed Records on the re corder cannot be renamed TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Refresh Trigger Fault Swing Both j Recordings on IED File gt Select Remote D01721R02 61 9 Record and Log Management Selecting Refresh updates the Recordings screen It checks the local directory and the remote IED if connected for new and stored files updates Control Panel s records database and refreshes the screen The recorder can be manually triggered to generate different types of records Trigger Fault creates a high speed transient recording Trigger Swing creates a low speed swing recording Trigger Both creates a combined record Note the Swing records may take up to 15 minutes to generate depending on the recorder s settings Shows the number of records stored on the recorder and percentage of record ing space used This function is available through the On JED menu If you are online with your TESLA this function selects all of the recording files displayed in the re cord list that have not yet been transferred to your local Recordings directory You may then perform whatever command is appropriate
372. select Get Delete all files successfully transferred from the IED will also be deleted from the IED The trend data selected in the Trended Channels list is viewed with Record Graph ERLPhase s interactive graphing software for details see 11 Graphing Records on page Any selected trend data not already in your computer is transferred prior to graphing The trend data selected in the Trend Channel list is removed from your com puter If you are currently connected you have the option of removing the data on the IED files as well Each time you change the Range of Dates the list of events on the right side of the screen is updated If you are not interested in this action remove the check mark from the checkbox If the Range of Dates includes data that is currently being recorded some of the data may not be in a form suitable for transfer to Control Panel If this checkbox is selected Control Panel will send a request to the IED to convert the most recent data so that it can be transferred The time that this takes may be significant and if you do not have a need for this data the feature may be disabled by removing the check mark from the check box The list of events in the Events portion of your screen is printed TESLA 3000 User Manual 9 5 9 Record and Log Management Event Log Circular Storage Event Messages The event log services are available from the Events tab accessible from the Main Menu 2012Jun16 23
373. signed 26 Bl 27 10 17 17 29 1 17 amp Logic Functions Fault Locators PF Functions El Line 2 Analog Inputs External Inputs El Temp Analog Inputs Frequency 1 Meter Groups Trend Tree and Element Tree 2 Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Main Menu Contig Edit TESLA 3000 Control Panel Current IED TESLA 3000 Demo Disconnected A Figure 8 5 Element Tree View Channel View The Channel Tree View displays the same configuration organized by channel type You can use this view to gain an overview of channel usage Although you can chose to work in either view the Element View is recommended for most operations as it provides an automatic way of grouping related channels TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 8 Configuring the Recorder Element Overview TESLA 3000 Control Panel Config Edit E D gt File Edit Config View Help Angle Reference Channel ieftvVa Va E Identification for this Channel Group l Channel Group 1 Frequency Channel Configured 7 Second Frequency Channel Configured Line 1 El Line 2 ET B Temp E Analogs Digitals Summations Sequence Impedance Watts Vars Logics Fault Locators PF Detectors Frequency 1 Line 1 B 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 El Meter Groups jier 3 1 7 0 0 0 0 D m Trend Temp 1 0 0 lo 0 0 D 0 Unassigned 26 61 27 10 47 17 29 E 47 E Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Show Primary Units Close
374. sing an ac module to measure the ac quantity Control Panel sets the Full Scale quantity appropriately if you are using the DC input module en ter the Full Scale value associated with the values of the scaling resistors Rsh Rin and Rfb as listed in Input Modules in Appendix F TESLA AC Analog Scaling x Module Name 401002 5Aac Full Scale Secondary 100 A Units Equivalent Primary Value 4 000 Nominal Secondary Value 5 A om Figure 8 12 AC Scaling When you select the View Set Scale button on the Analog Input form for a DC channel Control Panel displays the DC Scaling dialog box You must set the Full Scale value which can be determined from the scaling resistors attached to the module For DC channels TESLA uses two point scaling whereby the conversion process performs a linear transformation between two points The secondary values are the default calibration points for the channel The terms Primary and Secondary are used in the case where a measurement transducer is applied and the output of the transducer is routed to the input of the dc module In this case Secondary refers to the output of the transducer Primary refers to the scale and units of the signal measured by the transducer The Scaling Resistors attached to the module are the Rsh Rin and Rfb values referred to in DC Input Module in Appendix F Enter the associated Full Scale value from the table as the Full Scale Secondary
375. specifies how the recorder handles record storage and excessive trigger conditions Configuration files are created and managed by TESLA Control Panel and loaded into the recorder s non volatile memory through the commu nications link Managing Configuration Files D01721R02 61 TESLA Control Panel s Configuration Manager creates and manages config uration files and handles transfer to and from the recorder To open the Con figuration Manager screen double click the Configuration line in the left pane of the Main Menu screen The configurations shown in the Configuration Manager screen are specific to the selected Current IED To work with configurations from another recorder you must first select that unit as the Current IED from the Main Menu Ho TESLA Control Panel Config Mgr File Help Name Settings Date Comment Edit El Configurations for TESLA Demo Unit Present Settings 2001 Mar 20 09 45 38 Testing to see if this fie il Saved Settings PENES 2001 05 02 21 03 16 2001 Mar 20 09 45 38 Testing to see if this fie 2888 2001 05 03 22 24 23 2001 Mar 20 08 45 38 Testing to see if this fie 2000 Jan 10 13 12 13 Testing by Jim Wood Copy ConfigDemol 1999 Oct 14 17 35 45 Demo configuration file Delete ConfigDemo2 2001 Jan 31 16 47 38 Testing by Jim Wood Rename Import Save As Copy from other IED New m Main Menu Records Trends Events Metering Utilities Config Mar TESLA Control Pa
376. systems relays and recorders IRIG B is typically provided by a satellite clock e g GPS or GOES Master Recorder A member of a Cooperative Recording Group selected to be the primary interface between the recorder group and TESLA Control Panel or RecordBase Central Station Modbus Modbus is a network using a master slave protocol often used in power system substa tions Its function was developed and is defined by Modicon Inc North Andover MA USA Refer to Modbus Protocol Reference Guide Modicon document PI MBUS 300 Power Technologies Incorporated A situation that can initiate a recording UTC Universally Coordinated Time Approximately equivalent to Greenwich Mean Time GMT A universal time maintained by time standards bodies worldwide All local times are expressed as an offset from UTC Appendix C 2 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Appendix D Modbus Functions The TESLA recorder operates as a slave device on the Modbus network with an address of 1 to 247 decimal 0x01 to OxF7 The Point List can be printed through TESLA Control Panel to display the point names as they are config ured Please refer to Printing a SCADA Address List on page 8 45 For further information on Modbus please refer to your Modbus master device manual or obtain Modicon s Modbus Protocol Reference Guide document PI MBUS 300 Read Coil Status Function Code 01 0X References Channel Address Value Hold Readings 000
377. t become blocked by a continuous trigger condition The user configurable alarm contacts can be defined for use as part of the re corder s trigger configuration IRIG B Time Signal The BNC connector on the rear of the unit accepts either modulated or unmod uled IRIG B time signals with or without the 1344 extensions Se Imunieaen See Communicating with the Recorder on page 4 1 orts Startup Sequence On Power Up Front panel Test Mode LED turns on to indicate the presence of power 40 seconds after Power Up Test Mode LED starts to blink at 2 3 second intervals 90 seconds after Power Up Test Mode LED stays on The Records Stored LED turns on if records are present 100 seconds after Power Up Recorder Functional LED turns on The Test Mode LED remains on At this point you can log into the recorder 105 seconds after Power Up Test Mode LED turns off Recorder Functional LED remains on Recorder Normally active green LED that is turned on approximately 100 sec Functional onds after power up indicating the unit is functional If an internal fault is detected the LED is turned off The LED state corresponds directly with the Failure Contact Front Panel LEDs IRIG B Green LED that is active when a valid external time synchronizing Functional signal is detected on the IRIG B port Recorder Green LED that is active while the recorder is in the process of cre Triggered ating a record Records Stored Green LED that turns on
378. t module s full scale is 1 amp module split core 20 amps 5 amp module split core 100 amps Example voltage Full scale PT ratio 2000 1 full scale of voltage module is 138 CT ratio 2000 1 1 0 amp module therefore the full scale in the PMU Definition screen Full Scale PTratio x PT module full scale Fs 2000 x 138 276 000 Full Scale CTratio x CT module full scale Fs 2000 x 20 40 000 Full Scale Column PMU Analog section This column s value have a default value which is calculated by multiplying the full scale values of the voltage and current from the PMU Phasors sec tion Full Scale watts Full scale volts 276 000 Full scale amps 40 000 Therefore the full scale watts Fs volts x Fs amps 276 000 x 40 000 33 120 000 000 Watts or 33 120 MW This number is large but the user can edit this column to put a more practical scale use nominal values Unit Column PMU Phasors and Analog sections This column will automatically place the primary unit scale of the voltage and current phasors in the PMU Phasors Section n the PMU Analog section column will automatically place the primary unit scale of the Watts MW Vars MVAR and VoltAmps MVA 15 14 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 15 PMU Optional Software Module Active Column PMU Phasors Analog and Digitals This column shows check boxes where you can enable or disable the PMU streaming of these PMU quantities to the Data Co
379. tailed below Recorders with older firmware may require older versions of configuration files Compatibility between a configuration file and firmware versions is de fined by the Settings Version The Settings Version required by a TESLA recorder is shown on the Unit Iden tification screen of the Utilities menu Unit Identification on page 7 2 You must be connected to the recorder to view this information Settings Version requirements are also listed in the compatibility table at the front of this User Manual and are identified in each version s Release Notes TESLA 2000 re corders use Setting Versions through 7 TESLA 3000 Setting Versions start at 201 to distinguish them from those used by TESLA 2000 The version of a configuration file is controlled through the Settings Version field in the main identification screen see TESLA Configuration Editor on page 8 4 Changing the setting automatically converts the configuration file to the selected Settings Version If the conversion results in the loss of settings from the file 1 e the target version does not support functions which were en abled in the original a list of the affected settings is displayed and you have the choice of cancelling the conversion or continuing If the conversion results in the addition of new functionality the settings for the new functions will be in a default or disabled state If you choose to close the configuration file with out saving t
380. tes single phase impedance if you select sequence chan nels it calculates three phase impedance The list is limited to channels of the correct type voltage or current and includes analog input or summation channels which have already been defined The list grows automatically as you define new channels Trigger Settings Rate of Change Interval Specifies the period of time over which both positive and negative rate of change is measured 0 5 to 8 0 cycles Circle Radius Specifies the radius of the impedance circle in secondary ohms Minimum Change Specifies the minimum impedance change to be detected Maximum Change Specifies the maximum impedance change to be detected Definite Delay Requires the element to be energized before an active state is deter mined Settable from 0 to 1 200 seconds in half cycle increments Trigger Actions Enable Enables or disables the associated trigger A trigger can be disabled without altering the rest of its settings Fault Initiates a fault high speed recording when triggered owing Initiates a swing low speed recording when triggered If both Fault and Swing are enabled the recorder will attempt to cre ate a combined record Logs a message in the Event Log when triggered Contacts the RecordBase Central Station when triggered Can be used to initiate wide area swing recordings and or automated record transfer Notify on pa
381. th 1 2 3 and 4 These prefixes correspond to the member number defined in the Cooperative Mode Setup screen Calculated channels are automatically generated when the records are trans ferred to Control Panel This differs from individual recorder records where calculated channels are generated when the record 1s first displayed by Record Graph The displayed record summary information is derived from the Master Record er The preview of events cannot be shown until the combined record has been generated so the event list is only displayed for records that have already been transferred Record deletion for a Cooperative Group IED is handled the same way as re cord transfer Deleting a record from the On JED branch of a Cooperative Group IED automatically deletes the associated record from each group mem ber If the group record is not deleted the individual records can be retrieved 13 10 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 13 Cooperative Recorder Group and viewed from a group member using standard 1 e non cooperative mode methods Required Cooperative Mode Settings Cooperative mode operation requires key settings to be consistent on all re corders in the group This section identifies those settings and provides guide lines for selecting appropriate values Time Control Settings Utilities gt Time setup screen Setting Effect on Cooperative Operation Guideline Incoming IRIG Time Sig na
382. the watts vars and volt amps values computed by its input channel and operates when the power factor 1s less than a user specified threshold Separate detectors allow separate thresholds for lag ging inductive and leading capacitive power factors To reduce the inci dence of nuisance operations you may specify a minimum volt amps setting Inductive power factor Low magnitude Capacitive power factor Low magnitude To prevent multiple triggers on threshold conditions the power factor triggers have a fixed hysteresis of 0 05 Power Factor Functions are not recorded 18 Power Factor Functions are available PF Power factor readings are available to the metering display SCADA and the long term trending function ls TESLA Control Panel Config E dit File Config View Help Element Tree TESLA Power Factor Detector Configuration Identification B Ghssine Broip d Detector operates when measured power factor becomes less E Line 200 than setting provided total power exceeds Disable threshold i eg Inputs Element Description PF Detector Index s P Walls Nars Functions AP Watts ars function to monitor Line ZOO iy PF Functions m Disable detector if A less than je Channel Group 2 Fa mu MICCRCCCII EIS mue 1 Ber p p DJ r Ewseve o fe jr Jp n Lr Jj Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Show Primary Units Close Main Menu Config Edit Dane Current IED E
383. ther zooming You can also use Zoom X axis Zoom X axis Zoom Y axis and Zoom Y axis on the tool bar buttons to quick zoom in and zoom out 25 Repeat step 1 to zoom further To zoom only the X axis select Ctrl key and use the mouse to draw a box on the graph To zoom only the Y axis select shift key down and use mouse to draw a box on the graph Right click on the graph to the context menu Select the UndoZoom option Graphs are redrawn to the previous zoom level BR UO N e Select Reset Zoom option to reset the graphs to the initial zoom level This can be chosen at any stage TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Pan Graph Keyboard Functions D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records Zoom the graph 1f not zoomed to a required zoom level You should hold the Thumb track and move it along the scroll bar To have fine control click on the right arrow scroll bar button or press Shift and click on the right arrow scroll button I xi Wii gt O JA TE me xj alae a sis af ej 15 wal sv EATI LE 24 ETE Rer i uu uuu VLC i Thumb Track move right left to pan graph Figure 11 57 Thumb Track The keyboard 1s also available for zooming setting markers and positioning graphs To display the keyboard hot key menu right click on the graph and bring up the context menu select Show Hotkeys option CO mm GR oF p Up Arrow Bowen Arrow Right Array Left Arrow Ctl Right Ar
384. thout altering the rest of its settings Fault Initiates a fault high speed recording when triggered owing Initiates a swing low speed recording when triggered If both Fault and Swing are enabled the recorder will attempt to cre ate a combined record Logs a message in the Event Log when triggered Contacts the RecordBase Central Station when triggered Can be used to initiate wide area swing recordings and or automated record transfer Notify on page 7 13 Cross Trigger Activates the cross trigger contact 4 to trigger another device Priority opecifies the priority to be assigned to records created by this trigger The priority is used to determine Central Station notification 1 3 3 is the highest priority Notify on page 7 13 D01721R02 61 Alarm Contact Specifies a rear panel contact to be closed when triggered Contacts are closed momentarily for one second Contact assignment is not exclusive allowing multiple triggers to activate the same contact Available contacts 2 3 5 6 7 or 8 on a 36 channel model and 2 or 3 on an 18 channel model Contacts 1 and 4 are reserved for Recorder Functional and Cross Trigger respectively Contacts assigned for stor age alarms Storage Alarms on page 8 7 will not be available for use here TESLA 3000 User Manual 8 41 8 Configuring the Recorder Meter Groups 8 42 fly TESLA Control Panel Config Edit File Config Vie
385. time manually or IRIG B re synchronizing to the recorder compromises the trend and continuous disturbance recording data You should download all trend and continuous disturbance records before you change the time in the Utilities Time tab Analog Input Calibration When To Calibrate AC Channel Calibration Process D01721R02 61 The Calibration Utility provides a means of calibrating the recorder s analog input channels It is accessed through the TESLA Control Panel s Utilities tab as Analog Input Calibration ill TESLA Control Panel Utilities File Help Analog Input Calibration can nae Offset Ch 1 Elementi va Ch2 Elementi vb Ch 3 Elementi c Ch 4 Element1 la chs Element Ib Ch Element lc Ch Element In chs Undetined Ch 9 Undefined Ch 10 Undefined Ch 11 Undefined Ch 12 Undefined Ch 13 Undefined Ch 14 Undefined Ch 15 Undefined Ch 16 Undefined Ch 17 Undefined Ch 18 Undefined Indlefiner Select Channel s to Calibrate Applied Signal ER Unit identification Analog Input Calibration Main Menu Config E dit Records Trends Events Metering Utilities TESLA Control Panel Current IED TESLA V64 Connected Figure 7 7 Analog Input Calibration The recorder s analog input channels should be re calibrated when ever an analog isolation module is changed If the type of isolation module is changed for example from a voltage to a cur
386. to 327 6796 100 AI25 DC 40587 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI26 THD 40588 0 to 327 6796 100 AI26 SHL 40589 0 to 327 6796 100 AI26 DC 40590 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI27 THD 40591 0 to 327 6796 100 AI27 SHL 40592 0 to 327 6796 100 AI27 DC 40593 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI28 THD 40594 0 to 327 6796 100 AI28 SHL 40595 0 to 327 6796 100 AI28 DC 40596 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI29 THD 40597 0 to 327 6796 100 AI29 SHL 40598 0 to 327 6796 100 AI29 DC 40599 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI30 THD 40600 0 to 327 6796 100 AI30 SHL 40601 0 to 327 6796 100 AI30 DC 40602 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI31 THD 40603 0 to 327 6796 100 AI31 SHL 40604 0 to 327 6796 100 AI31 DC 40605 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI32 THD 40606 0 to 327 6796 100 AI32 SHL 40607 0 to 327 6796 100 AI32 DC 40608 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI33 THD 40609 0 to 327 6796 100 AI33 SHL 40610 0 to 327 6796 100 AI33 DC 40611 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI34 THD 40612 0 to 327 6796 100 AI34 SHL 40613 0 to 327 6796 100 AI34 DC 40614 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI35 THD 40615 0 to 327 6796 100 AI35 SHL 40616 0 to 327 6796 100 AI35 DC 40617 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI36 THD 40618 0 to 327 6796 100 AI36 SHL 40619 0 to 327 6796 100 AI36 DC 40620 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Summation Metering Channels TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Appendix D Modbus Functions SUM
387. to 3276 7 units 10 Al2 THD 40516 0 to 327 67 100 Al2 SHL 40517 0 to 327 67 100 Al2 DC 40518 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al3 THD 40519 0 to 327 67 100 AI3 SHL 40520 0 to 327 6796 100 AI3 DC 40521 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al4 THD 40522 0 to 327 6796 100 Al4 SHL 40523 0 to 327 6796 100 Al4 DC 40524 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al5 THD 40525 0 to 327 67 100 Al5 SHL 40526 0 to 327 6796 100 Al5 DC 40527 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al6 THD 40528 0 to 327 6796 100 Al6 SHL 40529 0 to 327 6796 100 Al6 DC 40530 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al7 THD 40531 0 to 327 67 100 AI7 SHL 40532 0 to 327 6796 100 Al7 DC 40533 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI8 THD 40534 0 to 327 6796 100 AI8 SHL 40535 0 to 327 6796 100 AI8 DC 40536 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI9 THD 40537 0 to 327 6796 100 AI9 SHL 40538 0 to 327 6796 100 AI9 DC 40539 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI10 THD 40540 0 to 327 6796 100 AI10 SHL 40541 0 to 327 6796 100 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Appendix D Modbus Functions AI10 DC 40542 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al11 THD 40543 0 to 327 67 100 Al11 SHL 40544 0 to 327 67 100 Al11 DC 40545 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al12 THD 40546 0 to 327 67 100 Al12 SHL 40547 0 to 327 67 100 Al12 DC 40548 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al13 THD 40549 0 to 327 67 100 Al13 SHL 40550 0 to 327 67 100 Al13 DC 40551 3276 8 to 3276 7 units
388. trial quality 100Base T Ethernet Switch is recommended for best performance although a standard IEEE 802 3 10Base T Ethernet hub can be used Cable should be Type CAT 5 with maximum segment lengths of 100 meters as per the standard Where a group consists of only two record ers a cross over Ethernet network cable can be used instead of an Ethernet switch When connected to a larger network consideration should be given to over all network load Although the recorders are designed to tolerate consider able delay in the delivery of inter recorder trigger messages up to 4 seconds for transient recording triggers and 25 minutes for swing triggers connection to a network segment with heavy traffic may result in missed triggers Conversely the network load resulting from the transfer of possi bly large records may impact other devices on the network 2 Assign IP addresses Each recorder must be assigned a unique IP address The IP address is viewed and modified through the recorder s Maintenance Menu for details see 14 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling on page 1 The factory de fault IP address is 192 168 1 100 All recorders in the group must be assigned IP addresses that belong to the same local network The permissible address range of a local network de pends on the value of the first term of the IP address as shown in the follow ing table IP address range IP addresses on the first term same local network 1 126 XX
389. ts 10 SEQ3 Negative 41032 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ3 Zero 41033 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ4 Positive 41034 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ4 Negative 41035 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ4 Zero 41036 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ5 Positive 41037 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ5 Negative 41038 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ5 Zero 41039 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ6 Positive 41040 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ6 Negative 41041 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ6 Zero 41042 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ7 Positive 41043 0 to 3276 7 units 10 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 D01721R02 61 Appendix D Modbus Functions SEQ7 Negative 41044 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ 7 Zero 41045 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ8 Positive 41046 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ8 Negative 41047 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ Zero 41048 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ Positive 41049 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ9 Negative 41050 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ Zero 41051 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ10 Positive 41052 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ10 Negative 41053 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ10 Zero 41054 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ11 Positive 41055 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ11 Negative 41056 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ11 Zero 41057 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ12 Positive 41058 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ12 Negative 41059 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ12 Zero 41060 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Watts Vars Metering Channels WV1P 41281 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV1Q 41282 3276 8 to 3276
390. ttings Version 204 M a O Ib Last Modified 11 Jun 06 07 30 23 g 2 Rom Input Serial Number TESLA 3000 353535 35 puts El 521 Configuration TESLA 3000 36 Channels L E1522 O EL524 Comments max 80 characters Jim Wood SET UP for PMU 2011 06 03 gt latest L EL528 El 52 9 O 1 52 10 O E1 5242 System Frequency 60 Hz O EE52 15 Sample Rate 128 Samples Cycle O Vseq STN Seq O lseq STN Seq E WiattsA ars Functions D WALNE 1 MW MY L D WAFCLINE 2 Mw MV L Frequency 1 Meter Groups L PMU O COR Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Main Menu Config Edit TESLA 4000 Control Panel 0 11 Current IED CS TESLA 3000 117 Getting Settings Info Figure 15 9 Setting version conversion view If the Setting Version is older than setting version 202 the PMU feature will not be available Therefore the current setting file must be converted to setting version 202 This is done by selecting the Setting Version to 202 You must do this to add the PMU configuration to the existing setting file when the setting file is converted to the latest setting version right click on the Channel Group 1 to display the choice to add a PMU as shown below TESLA 3000 User Manual 15 11 15 PMU Optional Software Module F e0O0000 mmmmmmmmmmymmm unnmpyrpecs Ram um s am aum uh im Un Vl a UA UA 0n d p 1 euues D Senece Furctore Voc S 1N Seg Iona 51M Se FO vever Fate W
391. ttings are given in secondary units The excep tion is the Fault Location parameters which are given in primary units You can preview the printed output by selecting Print Preview from the File menu Print Config function is also available under the Config menu MODBUS The MODBUS address equivalents shows all of the functions defined in the TESLA recorder see Modbus Functions in Appendix D Selecting the Print MODBUS settings item from the File menu generates a listing that is configu rable listing the full function names in Element Function Description format along with the equivalent MODBUS addresses You can preview the printed output by selecting Print MODBUS Preview from the File menu Print MODBUS function is also available under the Config menu DNP The DNP point list shows all of the functions defined in the TESLA recorder see DNP3 Reference in Appendix E Selecting the Print DNP settings item from the File menu generates a listing that is configurable listing the full function names in Element Function Description format along with the equiv alent DNP points You can preview the printed output by selecting Print DNP Preview from the File menu Print DNP function is also available under the Config menu TESLA 3000 User Manual 8 45 9 Record and Log Management Records The Record management services are available from the Records tab accessi ble from the Main Menu ft TESLA Control Panel
392. ture See Secondary Use the legend feature to distinguish relay characteristics from the calculated impedances You can move the legend box and resize to the desired level You can hide the legend box by re selecting the legend option again W RecordGraph 2 IB p File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help zt R20364 2000 11 08 03 12 31 843 El High Speed Channels E Analog OVA Line Voltage A D12C Zab Phase Phase Hi s Line Voltage A D12C O VB Line Voltage B D12C Zbc Phase Phase Hil Resized legend box showing y Line Voltage B D12C y Line Voltage C D12C y Line Current amp D12C y Line Current B D12C y Line Current C D12C y Current 2 4 UNUSED y Current 2 B UNUSED V Current 2 C UNUSED V Curren t 34 UNUSED V Current 3 B UNUSED y Current 3 C UNUSED y Current 44 UNUSED y Current 4 B UNUSED y Current 4 C UNUSED y Bus Voltage A UNUSED y Bus Voltage B UNUSED Bus Voltage C UNUSED gt External E Summation all the relay characteristics impedance names Relay charateristics Zonet R X D Zone2 R o Ohms ENIM a A Zone3 R Zone4 R WM Line R A Blind R1 X Blind R2 X Blind X2 Blind R3 O Blind X3 B Blind R4 O Blind X4 20 30 Time Window 3 Width s 0 0109 Position s 0 0619 10 Wi ex Scale Secondary 4 Figure 11 77 Legends Features Moved and Enlarged 11 52 TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61
393. u select the Relay data amp impedance options button a dialog box ap pears The parameter required such as k0 factor the line sequence impedance values the system voltage data and the other required information is initialized through this dialog box initialization All these values are read from the set tings file opened through the impedance option dialog box TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records Relay data and impedance options L PRO settings file Radio button to select relay characteristics from the current record If an L PRO record is selected this button is enabled Current record If a TESLA or COMTRADE record is selected this button is enabled File Displays the settings file full path name from which the relay data is extracted to plot the impedance characteristics Browse Gives an option to select the settings file from any other location The file type filter reads or selects only Ips file type if L PRO setting file is selected Impedance Options Impedance configuration option includes a number of other options such as Phase Phase Phase Neutral radio button Depending on this option and the type of channel different impedance options check buttons are enabled Configuration Zpos positive sequence impedance 3 phase basis Zan Zbn or Zcn Zab Zbc or Zca Other Impedance Z Line Displays the line angle can be checked or unc
394. uisition 1 2 dc module 2 3 dc scaling 8 18 diagnostics 4 11 digital graph 11 15 11 31 11 34 11 39 11 40 direct serial link 4 4 4 12 DNP 8 45 E 1 E edit configuration 8 2 element tree 8 10 8 11 ethernet LAN link 4 2 event log 9 6 event messages 9 6 external input channels 2 3 8 20 8 21 F fault location 1 3 fault locator functions 8 38 8 39 settings 8 39 fetch remote summary 9 2 frequency channels 8 34 8 35 front panel 1 4 front panel LEDs 2 4 fundamental RMS 11 21 11 43 11 64 11 67 G get from IED 9 2 graph 9 2 measure menus 11 19 graphs absolute time 11 66 add 11 34 add analog 11 14 add channels 11 34 add digital 11 15 calculated channels 11 71 COMTRADE import 11 77 11 78 COMTRADE inport 11 77 delete 11 15 digital channel status 11 75 export file 11 9 exporting channel data 11 73 exporting views 11 72 fundamental RMS 11 67 graph title 11 63 harmonic view 11 42 harmonics 11 69 Index impedance view 11 43 11 44 11 45 11 46 IRIG B input status 11 76 keyboard functions 11 37 11 38 menus 11 14 move 11 16 overlay view 11 40 pan 11 37 print 11 78 record summary 11 75 records 11 1 reouts and measurements 11 64 superimpose L PRO characteristics 11 48 11 49 11 50 11 51 11 52 11 53 symcom view 11 41 symmetrical components 11 70 templates 11 56 11 57 11 58 11 59 11 60 11 61 TESLA swing record 11 53 11 54 timeline view 11 39 trace 11 16 11 17 11
395. ummary 9 1 recorder workspace 5 1 RecordGraph components 11 4 graphs 11 34 help menus 11 30 import file 11 10 launch 11 3 D01721R02 61 D01721R02 61 menus 11 5 11 6 print 11 7 11 8 11 9 tool bar 11 30 view add 11 32 view delete 11 32 view rename 11 33 views 11 32 RecordGraph launch 11 1 records 1 3 9 1 refresh 9 3 rename 9 2 S sag and swell 8 19 SCADA protocol settings 4 10 SCADA services 4 9 scale menus 11 22 11 23 11 24 11 25 sequenc component channel 8 26 sequence component channels 8 25 setting Windows serial port parame ters 4 12 show record summary 11 10 signal connections 2 2 specifications A 1 split core CT F 5 split core CT 2 3 start up 3 11 startup sequence 2 4 status bar 5 6 storage alarms 8 7 summation channel 8 22 8 23 symmetrical components 11 21 system requirements 3 1 T template manager 11 7 time coordination 1 4 trend log 9 4 trend logging 8 43 8 44 trigger fault 9 3 trigger swing 9 3 triggers 1 3 true RMS 11 21 U user interface 1 3 V view channel list 11 13 W watts and VARS channels 8 31 8 32 workspace 5 6 add edit 5 3 settings 5 3 TESLA User Manual 3000 Index
396. unassigned Element IbMag Damped v ren Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Show Primary Units Close Contig Edit Trends Events Metering Utilities TESLA Control Panel Current IED TESLA V54 Connected Main Menu Figure 8 24 Trend Log Configuration The TESLA recorder can log periodic measurements over an extended period of time Up to 60 values can be logged at intervals ranging from 10 seconds to one hour All recorder channels and calculated values are available for trending Event messages can also be stored in the trend log allowing them to be saved from the normal circular overwrite of the Event Log The trend log accumulates data for up to 90 days When it is full it can either be set to automatically overwrite the oldest data or to stop logging A near full alarm function is available The accumulation settings are defined in the re corder s Utilities menu see Recording Control Settings on page 7 6 To configure trend logging select either New Trend from the Config menu or New Trend from the right click context menu in either the Channel Tree or El ement Tree The Scan Interval determines the frequency of data logging It can be set from 10 seconds to 3 600 seconds one hour Choose channels to be trended by clicking on one of the larger spaces in the trend grid Clicking on the arrow that appears lists all the available channels in the list box that appears adj
397. uring the Recorder Settings TESLA Analog Input Element Type Description Channel Module Type Element va fan 003 B8 vac Common Me Units 2 KV Angle Offset Rate of Change Interval Single Harmonic Number Nominal Level kv View Set Scale fo D esce ve er CEDERE Priority SAM Haw s V eg NW I I I Rf Low meontue x v o sev T E Jl l memi RE ELE EE Positive Rete ochan o v o be lw FL Jl FL 1 l Bmemmonc m 1 sei T J m Jl or 1 6 Taa Hamono m 1 se T rm FL m Jl 1l 1 mes wur r Lr E Fr L sm eo i 1 Figure 8 11 Analog Input Channel Configuration Screen Analog Input Channel Settings Element Identifies the group to which this channel belongs The Element forms the first part of the channel name The Element is selected when the channel is created and is fixed once assigned when you are working in the Element Tree view Identifies the type of signal being applied to this input channel The Type forms a part of the channel name Element Type Description Selecting the appropriate Type can simplify channel naming by elimi nating the need for the optional Description field e g Line 1 Va uniquely defines the channel Initially set when the channel was cre ated the Type can be changed to refer to a different phase as needed Description Optional field 12 characters Provides an additional description of the channel that forms part of the channel name Use if
398. urrents A B and C from the tree view Impedance R and X corresponding to Zab Zbc and Zca phase phase are calculated internally and displayed Actual channel names as selected from the Phases of the basic tree view voltage and currents rmm li x md N High Speed Bik ENIH a A Phere he tig See gan gh ee EE Bo High Speed Chas reus T er wA Be ie a Hn Ler va VV LG Dab Pete Paces Ein S pen Graph Zoom y Pene Val Ls ByE Leber Vibes L g Fhe Phana Phaoa dMgh Tass mp ON 1140b Aspe Jac Phau Pca igh Speed B hy i lieder den riches VE ke LG ot Phase eii Speed me GE Aes Doa Phase Paseo Sisi Pre EV LG T Dx Gain 1183 i He Ny Leeds Vb EV L G dre Ob Aic anes a CE La Ae i ly OP ee Resolved impedance v dieser name Y tus Ves VO Pole 10 Time Window mea L at An Li Time Ania 87 Mori gq 1 OG 1120 12 jungi e H sterii ira yp tage Camasi Tax Sc se leda Figure 11 66 Create Impedance View with a TESLA Record D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 45 11 Graphing Records 11 46 Each channel name is divided into three parts the basic quantity voltage or current used in the calculation of the imped ance the name of the actual channel selected the resolved impedance name with the configuration phase phase or phase ground The Time Window control shows the minimum and maximum time of the data viewed In the above example the ful
399. ve22 7 x Select Inputs Element Type Description Phase fElement2 vartst va2 1 Phase B Elementz vistst 2 1 Phase C Elementz vc tst Vo2 1 Scale 1 v v Rate of Change Interval fi D Cycle si Cross To EIN E ME DEG PosSeqPasRoc Jo v 0 PosSeaNegRoc Jo w o Neg Seq High Megnitude OV 0 se Zero SeqHighMegrtuielo vo se F i e i Figure 8 16 Sequence Channel Configuration Screen TESLA 3000 User Manual 8 25 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 26 Element Sequence Component Channel Settings Identifies the group to which this channel belongs The Element forms the first part of the channel name The Element is selected when the channel is created and is fixed once assigned when you are working in the Element Tree view Type Identifies the type of signal being applied to this input channel The Type forms a part of the channel name Element Type Description Selecting the appropriate Type can simplify channel naming by elimi nating the need for the optional Description field e g Line 1 VSeq uniquely defines the channel Initially set when the channel was cre ated the Type can be changed to refer to a different phase as needed Description Optional field 12 characters Provides an additional description of the channel that forms part of the channel name Use if Element Name and channel Type do not sufficiently identify the channel
400. w Help Element Tree E Identification Select a metered quantity H from the tree below and drag El Channel Group 1 it to the appropriate place in El Elementi the Meter Group Definition El Analog Inputs Va TESLA Meter Group Definition Name 1 Analogs Channel Group 1 Vb Ew Elementi Element V1Mag Element1 VaMag Vc E i Analog Inputs Element v2Mag Element YaAng la ss Element VOMag Elementi VbMag Ib H a vb Elementi ZMag ZA Element1 Yb ng le as vc Element ZAng ZA Element VcMag In p a la Row B Element1 Watts YA A Element1 YcAng H Summations Ea Ib Row Elementi Vars vA A Element1 laMag El Sequence Functions ii a Ic Row 8 Element1 s A A A Element1 la amp na H Impedance Functions H Ea in Element1 PF Aph Element IbMag utate Functions ia Sumrmations l Elementi YsumMag zero Elementi IbAng amp Logic Functions ia i opa dado Element VsumAng Vzero Element1 IcMa Fault Locators r a eee unassigned m E PF Functions H Watts Vars Functions unassigned Element InMag Fisquenc ELA EO rere unassigned Elementi InAng El Meter Groups aE ibis unassigned unassigned 1 Analogs sal Row 16 lt unassigned gt sunassigned 1 Digitals sunassigned sunassigned 2 Analogs gt sunassigned gt unassigned Trend Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Showy Primary Date Close Main Menu Config Edit Trends Events Meter
401. w Hide trigger marker based on the active graph and active curve YS Ee x eael a 42 af HN miel ax amp recordemo1 tlr 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in El6U2 Ext Input Tripped 20 0K4 ii i 15 0K 0 075 0 050 0 025 ogo 0 025 E eal 20 0K Figure 11 46 Show Trigger Marker Show or hide trigger marker on the active graph and active curve D01721R02 61 TESLA 3000 User Manual 11 27 11 Graphing Records 11 28 Options gt Lock Markers li RecordGraph 3 J File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help malla a recordemol tlr High Speed Channels E Analog TRACDXIn f lt Defaut gt Calculate Derived channels Now Show Grid Show X AxisTicks Show Legends TRACD XVac Vat Show Trigger Marker v Lock Markers 7 Tm 4 a A TRACDXIG TRACD X lb Extend Print Range y TRACD la Set Phase Colors s TRACD Y Vac Yat TRACD Y In o TRACD Y Ic TRACD Y Ib y TRACD Y la TR48B X Vac Vab A TRAABXIN A TRAABXIC A TRAAB X Ib y TR4ABX IA Misc In TRT8CD X In Misc In TRT7AB X In Misc In TR17AB Y In TRAAB Y Vac Vab A TRAAB Y In A TRAAB Y lc TRAAB Y Ib A TRAAB Y la Unit 4Va Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 Vc y Unit 4 la Unit 4 la u Unit 4 1b Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 lc Unit 4
402. w range double click on the timeline graph to bring back the markers to the desired location Marker positions are saved into the template Readout corresponding to the option chosen is displayed on the right side of the graph Selecting trigger marker T displays the trigger time of the record selecting Measure Primary multiplies the channel data by the primary scal ing factor and redraws the y axis for all graphs Selecting Measure Secondary multiplies the channel data by the secondary scaling factor and redraws the y axis of all graphs TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 Time Alignment D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records Use this option to offset or align the trigger time of channels normally from different locations or shift the x axis time This feature offsets the x axis time data by a precise value as desired I A trace channel must first exist on the graph Click the graph that you want to show time alignment 2 Select the Measure Time Alignment menu option or the Time Alignment button on the tool bar 3 Use the spin control up and down arrows to increase or decrease the off set 4 Double click the value to bring up a dialog box to enter the new offset value and offset scale Offset scale 1s the percent by which the increment is re quired 5 Clear this option by a second click on the Time Alignment button on the tool bar or by selecting the Graph Time Alignment menu option a second time
403. y 25 of the current zoom range Scale Zoom X Axis delt File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help ajajajaj dr a Zoom Ae m E alal Ez x elelee x tld a JN me gt 3 bank 8 r19851 9911 i High Speed Channels Zoom Y Axis Zoom Y Axis Ctrl Ctrl E Analog PIM y PT1 V2 Undo Zoom Reset Zoom Ctrl R PTIN3 A CTLIAHE Change Scale Y axis Ctrl p9 47 781441 CT1 1B H5 Ay CTLICHS CT2 14 H5 v CT21B HS A CT21C HS CT3AALS CT31BLS CT31C LS A CTAJALS y CT4AB LS A CTAICLS V CT514 TS v CT51B TS A CTSICTS y la Operating Ib Operating Ay Ic Operating la Restraint Ib Restraint Ic Restraint H External E Summation Seconds il X Timeline Zoom Out X axis Figure 11 37 Zoom X Axis 150 100 50 50 100 150 bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr lt _ la 0 180 0200 02200 0240 0280 0 280 aj gt l Scale Secondary Select this option to decrease the x axis range by 25 of the current zoom range TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records Scale gt Zoom Y Axis Whirecoracran uimisd File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help lt Defa bank 8 19851 9911 El High Speed Channels Zoom X Axis Zoom X Axis Zoom Axis Ctrl Fl alal Sa x eleele a o4
404. ymcom fiu Harmonics R X Scale Secondary Figure 11 65 Opening Impedance Screen TESLA 3000 User Manual D01721R02 61 11 Graphing Records Components and Controls 1 A text component displays the title at the top of the Impedance View shown in Figure 11 65 Opening Impedance Screen The title is compiled from items in the Title Options dialog box Default title 1s the file name and trigger event 2 The basic channel names are displayed below the title 3 The graph zoom is controlled using the sliding control on the right side of the window The R X plot aspect ratio is maintained under all zooming tools The graph zoom control offers a 10x zoom factor between minimum and max imum amplitude of the data R and X coordinates 4 The Time Window control provides a means to select the range of data for better presentation of R X values For example if the voltage and current chan nels are recorded from 0 0 to 0 2 seconds with 1000 data points using this con trol you can choose to view only 0 1 second data 500 points 5 Time window width and position control can be used for the precise data analysis 6 Control the X and O markers Create Impedance View with an TESLA Record I Launch RecordGraph with an TESLA high speed fault record and expand the channels in the tree view 2 Create an Impedance View using View Add or use the tool bar option 3 Select line voltages A B and C and corresponding line c

v2.61 - 10.5MB - ERLPhase Power Technologies Ltd.

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents